Merge branch 'master' into to_push
Mathias Gumz akira at fluxbox dot org
169 files changed,
6269 insertions(+),
4286 deletions(-)
jump to
M
COPYING
→
COPYING
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-Copyright (c) 2001-2007 Henrik Kinnunen (fluxgen@fluxbox.org) +Copyright (c) 2001-2008 Henrik Kinnunen (fluxgen@fluxbox.org) Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"),
M
ChangeLog
→
ChangeLog
@@ -1,5 +1,73 @@
(Format: Year/Month/Day) -Changes for 1.0.1: +Changes for 1.1 +*08/08/06: + * Created manual for fluxbox-remote (Mark) + doc/asciidoc/fluxbox-remote.txt doc/fluxbox-remote.1 + * Automatically restore the previous background on startup (Mark) + RootTheme.cc/hh util/fbsetbg startfluxbox.in +*08/08/05: + * Fixed Focus key command (Mark) + CurrentWindowCmd.cc/hh FocusableList.cc/hh + * Added new SetLayer key command (Mark) + CurrentWindowCmd.cc/hh + * Make ShowDesktop command toggle between showing windows and desktop (Mark) + WorkspaceCmd.cc + * Created new `fluxbox-keys' man page (thanks Jim Ramsay) + doc/asciidoc/fluxbox-keys.txt + * Make resize cursors consistent (thanks Dmitry E. Oboukhov) + FbWinFrameTheme.cc +*08/08/04: + * Add selection box to various "choose one of these" menu items (Mark) + Toolbar.cc Slit.cc Screen.cc LayerMenu.hh Xinerama.hh StyleMenuItem.cc/hh + added FbTk/RadioMenuItem.hh + * Add window list argument to ArrangeWindows (Mark) + WorkspaceCmd.cc/hh +*08/06/26: + * Remove antiquated dithering code (Mark) + FbTk/ImageControl.cc/hh FbTk/TextureRender.cc Screen.cc/hh +*08/06/20: + * Move default window menu to ~/.fluxbox/windowmenu (Mark) + configure.in data/Makefile.am data/windowmenu Screen.cc +*08/06/08: + * Add (urgent=yes|no) option to client patterns (Mark) + ClientPattern.cc/hh +*08/06/06: + * Allow window menu items in ordinary menus (Mark) + MenuCreator.cc/hh +*08/06/04: + * Leave titlebar and handle borders alone with borderless windows (Mark) + FbWinFrame.cc/hh +*08/06/03: + * Add -list-commands command line option, which prints a list of valid + fluxbox commands (Mark) + main.cc +*08/05/13: + * Only reload custom menus when necessary (Mark) + FbCommands.cc/hh +*08/05/12: + * Only reload the keys file if the contents have changed (Mark) + Keys.cc/hh fluxbox.cc/hh + * Modifying the apps file no longer requires a reconfigure (Mark) + Remember.cc/hh +*08/05/09: + * Made tooltip in toolbar update when the title changes (Henrik) + Tooltip.cc/hh, Screen.cc/cc, OSDWindow.hh +*08/05/05: + * Add tooltips for iconbar buttons (thanks Matteo Galiazzo) + TooltipWindow.cc/hh +*08/05/02: + * Minor changes for fluxbox-generate_menu (thanks skiidoo) + util/fluxbox-generate_menu.in +*08/05/01: + * Notice when user replaces a non-existent menu file (Mark) + fluxbox.cc Screen.cc +*08/04/30: + * Don't allow empty root menu (Mark) + Screen.cc +*08/04/27: + * Added SimpleObserver class. (Henrik) + SimpleObserver.hh, SendToMenu.hh/cc, Toolbar.hh/cc, + SystemTray.hh/cc *08/01/27: * Reload the Xinerama layout on RandR signal (Tomas) Screen.cc/hh@@ -375,7 +443,7 @@ *07/08/06:
* Fix KDE Dockapps on restart (dont unmap), and some minor tweaks (Simon) SystemTray.hh/cc *07/08/05: - * When saving window info for rememberm use class name AND instance name, + * When saving window info for remember use class name AND instance name, AND role if present. (Simon) - This should fix firefox/thunderbird issues, but note that mplayer (nogui) sets the vo driver name as the instance name.
M
INSTALL
→
INSTALL
@@ -75,12 +75,6 @@ every other line in rendered images. This support works only for gradient
images. It is compiled in by default, but may be overridden by specifying `--disable-interlace' on the configure script's command line. -Fluxbox provides an alternative rendering algorithm for dithering on -pseudocolor (8 bit) displays. A noticeable pattern is visible when using -this; it's a matter of taste whether this looks better than the default -algorithm. It is disabled by default, but may be overridden by specifying -'--enable-ordered-pseudo' on the configure script's command line. - Fluxbox uses a timer which allows it to periodically flush its pixmap cache. It is enabled by default, but may be overridden by specifying '--disable-timed-cache' on the configure script's command line.
M
configure.in
→
configure.in
@@ -290,20 +290,6 @@ NEWWMSPEC=true
) AM_CONDITIONAL(NEWWMSPEC, test x$NEWWMSPEC = xtrue) -dnl Check for ordered 8bpp dithering -AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to include Pseudocolor ordered dithering code]) -AC_ARG_ENABLE(ordered-pseudo, -[ --enable-ordered-pseudo include code for ordered pseudocolor (8bpp) - dithering ([default=no])], - if test x$enableval = "xyes"; then - AC_MSG_RESULT([yes]) - AC_DEFINE(ORDEREDPSEUDO, 1, "ordered dithering code") - else - AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) - fi, - AC_MSG_RESULT([no]) -) - dnl Check whether to include debugging code DEBUG="" AC_MSG_CHECKING([whether to include verbose debugging code])@@ -538,6 +524,14 @@ )
AC_SUBST(DEFAULT_MENU) AC_ARG_WITH( + windowmenu, + [ --with-windowmenu=path location windowmenu file (PREFIX/share/fluxbox/windowmenu)], + DEFAULT_WINDOWMENU=$with_windowmenu, + DEFAULT_WINDOWMENU=\$\(prefix\)/share/fluxbox/windowmenu +) +AC_SUBST(DEFAULT_WINDOWMENU) + +AC_ARG_WITH( style, [ --with-style=path style by default (PREFIX/share/fluxbox/styles/bloe)], DEFAULT_STYLE=$with_style,@@ -552,6 +546,22 @@ DEFAULT_KEYS=$with_keys,
DEFAULT_KEYS=\$\(prefix\)/share/fluxbox/keys ) AC_SUBST(DEFAULT_KEYS) + +AC_ARG_WITH( + apps, + [ --with-apps=path location apps file (PREFIX/share/fluxbox/apps)], + DEFAULT_APPS=$with_apps, + DEFAULT_APPS=\$\(prefix\)/share/fluxbox/apps +) +AC_SUBST(DEFAULT_APPS) + +AC_ARG_WITH( + overlay, + [ --with-overlay=path location overlay file (PREFIX/share/fluxbox/overlay)], + DEFAULT_OVERLAY=$with_overlay, + DEFAULT_OVERLAY=\$\(prefix\)/share/fluxbox/overlay +) +AC_SUBST(DEFAULT_OVERLAY) AC_ARG_WITH( init,@@ -649,6 +659,7 @@ nls/it_IT/Makefile
nls/ja_JP/Makefile nls/ko_KR/Makefile nls/lv_LV/Makefile +nls/mk_MK/Makefile nls/nb_NO/Makefile nls/nl_NL/Makefile nls/no_NO/Makefile@@ -665,3 +676,67 @@ nls/vi_VN/Makefile
nls/zh_CN/Makefile nls/zh_TW/Makefile ) + +dnl autoscan suggested these as of 2cac7ddf6fb0b3c937c4ea7b55b20960e362a360 +dnl wanted by: src/ClockTool.cc:262 +AC_CHECK_FUNCS([gettimeofday]) +dnl wanted by: src/Ewmh.cc:770 +AC_CHECK_FUNCS([memset]) +dnl wanted by: src/fluxbox.cc:553 +AC_CHECK_FUNCS([mkdir]) +dnl wanted by: src/FbTk/FbString.cc:80 +AC_CHECK_FUNCS([nl_langinfo]) +dnl wanted by: src/FbCommands.cc:172 +AC_CHECK_FUNCS([putenv]) +dnl wanted by: src/FbTk/RegExp.cc:56 +AC_CHECK_FUNCS([regcomp]) +dnl wanted by: src/FbTk/Timer.cc:156 +AC_CHECK_FUNCS([select]) +dnl wanted by: src/FbCommands.cc:206 +AC_CHECK_FUNCS([setenv]) +dnl wanted by: src/WorkspaceCmd.cc:403 +AC_CHECK_FUNCS([sqrt]) +dnl wanted by: src/ClientPattern.cc:104 +AC_CHECK_FUNCS([strcasecmp]) +dnl wanted by: src/FbTk/XmbFontImp.cc:101 +AC_CHECK_FUNCS([strchr]) +dnl wanted by: src/RootTheme.cc:187 +AC_CHECK_FUNCS([strstr]) +dnl wanted by: src/Window.cc:4165 +AC_CHECK_FUNCS([strtol]) +dnl wanted by: src/Keys.cc:422 +AC_CHECK_FUNCS([strtoul]) +dnl wanted by: src/FbTk/FbString.cc:43 +AC_CHECK_HEADERS([langinfo.h]) +dnl wanted by: src/AlphaMenu.cc:51 +AC_C_CONST +dnl wanted by: src/Window.cc:3259 +AC_C_INLINE +dnl wanted by: src/FbTk/FileUtil.cc:117 +AC_FUNC_CLOSEDIR_VOID +dnl wanted by: src/ClientPattern.cc:333 +AC_FUNC_ERROR_AT_LINE +dnl wanted by: src/FbCommands.cc:144 +AC_FUNC_FORK +dnl wanted by: src/FbTk/FbString.cc:150 +AC_FUNC_MALLOC +dnl wanted by: src/FbTk/FbString.cc:181 +AC_FUNC_REALLOC +dnl wanted by: src/FbTk/Timer.cc:156 +AC_FUNC_SELECT_ARGTYPES +dnl wanted by: src/Slit.cc:1149 +AC_FUNC_STAT +dnl wanted by: src/ClockTool.cc:273 +AC_FUNC_STRFTIME +dnl wanted by: src/FbTk/FileUtil.hh:34 +AC_HEADER_DIRENT +dnl wanted by: src/AlphaMenu.hh:49 +AC_HEADER_STDBOOL +dnl wanted by: src/Keys.cc:75 +AC_HEADER_SYS_WAIT +dnl wanted by: src/AlphaMenu.cc:37 +AC_STRUCT_TM +dnl wanted by: src/FbCommands.cc:144 +AC_TYPE_PID_T +dnl wanted by: src/ClientMenu.cc:128 +AC_TYPE_SIZE_T
M
data/Makefile.am
→
data/Makefile.am
@@ -6,24 +6,36 @@
DEFAULT_MENU = @DEFAULT_MENU@ DEFAULT_STYLE = @DEFAULT_STYLE@ DEFAULT_KEYS = @DEFAULT_KEYS@ +DEFAULT_APPS = @DEFAULT_APPS@ +DEFAULT_OVERLAY = @DEFAULT_OVERLAY@ DEFAULT_INIT = @DEFAULT_INIT@ +DEFAULT_WINDOWMENU = @DEFAULT_WINDOWMENU@ SUBDIRS= styles -CLEANFILES= menu menu.in menu.pre menu.bak init +CLEANFILES= menu menu.in menu.pre menu.bak init apps MAINTAINERCLEANFILES= Makefile.in -pkgdata_DATA= keys menu init -EXTRA_DIST= keys init.in -all-local: menu init +pkgdata_DATA= keys menu init apps overlay +EXTRA_DIST= keys init.in apps.in overlay +all-local: menu init apps install-pkgdataDATA: @echo "Installing menu file in $(DESTDIR)$(DEFAULT_MENU)" $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(dir $(DEFAULT_MENU)) - $(INSTALL_DATA) menu $(DESTDIR)$(DEFAULT_MENU) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/menu $(DESTDIR)$(DEFAULT_MENU) @echo "Installing keys file in $(DESTDIR)$(DEFAULT_KEYS)" $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(dir $(DEFAULT_KEYS)) $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/keys $(DESTDIR)$(DEFAULT_KEYS) + @echo "Installing apps file in $(DESTDIR)$(DEFAULT_APPS)" + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(dir $(DEFAULT_APPS)) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/apps $(DESTDIR)$(DEFAULT_APPS) + @echo "Installing overlay file in $(DESTDIR)$(DEFAULT_OVERLAY)" + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(dir $(DEFAULT_OVERLAY)) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/overlay $(DESTDIR)$(DEFAULT_OVERLAY) @echo "Installing init file in $(DESTDIR)$(DEFAULT_INIT)" $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(dir $(DEFAULT_INIT)) - $(INSTALL_DATA) init $(DESTDIR)$(DEFAULT_INIT) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/init $(DESTDIR)$(DEFAULT_INIT) + @echo "Installing windowmenu file in $(DESTDIR)$(DEFAULT_WINDOWMENU)" + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(dir $(DEFAULT_WINDOWMENU)) + $(INSTALL_DATA) $(srcdir)/windowmenu $(DESTDIR)$(DEFAULT_WINDOWMENU) distclean-local: rm -f *\~@@ -32,6 +44,11 @@ @regex_cmd@ -e "s,@pkgdatadir@,$(pkgdatadir),g" \
-e "s,@pkgprefix@,$(PROGRAM_PREFIX:NONE=),g" \ -e "s,@pkgsuffix@,$(PROGRAM_SUFFIX:NONE=),g" \ -e "s,@default_style@,$(DEFAULT_STYLE),g" $(srcdir)/init.in > init + +apps: apps.in + @regex_cmd@ -e "s,@pkgdatadir@,$(pkgdatadir),g" \ + -e "s,@pkgprefix@,$(PROGRAM_PREFIX:NONE=),g" \ + -e "s,@pkgsuffix@,$(PROGRAM_SUFFIX:NONE=),g" $(srcdir)/apps.in > apps menu: ../util/fluxbox-generate_menu env MENUFILENAME=menu \
A
data/apps.in
@@ -0,0 +1,4 @@
+[app] (name=@pkgprefix@fbrun@pkgsuffix@) + [Position] (WINCENTER) {0 0} + [Layer] {2} +[end]
M
data/init.in
→
data/init.in
@@ -1,5 +1,4 @@
-session.screen0.slit.placement: BottomRight -session.screen0.slit.direction: Vertical +session.screen0.slit.placement: RightBottom session.screen0.slit.onTop: False session.screen0.slit.autoHide: False session.screen0.tab.placement: Top@@ -30,4 +29,4 @@ session.colorsPerChannel: 4
session.doubleClickInterval: 250 session.cacheMax: 200 session.imageDither: True -session.configVersion: 7 +session.configVersion: 9
M
data/keys
→
data/keys
@@ -4,16 +4,16 @@ OnDesktop Mouse2 :WorkspaceMenu
OnDesktop Mouse3 :RootMenu # scroll on the desktop to change workspaces -OnDesktop Mouse4 :NextWorkspace -OnDesktop Mouse5 :PrevWorkspace +OnDesktop Mouse4 :PrevWorkspace +OnDesktop Mouse5 :NextWorkspace # scroll on the toolbar to change workspaces -OnToolbar Mouse4 :NextWorkspace -OnToolbar Mouse5 :PrevWorkspace +OnToolbar Mouse4 :PrevWorkspace +OnToolbar Mouse5 :NextWorkspace # alt + left/right click to move/resize a window OnWindow Mod1 Mouse1 :StartMoving -OnWindow Mod1 Mouse3 :StartResizing +OnWindow Mod1 Mouse3 :StartResizing NearestCorner # middle click a window's titlebar and drag to attach windows OnTitlebar Mouse2 :StartTabbing@@ -43,11 +43,26 @@ Mod4 7 :Tab 7
Mod4 8 :Tab 8 Mod4 9 :Tab 9 +# open a terminal +Mod1 F1 :Exec xterm + # open a dialog to run programs Mod1 F2 :Exec fbrun -# close the current window +# volume settings, using common keycodes +# if these don't work, use xev to find out your real keycodes +176 :Exec amixer sset Master,0 1+ +174 :Exec amixer sset Master,0 1- +160 :Exec amixer sset Master,0 toggle + +# current window commands Mod1 F4 :Close +Mod1 F9 :Minimize +Mod1 F10 :Maximize +Mod1 F11 :Fullscreen + +# open the window menu +Mod1 space :WindowMenu # exit fluxbox Control Mod1 Delete :Exit
A
data/overlay
@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+! The following line will prevent styles from setting the background. +! background: none
M
doc/Makefile.am
→
doc/Makefile.am
@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@ SUBDIRS = ru
CLEANFILES = fluxbox.1 fluxstyle.1 MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = Makefile.in man_MANS = fluxbox.1 fbsetroot.1 fbrun.1 fbsetbg.1 \ - startfluxbox.1 fluxstyle.1 fbrun.1 + startfluxbox.1 fluxstyle.1 fbrun.1 fluxbox-keys.5 fluxbox-remote.1 EXTRA_DIST=fluxbox.1.in fbsetroot.1 fbrun.1 startfluxbox.1 fbsetbg.1 \ fluxstyle.1.in CODESTYLE distclean-local:
A
doc/asciidoc/fluxbox-keys.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,686 @@
+fluxbox-keys(5) +=============== +Jim Ramsay <i.am@jimramsay.com> +v1.1.0, 22 July, 2008 + +NAME +---- +fluxbox-keys - keyboard shortcuts configuration for fluxbox(1) + +SYNOPSIS +-------- +~/.fluxbox/keys + +SYNTAX +------ +Variable parameters are shown in emphasis: 'argument' + +Optional parameters are shown in square brackets: ['argument'] + +All other characters shown are required verbatim. Whitespace is required +where shown, but it is fine to add more whitespace. + +DESCRIPTION +----------- +The keys file defines the keyboard shortcuts for 'fluxbox(1)'. + +You can customize fluxbox's key handling through the ~/.fluxbox/keys file. The +file consists of lines of the basic format: + +*['modifiers'] 'key' :'command' ['arguments' '...']* + +The space between the 'key' and the *:* before the 'command' is mandatory. + +All modifiers and commands are case-insensitive. Some command arguments +(especially those that will be passed to the shell) are case-sensitive. Some +key names are case-sensitive. + +Lines beginning with a '#' or '!' are considered comments and are unread by +fluxbox. + +MODIFIERS +--------- +You can get a list of possible modifiers by calling `xmodmap -pm'. This also +shows you to which keys the modifiers are mapped, but the following modifiers +are most commonly used: + +*Shift Control Mod1 Mod4* + +where *Mod1* is the Alt key on the PC keyboard and *Mod4* is usually a key +branded with a familiar company logo. + +There are also some special modifiers that refer to mouse button presses::: +*OnDesktop*;; + The mouse cursor is over the desktop (root window), and not any + window. +*OnToolbar*;; + The mouse cursor is over the toolbar (which is normally at the bottom + of the screen). +*OnWindow*;; + The mouse cursor is over a window. +*OnTitlebar*;; + The mouse cursor is over a window's titlebar. +*Double*;; + Limits this action to double-clicks only. + +Combining Modifiers +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +To combine two or more modifiers, just list them (space-delimited) in any +order. + +KEYS +---- +You may specify a key by its key name (for example, *a* or *space*) or by its +numeric keycode (for example, *38* or *0xf3*). + +If you don't know the name of a key, you can run 'xev(1)' in a terminal, push +the key, and see the name in the output. If you have some "special" keys that +do not produce a key name in the output of 'xev(1)', you can just use the +keycode (NOT the keysym!) in your keys file. + +Commands can also be bound to mouse button presses, for which the proper "key" +name is *Mouse*'n' where 'n' is the number of the mouse button. For example, +*Mouse1* is the primary button, and *Mouse4* / *Mouse5* are the scroll wheel +events, in normal configurations. 'xev(1)' can also be used to tell the button +number. + +//////////////// +There are some special "keys" that let you bind events to non-keyboard events::: +*ChangeWorkspace*;; + Fires when the workspace changes +TODO: Advanced users only? +*FocusIn* / *FocusOut*;; + Fires when the focus is given to or removed from a window. It may be + useful to combine this with the 'If' command, in the section *Special + Commands* below. +*MouseOver* / *MouseOut*;; + Fires when the mouse cursor enters or leaves a specific area of the + screen. It may be useful to combine this with the 'On*' modifiers + detailed above and/or the 'If' command. + +//////////////// +CHAINING +-------- +Key bindings can be chained in a fashion similar to Emacs key bindings using the +syntax: + +*'modifiers-1' 'key-1' 'modifiers-2' 'key-2' :'command' ['arguments ...']* + +.To Bind CTRL+C CTRL+X (Which means, press CTRL+C then CTRL+X) to quit fluxbox +........ +Control c Control x :Quit +........ + +KEYMODES +-------- +A specific set of key mappings can be activated and de-activated on-the-fly +using what are called keymodes. The syntax to define a mapping in a keymode +is: + +*'keymode': 'modifiers' 'key' :'command' ['arguments' '...']* + +Where 'keymode' is any alpha-numeric string name. + +When this keymode is activated (see the *KeyMode* command below), all bindings +prefaced by that keymode name become active (and all other keybindings will be +deactivated) until the keymode changes again. + +COMMANDS +-------- +Some commands have multiple names which are shown below as::: + CMD1 | CMD2 + +Related commands have been grouped below as::: + CMD1 / CMD2 + +The commands are broken up into sections as follows::: +- Mouse Commands +- Window Commands +- Workspace Commands +- Menu Commands +- Window Manager Commands +- Special Commands + +Mouse Commands +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +These commands may only be bound to mouse buttons (plus modifiers), not +keystrokes. In all cases, the action finishes when the mouse button is +released. + +*StartMoving*:: + Start dragging to move the window. + +*StartResizing* ['corner']:: +Start dragging to resize the window as if you had grabbed the window +at the specified 'corner'. ++ +By default 'corner' is *BottomRight*, but may be overridden with one of:;; +*NearestCorner NearestEdge Center TopLeft Top TopRight Left Right BottomLeft +BottomRight* + +*StartTabbing*:: + Start dragging to add this window to another's tabgroup. + +Window Commands +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +These commands ordinarily affect only the currently focused window. The +*OnWindow* modifier and *ForEach* command may affect the window that is used. + +*Activate* ['pattern'] | *Focus* ['pattern']:: + Set the focus to the window matching the argument. If 'pattern' is + omitted, this may be used with the *OnWindow* modifier to set the + focus. See *CLIENT PATTERNS* for more about the 'pattern' arguments. + +*Minimize* | *MinimizeWindow* | *Iconify*:: + Minimize the current window, equivalent to the window button. + +*Maximize* | *MaximizeWindow*:: + Maximize the current window, equivalent to the window button. + +*MaximizeHorizontal* / *MaximizeVertical*:: + Maximize the current window in one direction only, leaving the other + dimension unchanged. + +*Raise* / *Lower*:: + Reorder this window to the top or bottom of the window stack, within + its current layer. See 'fluxbox(1)' for a discussion of layers. + +*RaiseLayer* / *LowerLayer*:: + Raise the window up to the layer above, or lower it to the layer + below. See 'fluxbox(1)' for a discussion of layers. + +*SetLayer* 'layer':: + Move the window to the specified layer. 'layer' should be one of + *AboveDock*, *Dock*, *Top*, *Normal*, *Bottom*, *Desktop*. See + 'fluxbox(1)' for a discussion of layers. + +*Close*:: + Close the current window, equivalent to the window button. + +*Kill* | *KillWindow*:: + Close a window that's not responding to *Close*, like using `xkill`. + +*Shade* | *ShadeWindow*:: + Toggle the *shaded* state of the current window, equivalent to the + window button. A *shaded* window appears as only the title bar. + +*ShadeOn* / *ShadeOff*:: + Set the *shaded* state of the window to On / Off. + +*Stick* | *StickWindow*:: + Toggle the *sticky* state of the current window, equivalent to the + window button. A *sticky* window is visible on all workspaces. + +*ToggleDecor*:: + Toggles the presence of the window decorations (title bar, window + buttons, and resize bar). + +*NextTab* / *PrevTab*:: + Cycle to the next / previous tab in the current tab group. + +*Tab* 'number':: + Cycle to the given tab in the current tab group, where *1* is the + first tab. A negative 'number' counts from the end of the tab group + (*-1* is the last tab, *-2* is the next-to-last, etc.). + +*MoveTabRight* / *MoveTabLeft*:: + Reorder the tabs in the current tab group, swapping the current tab + with the one to the right / left. + +*DetachClient*:: + Remove the current tab from the tab group, placing it in its own window. + +*ResizeTo* 'width' 'height':: + Resizes the window to the given width and height. + +*Resize* 'delta-width' 'delta-height':: + Resizes the window relative to the current width and height. + +*ResizeHorizontal* 'delta-width' / *ResizeVertical* 'delta-height':: + Resizes the window in one dimension only + +*MoveTo* 'x' 'y' ['anchor']:: +Moves the window to the given coordinates, given in pixels. ++ +If either 'x' or 'y' is set to *\**, that coordinate will be ignored, and the +movement will only take place in one dimension. ++ +The default 'anchor' is the upper left corner, but this may be overridden with one of:;; +*UpperLeft LowerLeft UpperRight LowerRight* + +*Move* 'delta-x' 'delta-y':: + Moves the window relative to its current position. Positive numbers + refer to right and down, and negative to left and up, respectively. + +*MoveRight* 'd' / *MoveLeft* 'd' / *MoveUp* 'd' / *MoveDown* 'd':: + Moves the window relative to its current position by the number of + pixels specified in 'd'. If the number is negative, it moves in the + opposite direction. + +*TakeToWorkspace* 'workspace' / *SendToWorkspace* 'workspace':: + Sends you along with the current window to the selected workspace. + SendToWorkspace just sends the window. The first workspace is number + *1*, not 0. + +*TakeToNextWorkspace* ['offset'] / *TakeToPrevWorkspace* ['offset']:: + Sends you along with the current window to the next or previous + workspace. If you set 'offset' to a value greater than the default of + *1*, it will move you that number of workspaces ahead or behind. If + you go beyond the end of the currently defined workspaces, it will + wrap around to the other end automatically. + +*SendToNextWorkspace* ['offset'] / *SendToPrevWorkspace* ['offset']:: + Identical to the "TakeTo..." commands, but again this sends only the + window, and does not move you away from your current workspace. + +*SetAlpha* ['alpha' ['unfocused-alpha']]:: +Sets the alpha value of a window. ++ +Putting a *+* or *-* in front of +the value adds or subtracts from the current value. A plain integer +sets the value explicitly. ++ +no arguments;; + Resets both focused and unfocused settings to default opacity. +one argument;; + Changes both focused and unfocused alpha settings. +two arguments;; + First value becomes the focused alpha, second becomes the unfocused + alpha value. + +*SetHead* 'number':: + Moves the window to the given display head. Only available when fluxbox + has been compiled with Xinerama support. + +Workspace Commands +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +These commands affect the entire workspace (or "desktop" as it is sometimes +called). + +*AddWorkspace* / *RemoveLastWorkspace*:: + Adds or removes a workspace from the end of the list of workspaces. + +*NextWorkspace* ['n'] / *PrevWorkspace* ['n'] / *RightWorkspace* ['n'] / *LeftWorkspace* ['n']:: + Switch to the Next / Previous workspace. All versions accept an + offset value 'n', which defaults to *1* and refers to the number of + workspaces to move at one time. {Next,Prev}Workspace wrap around when + going past the last workspace, whereas {Right,Left}Workspace do not. + +*Workspace* 'number':: + Jumps to the given workspace 'number'. The first workspace is *1*. + +*NextWindow* [{'options'}] ['pattern'] / *PrevWindow* [{'options'}] ['pattern']:: +Focuses and activates the next / previous window in the focus list. ++ +'options' is one or more of the following, space delimited:;; ++ +-- + *static*;; + Instead of moving in order of most-recent focus, move in + order of when the window was opened (or, the order shown in + the iconbar). + *groups*;; + Only include the current tab in windows with multiple tabs. +-- ++ +If 'pattern' arguments are supplied, only windows that match all the +patterns are considered - all others are skipped. See the section *CLIENT +PATTERNS* below for more information. ++ +This pair of commands has a special side-effect when the keybinding used has a +modifier - It will temporarily raise the cycled window to the front so you can +see it, but if you continue holding down the modifier and press the key again +(For example, keep holding "Alt" while you tap the "Tab" key a few times), +fluxbox will lower the window again when you move on to the next one. This +allows you to preview the windows in order, but does not change the order in +doing so. + +*NextGroup* [{'options'}] ['pattern'] / *PrevGroup* [{'options'}] ['pattern']:: + Equivalent to NextWindow / PrevWindow above, but with the *groups* + option forced on. + +*GotoWindow* 'number' [{'options'}] ['pattern']:: + Focuses and activates the window at position 'number' in the focus + list. The 'options' and 'pattern' arguments have the same meaning as + *NextWindow* above. + +*Attach* 'pattern':: + Combines all windows that match the 'pattern' into a single tab group. + See *CLIENT PATTERNS* for more about the 'pattern' arguments. + +*FocusLeft* / *FocusRight* / *FocusUp* / *FocusDown*:: + Focus to the next window which is located in the direction specified. + +*ArrangeWindows* 'pattern':: + Tries to arrange all windows on the current workspace so that they + overlap the least amount possible. See *CLIENT PATTERNS* for more about + the 'pattern' arguments. + +*ShowDesktop*:: + Minimizes all windows on the current workspace. If they are already all + minimized, then it restores them. + +*Deiconify* 'mode' 'destination':: +Deiconifies windows (or, restores from a minimized state). ++ +Where 'mode' may be one of:;; ++ +-- + *All*;; + All icons across all workspaces. + *AllWorkspace*;; + All icons on the current workspace. + *Last*;; + The last icon across all workspaces. + *LastWorkspace* (default);; + The last icon on the current workspace. + +-- ++ +And 'destination' may be one of:;; ++ +-- + *Current* (default);; + Deiconify to the current workspace. +////// + TODO: Leave this out until it is stable! + *Origin*;; + Deiconify to the window's original workspace, and moves you + there.... sometimes? +////// + *OriginQuiet*;; + Deiconify to the window's original workspace, but does so in + the background, without moving you there. +-- + +*SetWorkspaceName* 'name' / *SetWorkspaceNameDialog*:: + Sets the name of the current workspace. + +*CloseAllWindows*:: + Closes all windows on all desktops. + +Menu Commands +~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +These commands open or close fluxbox popup menus. For more information on +what these menus contain or how to configure them, see 'fluxbox(1)'. + +*RootMenu* / *WorkspaceMenu* / *WindowMenu*:: + Opens the specified menu. See fluxbox(1) for more details on what + these menus contain. + +*ClientMenu* ['pattern']:: + Opens a menu that contains all windows. If you specify a 'pattern', + only matching windows will be in the menu. See *CLIENT PATTERNS* + below for more details on the 'pattern' argument. + +*CustomMenu* 'path':: + Opens a custom menu file. + +*HideMenus*:: + Hide all fluxbox popup menus. + +Window Manager Commands +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +These commands affect the Window Manager, or more than one window. + +*Restart* ['path']:: + Restarts fluxbox. This does not close any running applications. If + the optional 'path' is a path to an executable window manager, that + manager is started in place of fluxbox. + +*Quit* | *Exit*:: + Exits fluxbox. This will normally cause X to stop as well and + terminate all existing applications, returning you to the login + manager or console. + +*Reconfig* | *Reconfigure*:: + Reloads all fluxbox configuration files including the keys file, apps + file, and init file, if they have changed. + +*SetStyle* 'path':: + Sets the current style to that given in 'path', which must be the full + path to a fluxbox style. + +*ReloadStyle*:: + Reloads only the current style. Useful after editing a style which is + currently in use. + +*ExecCommand* 'args ...' | *Exec* 'args ...' | *Execute* 'args ...':: + Probably the most-used binding of all. Passes all the arguments to + your *$SHELL* (or /bin/sh if $SHELL is not set). You can use this to + launch applications, run shell scripts, etc. Since all arguments are + passed verbatim to the shell, you can use environment variables, + pipes, or anything else the shell can do. Note that processes only + see environment variables that were set before fluxbox started (such + as in ~/.fluxbox/startup), or any that are set via the Export or + SetEnv commands, below. + +*CommandDialog*:: + Pops up a dialog box that lets you type in any of these commands + manually. + +*SetEnv* 'name' 'value' | *Export* 'name'='value':: + Sets an environment variable in Fluxbox. It will be passed to any + applications spawned by any future ExecCommand commands. + +*SetResourceValue* 'resourcename' 'resourcevalue' | *SetResourceValueDialog*:: + Sets a fluxbox resource value, which are normally stored in the init + file. See 'fluxbox(1)' for more details on available resources and + allowed values. + +Special Commands +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +These commands have special meanings or behaviors. + +*MacroCmd* {'command1'} {'command2'} {'command3'} '...':: + Allows you to execute more than one command with one keybinding. The + commands will be executed in series. The *{* *}* brackets are + literally required, as in the following example: + + MacroCmd {MoveTo 0 0} {ResizeTo 1280 800} + +*Delay* {'command'} ['microseconds']:: + Delays running 'command' for the given amount of time. If the same + key binding is activated again, the timer will be restarted. + +*ToggleCmd* {'command1'} {'command2'} '...':: + Alternates between the commands. On the first press of the bound + key, runs 'command1'. On the next press, runs 'command2'. + +*BindKey* 'keybinding':: + Adds the given 'keybinding' (which must be a valid key binding as + defined in the DESCRIPTION section above) to your keys file. + +*KeyMode* 'keymode' ['return-keybinding']:: + Activates the named 'keymode' (or, all key binding lines prefaced + with the same 'keymode':) and deactivates all others until the + 'return-keybinding' (by default *Escape*) is pressed. The default + keymode is named 'default'. + +*ForEach* {'command'} [{'condition'}] | *Map* {'command'} [{'condition'}]:: + Runs the given 'command' (normally one from the *Window Commands* + section above) on each window. If you specify a 'condition' (See + *Conditions*, below) the action will be limited to matching windows. + +*If* {'condition'} {'then-command'} [{'else-command'}] | *Cond* {'condition'} {'then-command'} [{'else-command'}]:: + If the 'condition' command returns *true*, then run the + 'then-command', otherwise run the optional 'else-command'. See + *Conditions* below for more information on the 'condition' argument. + +Conditions +~~~~~~~~~~ +These special commands are used to match windows conditionally. They are +commonly used by the *If* and *ForEach* command. + +*Matches* 'pattern':: +Returns *true* if the current window matches the given 'pattern'. See *CLIENT +PATTERNS* below for details on the 'pattern' syntax. ++ +If your key binding uses the *OnWindow* modifier, it matches against the window +you clicked, not the currently focused window. ++ +To check other windows besides the currently focused one, see the *Every* and +*Some* conditions below. + +*Some* 'condition':: + Retuns *true* if any window on any workspace (not just the currently + focused one) matches the 'condition'. + +*Every* 'condition':: + Retuns *true* if every window on every workspace (not just the + current one) matches the 'condition'. + +*Not* 'condition':: + Returns *true* if 'condition' returns *false*, and vice-versa. + +*And* {'condition1'} {'condition2'} [{'condition3'} ...]:: + Returns *true* if and only if all given conditions return *true*. + +*Or* {'condition1'} {'condition2'} [{'condition3'} ...]:: + Returns *true* if any of the listed conditions return *true*. + +*Xor* {'condition1'} {'condition2'} [{'condition3'} ...]:: + Returns the boolean *xor* of the truth values for all conditions + listed. + +CLIENT PATTERNS +--------------- +Many of the more advanced commands take a 'pattern' argument, which allows you +to direct the action at a specific window or set of windows which match the +properties specified in the 'pattern'. A 'pattern' looks like this: + +(['propertyname'[!]=]'regexp') ... + +That is, one or more match definitions, followed by an optional limit on the +number of windows to match. + +Match definitions are enclosed in parentheses *(*...*)*, and if no +'propertyname' is given then *Name* is assumed. The 'regexp' can contain any +regular expression, or the special value *[current]*, which matches the +corresponding value of the currently focused window. See 'regex(7)' for more +information on acceptable regular expressions. + +You can use *=* to test for equality or *!=* to test for inequality. + +The following values are accepted for 'propertyname'::: +*Name*;; + A string, corresponding to the CLASSNAME property. +*Class*;; + A string, corresponding to the CLASSCLASS property. +*Title*;; + A string, corresponding to the window title. +*Role*;; + A string, corresponding to the ROLE property. +*Transient*;; + Either *yes* or *no*, depending on whether the window is transient + (typically, a popup dialog) or not. +*Maximized*;; + Either *yes* or *no*, depending on whether the window is maximized or + not. +*Minimized*;; + Either *yes* or *no*, depending on whether the window is minimized + (iconified) or not. +*Shaded*;; + Either *yes* or *no*, depending on whether the window is shaded or + not. +*Stuck*;; + Either *yes* or *no*, depending on whether the window is sticky (on + all workspaces) or not. +*FocusHidden*;; + Either *yes* or *no*, depending on whether the window has asked to be + left off the focus list (or, the alt-tab list), or not. +*IconHidden*;; + Either *yes* or *no*, depending on whether the window has asked to be + left off the icon list (or, the taskbar), or not. +*Urgent*;; + Either *yes* or *no*, depending on whether the window has the urgent + hint set. +*Workspace*;; + A number corresponding to the workspace number to which the window is + attached. The first workspace here is *0*. +*WorkspaceName*;; + A string corresponding to the name of the workspace to which the + window is attached. +*Head*;; + The number of the display head to which the window is attached. You + may match this against the special value *[mouse]* which refers to the + head where the mouse pointer currently resides. +*Layer*;; + The string name of the window's layer, which is one of + *AboveDock*, *Dock*, *Top*, *Normal*, *Bottom*, *Desktop* + +.Matches any windows with the CLASSNAME of "xterm" +.......... +(xterm) +.......... + +.Matches any windows with the same CLASSNAME as the currently focused window +.......... +(Name=[current]) +.......... + +.Matches any windows on the same head as the mouse but on a different layer than the currently focused window +........... +(Head=[mouse]) (Layer!=[current]) +........... + +FILES +----- +~/.fluxbox/keys:: + This is the default location for the keybinding definitions. +/usr/X11R6/include/X11/keysymdef.h:: + X key names are in this file. +/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/XKeysymDB:: + X key names are also in this file. + +RESOURCES +--------- +session.keyFile: <location>:: + This may be set to override the location of the keybinding definitions. + +ENVIRONMENT +----------- +Remember that *ExecCommand* command can take advantage of other environment +variables if they are set before fluxbox is started, or via the *Export* or +*SetEnv* commands. For example, if *$TERM* is set, it could be use like this: + +........................... +Mod1 x :ExecCommand $TERM +........................... + +For more information about environment variables, see your shell's manual. + +EXAMPLES +-------- +Here are some interesting and/or useful examples you can do with your keys +file. + +.................. +# Mod4+drag moves a window +OnWindow Mod4 Mouse1 :StartMoving + +# If any xterm windows are open, cycle through them. If none are open, open +# one: +Mod4 t :If {Some Matches (xterm)} {NextWindow (xterm)} {Exec xterm} + +# Set a different wallpaper on every workspace: +ChangeWorkspace :Exec fbsetbg ~/.fluxbox/bg$(xprop -root _NET_CURRENT_DESKTOP | awk '{print $3}').png +.................. + +AUTHOR and CREDITS +------------------ +This manpage is the combined work of: + +- Jim Ramsay <i.am at jimramsay com> (>fluxbox-1.0.0) +- Curt Micol <asenchi at asenchi com> (>fluxbox-0.9.11) +- Tobias Klausmann <klausman at users sourceforge net> (<=fluxbox-0.9.11) +- Grubert <grubert at users sourceforge net> (fluxbox) +- Matthew Hawkins <matt at mh dropbear id au> (blackbox) +- Wilbert Berendsen <wbsoft at xs4all nl> (blackbox) + +- Numerous other languages could be available if someone jumps in. + +SEE ALSO +-------- +fluxbox(1), xev(1), xkill(1), regex(7) +
A
doc/asciidoc/fluxbox-remote.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,40 @@
+fluxbox-remote(1) +=============== +Mark Tiefenbruck <mark@fluxbox.org> +v1.0.0, 6 August, 2008 + +NAME +---- +fluxbox-remote - command line access to key commands for fluxbox(1) + +SYNOPSIS +-------- +*fluxbox-remote* 'command' + +DESCRIPTION +----------- +'fluxbox-remote(1)' is designed to allow scripts to execute most key commands from 'fluxbox(1)'. 'fluxbox-remote(1)' will only work with 'fluxbox(1)': its communications with 'fluxbox(1)' are not standardized in any way. It is recommended that a standards-based tool such as 'wmctrl(1)' be used whenever possible, in order for scripts to work with other window managers. + +CAVEATS +------- +'fluxbox-remote(1)' uses the X11 protocol to communicate with 'fluxbox(1)'. +Therefore, it is possible for any user with access to the 'X(7)' server to use +'fluxbox-remote(1)'. For this reason, several key commands have been disabled. +Users should be aware of the security implications when enabling +'fluxbox-remote(1)', especially when using a forwarded 'X(7)' connection. + +RESOURCES +--------- +session.screen0.allowRemoteActions: <boolean>:: + This resource in ~/.fluxbox/init must be set to `true' in order for + 'fluxbox-remote(1)' to function. Please read the *CAVEATS* first. + +ENVIRONMENT +----------- +In order to communicate with 'fluxbox(1)', the DISPLAY environment variable must +be set properly. Usually, the value should be `:0.0'. + +SEE ALSO +-------- +fluxbox(1), fluxbox-keys(5), wmctrl(1) +
M
doc/asciidoc/fluxbox.1
→
doc/asciidoc/fluxbox.1
@@ -1,335 +1,384 @@
.\" Title: fluxbox .\" Author: -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.71.1 <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 04/21/2007 +.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.73.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/> +.\" Date: 08/05/2008 .\" Manual: .\" Source: .\" -.TH "FLUXBOX" "1" "04/21/2007" "" "" +.TH "FLUXBOX" "1" "08/05/2008" "" "" .\" disable hyphenation .nh .\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l .SH "NAME" -fluxbox \- A lightweight window manager for the X Windowing System +fluxbox - A lightweight window manager for the X Windowing System .SH "SYNOPSIS" -\fIfluxbox\fR [\-v | \-version] [\-h | \-help] [\-i | \-info] \fIfluxbox\fR [\-rc rcfile] [\-log logfile] [\-display display] [\-screen scr,scr|all] [\-verbose] +\fIfluxbox\fR [\-rc rcfile] [\-log logfile] [\-display display] [\-screen scr,scr|all] [\-verbose] +.sp +\fIfluxbox\fR [\-v | \-version] | [\-h | \-help] | [\-i | \-info] | [\-list\-commands] .sp .SH "DESCRIPTION" -fluxbox(1) provides configurable window decorations, a root menu to launch applications and a toolbar that shows the current workspace name, a set of application names and the current time. There is also a workspace menu to add or remove workspaces. The `slit' can be used to dock small applications; e.g. most of the bbtools can use the slit. +fluxbox(1) provides configurable window decorations, a root menu to launch applications and a toolbar that shows the current workspace name, a set of application names and the current time\. There is also a workspace menu to add or remove workspaces\. The `slit\' can be used to dock small applications; e\.g\. most of the bbtools can use the slit\. .sp -fluxbox(1) can iconify windows to the toolbar, in addition to adding the window to the \fIIcons\fR submenu of the workspace menu. One click and they reappear. A double\-click on the titlebar of the window will \fIshade\fR it; i.e. the window will disappear, and only the titlebar will remain visible. +fluxbox(1) can iconify windows to the toolbar, in addition to adding the window to the \fIIcons\fR submenu of the workspace menu\. One click and they reappear\. A double\-click on the titlebar of the window will \fIshade\fR it; i\.e\. the window will disappear, and only the titlebar will remain visible\. .sp -fluxbox(1) uses its own graphics class to render its images on the fly. By using style files, you can determine in great detail how your desktop looks. fluxbox styles are compatible with those of Blackbox 0.65 or earlier versions, so users migrating can still use their current favourite themes. +fluxbox(1) uses its own graphics class to render its images on the fly\. By using style files, you can determine in great detail how your desktop looks\. fluxbox styles are compatible with those of Blackbox 0\.65 or earlier versions, so users migrating can still use their current favourite themes\. .sp -fluxbox(1) supports the majority of the Extended Window Manager Hints (EWMH) specification, as well as numerous other Window Hinting standards. This allows all compliant window managers to provide a common interface to standard features used by applications and desktop utilities. +fluxbox(1) supports the majority of the Extended Window Manager Hints (EWMH) specification, as well as numerous other Window Hinting standards\. This allows all compliant window managers to provide a common interface to standard features used by applications and desktop utilities\. .sp .SH "OPTIONS" .PP \-display display .RS 4 -Start fluxbox on the specified display. Programs started by fluxbox will share the DISPLAY environment variable also. +Start fluxbox on the specified display\. Programs started by fluxbox will share the DISPLAY environment variable also\. .RE .PP \-h, \-help .RS 4 -Display command line options. +Display command line options\. .RE .PP \-i, \-info .RS 4 -Display useful information concerning the defaults and compiled\-in options. +Display useful information concerning the defaults and compiled\-in options\. .RE .PP \-log logfile .RS 4 -Starting fluxbox with this option will designate a file in which you want to log events to. +Starting fluxbox with this option will designate a file in which you want to log events to\. .RE .PP \-rc rcfile .RS 4 -Use a different config file other than the default ~/.fluxbox/init. +Use a different config file other than the default ~/\.fluxbox/init\. .RE .PP \-v, \-version .RS 4 -The version of fluxbox installed. +The version of fluxbox installed\. .RE .PP \-screen scr,scr|all .RS 4 -Run on specified screens only or all (by default). +Run on specified screens only or all (by default)\. .RE .PP \-verbose .RS 4 -Print more information in process. +Print more information in process\. .RE .SH "STARTING FLUXBOX" -fluxbox(1) comes with a program called startfluxbox(8) usually located wherever you installed fluxbox. This script provides you with many options and variables that can be set when starting fluxbox. To actually call fluxbox and begin using it, you should place "exec startfluxbox" in your /.xinitrc or /.xsession (depending on your distribution and/or display manager) as the last executed command. This is assuming that the location of fluxbox(1) and startfluxbox(8) are in your shell's $PATH. Also note that you may need to create the /.xinitrc file or your setup may use /.xsession instead, depending on your X setup. For more information on your shell, please visit your shell's manual page. +fluxbox(1) comes with a program called startfluxbox(8) usually located wherever you installed fluxbox\. This script provides you with many options and variables that can be set when starting fluxbox\. To actually call fluxbox and begin using it, you should place "exec startfluxbox" in your /\.xinitrc or /\.xsession (depending on your distribution and/or display manager) as the last executed command\. This is assuming that the location of fluxbox(1) and startfluxbox(8) are in your shell\'s $PATH\. Also note that you may need to create the /\.xinitrc file or your setup may use /\.xsession instead, depending on your X setup\. For more information on your shell, please visit your shell\'s manual page\. .sp -By using fluxbox \-i you'll see the defaults used by fluxbox(1). These are what fluxbox looks for upon startup. In the list of `Defaults:' you'll see a menu file location, this is where you can provide a system\-wide menu file for your users. +By using fluxbox \-i you\'ll see the defaults used by fluxbox(1)\. These are what fluxbox looks for upon startup\. In the list of `Defaults:\' you\'ll see a menu file location, this is where you can provide a system\-wide menu file for your users\. .sp -On exit or restart, fluxbox will save user defaults in the file ~/.fluxbox/init. Resources in this file can be edited by hand. fluxbox also has many tools to edit these; look through the main menu once fluxbox has started to find different ways of managing your session. +On exit or restart, fluxbox will save user defaults in the file ~/\.fluxbox/init\. Resources in this file can be edited by hand\. fluxbox also has many tools to edit these; look through the main menu once fluxbox has started to find different ways of managing your session\. .sp .SH "USING FLUXBOX" -When using fluxbox for the first time, users who are more accustomed to full desktop environments such as KDE or Gnome may be a little surprised by the minimal screen content. fluxbox is designed to be fast and powerful, so it may take a bit of getting used to \(em however, the rewards are worthwhile. +When using fluxbox for the first time, users who are more accustomed to full desktop environments such as KDE or Gnome may be a little surprised by the minimal screen content\. fluxbox is designed to be fast and powerful, so it may take a bit of getting used to \(em however, the rewards are worthwhile\. .sp -In this section, we'll give a quick summary of the common things. However, we recommend that you consult the referenced sections of this manual to further develop your understanding of what you can do with fluxbox. +In this section, we\'ll give a quick summary of the common things\. However, we recommend that you consult the referenced sections of this manual to further develop your understanding of what you can do with fluxbox\. .sp .SS "Root Window (Main)" -Looking at the fluxbox desktop immediately after startup you'll generally see only one thing: the toolbar. If you right click (mouse button 3) somewhere on the desktop, you can access the RootMenu. A middle click (mouse button 2) on the desktop shows you the WorkspaceMenu. +Looking at the fluxbox desktop immediately after startup you\'ll generally see only one thing: the toolbar\. If you right click (mouse button 3) somewhere on the desktop, you can access the RootMenu\. A middle click (mouse button 2) on the desktop shows you the WorkspaceMenu\. .sp .SS "RootMenu and WorkspaceMenu" -From the RootMenu you can launch applications and configure fluxbox. The WorkspaceMenu shows all windows and on which workspaces they are. See section MENUS on how to customize these menus. +From the RootMenu you can launch applications and configure fluxbox\. The WorkspaceMenu shows all windows and on which workspaces they are\. See section MENUS on how to customize these menus\. .sp .SS "Toolbar" The toolbar contains any combination of the following tools: .sp -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBWorkspace Name\fR: Name of the current visible workspace -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBIconbar\fR: List of windows managed by fluxbox -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBSystem Tray\fR: Area for applets -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBClock\fR: Date and Time -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBWorkspace Arrows\fR: Previous/Next Workspace -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBWindow Arrows\fR: Previous/Next Application Window -The contents of the toolbar can be configured in the `init' file. We discuss the `init' file at great length in the RESOURCES section. +.RE +The contents of the toolbar can be configured in the `init\' file\. We discuss the `init\' file at great length in the RESOURCES section\. .sp .SS "Slit" -Initially you won't be able to see the slit. It is there, but it isn't being used yet. The slit confuses some people initially. Think of it as a dock where you can place smaller programs. If you've looked at any screenshots on the official fluxbox web site, you will have noticed some small programs on the edge of some of the screens. These were more than likely docked programs in the slit. To learn more about the slit, we have an entire section below that goes into detail about the options you have. +Initially you won\'t be able to see the slit\. It is there, but it isn\'t being used yet\. The slit confuses some people initially\. Think of it as a dock where you can place smaller programs\. If you\'ve looked at any screenshots on the official fluxbox web site, you will have noticed some small programs on the edge of some of the screens\. These were more than likely docked programs in the slit\. To learn more about the slit, we have an entire section below that goes into detail about the options you have\. .sp .SS "Layers" fluxbox manages the following layers (from highest to lowest): .sp -.TP 4 -\(bu -Above Dock -.TP 4 -\(bu -Dock -.TP 4 -\(bu -Top -.TP 4 -\(bu -Normal -.TP 4 -\(bu -Bottom -.TP 4 -\(bu -Desktop -Windows on a higher layer will always appear above those on a lower one. These layers can be used on application windows, the slit or the toolbar. You can assign applications to a certain layer by specifying it in the `apps' file or through the WindowMenu. We discuss the `apps' file in the APPLICATIONS section. We discuss the WindowMenu in the MENUS section. We discuss layers in more detail in the LAYERS section. +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Above Dock +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Dock +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Top +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Normal +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Bottom +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Desktop +.RE +Windows on a higher layer will always appear above those on a lower one\. These layers can be used on application windows, the slit or the toolbar\. You can assign applications to a certain layer by specifying it in the `apps\' file or through the WindowMenu\. We discuss the `apps\' file in the APPLICATIONS section\. We discuss the WindowMenu in the MENUS section\. We discuss layers in more detail in the LAYERS section\. .sp .SS "Focus Model" -The window that has the focus is the one that receives key and mouse events. The focus model is selectable via the Configuration menu located in the root menu. We'll discuss the different types of focus below in the FOCUS MODEL section. +The window that has the focus is the one that receives key and mouse events\. The focus model is selectable via the Configuration menu located in the root menu\. We\'ll discuss the different types of focus below in the FOCUS MODEL section\. .sp .SS "Windows" -A left click (mouse button 1) on any part of the window's border will raise it. Dragging then moves the window to another part of the desktop. A right click and drag on the border resizes the window. Dragging the resize grips at the left and right bottom corners also will resize the window. Middle clicking on a border or titlebar will immediately lower the window. Right clicking on the titlebar opens the Window menu. The commands unique to this menu are discussed in detail in the Window Menu section of MENUS. +A left click (mouse button 1) on any part of the window\'s border will raise it\. Dragging then moves the window to another part of the desktop\. A right click and drag on the border resizes the window\. Dragging the resize grips at the left and right bottom corners also will resize the window\. Middle clicking on a border or titlebar will immediately lower the window\. Right clicking on the titlebar opens the Window menu\. The commands unique to this menu are discussed in detail in the Window Menu section of MENUS\. .sp .SS "Tabs" -fluxbox allows windows to be `grouped' by middle clicking and holding on a window's tab and dragging it onto another window. This `tabbing' allows you to put multiple applications in one location on the desktop and do several operations (for example, moving or resizing) to all windows in the group. By default, tabs are located just above the window, but they may be embedded in the titlebar or moved to other locations on the outside of the window. Configuration is discussed in TAB OPTIONS section. +fluxbox allows windows to be `grouped\' by middle clicking and holding on a window\'s tab and dragging it onto another window\. This `tabbing\' allows you to put multiple applications in one location on the desktop and do several operations (for example, moving or resizing) to all windows in the group\. By default, tabs are located just above the window, but they may be embedded in the titlebar or moved to other locations on the outside of the window\. Configuration is discussed in TAB OPTIONS section\. .sp .SH "MENUS" -fluxbox installs a default menu file in @pkgdatadir@/menu. You can also use fluxbox \-i to confirm this action. Of course this system\-wide menu can be customized for all users at once, but it is also possible to create an individual menu file for each user. By convention, users create a menu file in ~/.fluxbox/menu . Once you've created your own menu file, you'll want to make sure that you properly declare this location in your `init' file so that fluxbox knows where to look. The value you'll want to add or change is: +fluxbox installs a default menu file in @pkgdatadir@/menu\. You can also use fluxbox \-i to confirm this action\. Of course this system\-wide menu can be customized for all users at once, but it is also possible to create an individual menu file for each user\. By convention, users create a menu file in ~/\.fluxbox/menu \. Once you\'ve created your own menu file, you\'ll want to make sure that you properly declare this location in your `init\' file so that fluxbox knows where to look\. The value you\'ll want to add or change is: .sp .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.menuFile: <menufile> +session\.menuFile: <menufile> .fi .RE -For this change to take effect, fluxbox must be restarted. Be sure that your menu is usable, then choose `Restart' from the default fluxbox root menu. This restart is only necessary if you make changes to the `init' file; otherwise, fluxbox will automatically detect your changes. +For this change to take effect, fluxbox must be restarted\. Be sure that your menu is usable, then choose `Restart\' from the default fluxbox root menu\. This restart is only necessary if you make changes to the `init\' file; otherwise, fluxbox will automatically detect your changes\. .sp .SS "Root Menu" -The root menu is where you can change different aspects of fluxbox by simply clicking on a menu item. Most of the changes in this menu can also be done in the `init' file. However it makes it very easy to change certain options without having to open up an editor and find the resource. In the root menu, you usually have a `fluxbox menu' or `Settings' submenu, where you will find lots of different options. We'll take a look at most, if not all, of those here. +The root menu is where you can change different aspects of fluxbox by simply clicking on a menu item\. Most of the changes in this menu can also be done in the `init\' file\. However it makes it very easy to change certain options without having to open up an editor and find the resource\. In the root menu, you usually have a `fluxbox menu\' or `Settings\' submenu, where you will find lots of different options\. We\'ll take a look at most, if not all, of those here\. +.sp +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBConfigure\fR: The next level under this menu is where you can set certain resources and really begin to customize the look and feel of your desktop\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBSystem Styles\fR: This is where the standard styles are listed\. You can select one of these by clicking on it\. You may have to `reload\' the config or `restart\' to get every graphical element to change to the new style\. System styles are located in @pkgdatadir@/styles/ upon a default install\. Remember that you can confirm this with fluxbox \-i\. +.RE .sp -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBConfigure\fR: The next level under this menu is where you can set certain resources and really begin to customize the look and feel of your desktop. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBSystem Styles\fR: This is where the standard styles are listed. You can select one of these by clicking on it. You may have to `reload' the config or `restart' to get every graphical element to change to the new style. System styles are located in @pkgdatadir@/styles/ upon a default install. Remember that you can confirm this with fluxbox \-i. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBUser Styles\fR: ~/.fluxbox/styles This is the location where you will store new styles that you grab from the Internet. If you create your own styles this is also where you will put yours (provided that you follow the +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBUser Styles\fR: ~/\.fluxbox/styles This is the location where you will store new styles that you grab from the Internet\. If you create your own styles this is also where you will put yours (provided that you follow the \fIstandards\fR -described in fluxstyle(1)). -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBWorkspace List\fR: This is a list of the workspaces configured in your `init' file. If there are programs running on any of the workspaces, they will be listed one level down. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBTools\fR: Listed here are different tools that you can use. You can rename your workspace, run programs from a command line or regenerate your menu. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBWindow\fR: Allows you to switch your window manager. (Only listed if you have other window managers/desktop environments installed.) -.TP 4 -\(bu - +described in fluxstyle(1))\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBWorkspace List\fR: This is a list of the workspaces configured in your `init\' file\. If there are programs running on any of the workspaces, they will be listed one level down\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBTools\fR: Listed here are different tools that you can use\. You can rename your workspace, run programs from a command line or regenerate your menu\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBWindow\fR: Allows you to switch your window manager\. (Only listed if you have other window managers/desktop environments installed\.) +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBLock Screen\fR: Locks the screen\&... -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBfluxbox Command\fR: A little Commandline will popup where you can enter a fluxbox command. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBReload Config\fR: Use this to reload any menu files or style files. Just a basic re\-read of the files by a running fluxbox. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBRestart\fR: Restart the whole darn thing. This starts a completely new fluxbox process, rereads files and redraws all graphical elements. Running applications will remain open, however. -.TP 4 -\(bu -*Exit: Exits fluxbox and probably shuts down the X Window server. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBfluxbox Command\fR: A little Commandline will popup where you can enter a fluxbox command\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBReload Config\fR: Use this to reload any menu files or style files\. Just a basic re\-read of the files by a running fluxbox\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBRestart\fR: Restart the whole darn thing\. This starts a completely new fluxbox process, rereads files and redraws all graphical elements\. Running applications will remain open, however\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'*Exit: Exits fluxbox and probably shuts down the X Window server\. +.RE .SS "Configuration Menu" -This menu offers the opportunity to set up fluxbox. It contains many options from the init file, but this is an easier and faster way for most users. +This menu offers the opportunity to set up fluxbox\. It contains many options from the init file, but this is an easier and faster way for most users\. .sp -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBFocus Model\fR: Please read the FOCUS MODEL section at the end of this manual. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBTab Options\fR: Lets you configure the properties of tabs. Detailed in TAB OPTIONS section. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBSlit\fR: This Menu can be opened by right clicking the slit (if visible). Find more information about this menu's options in the SLIT section. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBToolbar\fR: Please take a look at the "Configuration via the Toolbar Menu" part of the TOOLBAR section. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBImage Dithering\fR: Enable or disable dithering of images. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBOpaque Window Moving\fR: If enabled, you will see the window content while dragging it. Otherwise the window will be shown as a "border". -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBFull Maximization\fR: Enabling this will override the separate settings for the slit/toolbar. Windows will always maximize over/under both of them. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBFocus New Window\fR: If enabled, a newly opened window will gain focus. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBFocus Last Window on Workspace\fR: This focuses the previous window when switching back to a workspace if the option is enabled. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBWindows Warping\fR: If enabled, you can drag windows from one workspace to another. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBDecorate Transient Windows\fR: With this option enabled all temporary windows will have a border and grips. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBClick Raises\fR: If enabled a click anywhere on a window area (including the decorations) will raise it. Otherwise you can only raise it by clicking the titlebar. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBTransparency\fR: This sets the transparency for a focused, unfocused window and the menu. +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBFocus Model\fR: Please read the FOCUS MODEL section at the end of this manual\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBTab Options\fR: Lets you configure the properties of tabs\. Detailed in TAB OPTIONS section\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBSlit\fR: This Menu can be opened by right clicking the slit (if visible)\. Find more information about this menu\'s options in the SLIT section\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBToolbar\fR: Please take a look at the "Configuration via the Toolbar Menu" part of the TOOLBAR section\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBImage Dithering\fR: Enable or disable dithering of images\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBOpaque Window Moving\fR: If enabled, you will see the window content while dragging it\. Otherwise the window will be shown as a "border"\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBFull Maximization\fR: Enabling this will override the separate settings for the slit/toolbar\. Windows will always maximize over/under both of them\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBFocus New Window\fR: If enabled, a newly opened window will gain focus\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBFocus Last Window on Workspace\fR: This focuses the previous window when switching back to a workspace if the option is enabled\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBWindows Warping\fR: If enabled, you can drag windows from one workspace to another\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBDecorate Transient Windows\fR: With this option enabled all temporary windows will have a border and grips\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBClick Raises\fR: If enabled a click anywhere on a window area (including the decorations) will raise it\. Otherwise you can only raise it by clicking the titlebar\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBTransparency\fR: This sets the transparency for a focused, unfocused window and the menu\. +.RE .SS "Window Menu" -The Window menu is displayed when you right click on the titlebar of a window. The options available are: +The Window menu is displayed when you right click on the titlebar of a window\. The options available are: +.sp +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBSend To\&...\fR: Send window to another workspace\. When you select the workspace with a middle click, fluxbox will send you along with the application to the selected workspace\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBShade\fR: Shade the window (display the titlebar only)\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBIconify\fR: Iconify window\. The `icon\' can be found in the Icons submenu of the workspace menu as well as in the toolbar (if a Toolbar mode showing Icons is selected)\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBMaximize\fR: (Un)Maximize window\. Depending on your toolbar and slit configuration, maximize may cover them\. You can use the different mouse buttons for different aspects of maximize function\. +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Button 1 (Un)Maximize as normal\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Button 2 (Un)Maximize window vertically\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Button 3 (Un)Maximize window horizontally\. +.RE +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBRaise\fR: Raise the window\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBLower\fR: Lower the window\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBStick\fR: (Un)Stick window\. A `stuck\' window will always be displayed on all workspaces\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBLayer\&...\fR: Change the layer of this window\. +.RE .sp -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBSend To\&...\fR: Send window to another workspace. When you select the workspace with a middle click, fluxbox will send you along with the application to the selected workspace. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBShade\fR: Shade the window (display the titlebar only). -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBIconify\fR: Iconify window. The `icon' can be found in the Icons submenu of the workspace menu as well as in the toolbar (if a Toolbar mode showing Icons is selected). -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBMaximize\fR: (Un)Maximize window. Depending on your toolbar and slit configuration, maximize may cover them. You can use the different mouse buttons for different aspects of maximize function. .RS 4 -.TP 4 -\(bu -Button 1 (Un)Maximize as normal. -.TP 4 -\(bu -Button 2 (Un)Maximize window vertically. -.TP 4 -\(bu -Button 3 (Un)Maximize window horizontally. +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBRemember\&...\fR: Specify which window settings should be stored in the apps file, covered later on in the APPLICATIONS section\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBClose\fR: Close the application softly\. .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBRaise\fR: Raise the window. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBLower\fR: Lower the window. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBStick\fR: (Un)Stick window. A `stuck' window will always be displayed on all workspaces. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBLayer\&...\fR: Change the layer of this window. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBRemember\&...\fR: Specify which window settings should be stored in the apps file, covered later on in the APPLICATIONS section. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBClose\fR: Close the application softly. .SS "Workspace Menu" -The workspace menu can be found by middle clicking on the background. A menu will popup giving you the option to add or remove a workspace. You will also see your workspaces listed there; middle clicking on a workspace name will take you to that workspace, whereas clicking on a window name in one of the per\-workspace submenus will take you to the workspace that window is on, and select the window. Last but not least you will notice the Icons menu. This is for applications which have been `iconified'. +The workspace menu can be found by middle clicking on the background\. A menu will popup giving you the option to add or remove a workspace\. You will also see your workspaces listed there; middle clicking on a workspace name will take you to that workspace, whereas clicking on a window name in one of the per\-workspace submenus will take you to the workspace that window is on, and select the window\. Last but not least you will notice the Icons menu\. This is for applications which have been `iconified\'\. .sp .SS "Menu Behavior" -The behavior of the submenus in a menu can be configured in the `init' file, with the following entries (default for both is 0): +The behavior of the submenus in a menu can be configured in the `init\' file, with the following entries (default for both is 0): .sp .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.menuDelay: <msec> -session.screen0.menuDelayClose: <msec> +session\.screen0\.menuDelay: <msec> +session\.screen0\.menuDelayClose: <msec> .fi .RE .SS "Menu Syntax" -There are up to four fields in a menu line. They are of the form: +There are up to four fields in a menu line\. They are of the form: .sp .sp .RS 4@@ -338,96 +387,95 @@ [tag] (label|filename) {command|filename} <icon file>
.fi .RE The supported tags are: -.sp .PP [begin] (label) .RS 4 -This tells fluxbox to start parsing the menu file. This tag is required for fluxbox to read your menu file. If it cannot find it, the system default menu is used in its place. +This tells fluxbox to start parsing the menu file\. This tag is required for fluxbox to read your menu file\. If it cannot find it, the system default menu is used in its place\. .RE .PP [end] .RS 4 -This tells fluxbox that it is at the end of a menu. This can either be a submenu or the main root menu. There must be at least one of these tags in your menu to correspond to the required [begin] tag. +This tells fluxbox that it is at the end of a menu\. This can either be a submenu or the main root menu\. There must be at least one of these tags in your menu to correspond to the required [begin] tag\. .RE .PP [exec] (label) {command} .RS 4 -Inserts a command item into the menu. When you select the menu item from the menu, fluxbox runs -\fIcommand\fR. +Inserts a command item into the menu\. When you select the menu item from the menu, fluxbox runs +\fIcommand\fR\. .RE .PP [exit] (label) .RS 4 -Inserts an item that shuts down and exits fluxbox. Any open windows are reparented to the root window before fluxbox exits. +Inserts an item that shuts down and exits fluxbox\. Any open windows are reparented to the root window before fluxbox exits\. .RE .PP [include] (file\-or\-directory\-name) .RS 4 -Parses the file specified by filename inline with the current menu. The filename can be the full path to a file or it can begin with ~/, which will be expanded into your home directory. If the path is a directory, then all files in the directory are included. +Parses the file specified by filename inline with the current menu\. The filename can be the full path to a file or it can begin with ~/, which will be expanded into your home directory\. If the path is a directory, then all files in the directory are included\. .RE .PP [nop] (label) .RS 4 -Insert a non\-operational item into the current menu. This can be used to help format the menu into blocks or sections if so desired. This tag does support a label, but one is not required in which case a blank item will be used instead. +Insert a non\-operational item into the current menu\. This can be used to help format the menu into blocks or sections if so desired\. This tag does support a label, but one is not required in which case a blank item will be used instead\. .RE .PP [separator] .RS 4 -This will create a nice separation line. Useful for splitting up sections in a +This will create a nice separation line\. Useful for splitting up sections in a \fIpretty\fR -way. +way\. .RE .PP [style] (label) {filename} .RS 4 -This tells fluxbox to insert an item that, when selected, reads style file named filename and apply the new textures, colors and fonts to the current running session. +This tells fluxbox to insert an item that, when selected, reads style file named filename and apply the new textures, colors and fonts to the current running session\. .RE .PP [stylesmenu] (directory) .RS 4 -Reads all filenames from the specified directory, assuming that they are all valid style files, and creates menu items in the current menu for every filename, that, when selected by the user will apply the selected style file to the current session. The labels that are created in the menu are the filenames of the style files. +Reads all filenames from the specified directory, assuming that they are all valid style files, and creates menu items in the current menu for every filename, that, when selected by the user will apply the selected style file to the current session\. The labels that are created in the menu are the filenames of the style files\. .RE .PP [stylesdir] (label) {directory} .RS 4 -Creates a submenu entry with label (that is also the title of the new submenu), and inserts in that submenu all filenames in the specified directory, assuming that they are all valid style files (directories are ignored) in the same way as the [stylesdir] command does. Both [stylesdir] and [stylesmenu] commands make it possible to install style files without editing your init file. +Creates a submenu entry with label (that is also the title of the new submenu), and inserts in that submenu all filenames in the specified directory, assuming that they are all valid style files (directories are ignored) in the same way as the [stylesdir] command does\. Both [stylesdir] and [stylesmenu] commands make it possible to install style files without editing your init file\. .RE .PP [submenu] (label) {menutitle} .RS 4 -This tells fluxbox to create and parse a new menu. This menu is inserted as a submenu into the parent menu. These menus are parsed recursively, so there is no limit to the number of levels or nested submenus you can have. The title for the new menu is optional, if none is supplied, the new menu's title is the same as the item label. An [end] tag is required to end the submenu. +This tells fluxbox to create and parse a new menu\. This menu is inserted as a submenu into the parent menu\. These menus are parsed recursively, so there is no limit to the number of levels or nested submenus you can have\. The title for the new menu is optional, if none is supplied, the new menu\'s title is the same as the item label\. An [end] tag is required to end the submenu\. .RE .PP [reconfig] (label) .RS 4 -When selected this item re\-reads the current style and menu files and applies any changes. This is useful for creating a new style or theme, as you don't have to constantly restart fluxbox every time you save your style. However, fluxbox automatically rereads the menu whenever it changes. +When selected this item re\-reads the current style and menu files and applies any changes\. This is useful for creating a new style or theme, as you don\'t have to constantly restart fluxbox every time you save your style\. However, fluxbox automatically rereads the menu whenever it changes\. .RE .PP [restart] (label) {command} .RS 4 -This tells fluxbox to restart. If command is supplied, it shuts down and runs the command (which is commonly the name of another window manager). If the command is omitted, fluxbox restarts itself. +This tells fluxbox to restart\. If command is supplied, it shuts down and runs the command (which is commonly the name of another window manager)\. If the command is omitted, fluxbox restarts itself\. .RE .PP [config] (label) .RS 4 -Inserts a fluxbox native submenu item, containing numerous configuration options concerning window placement, focus style, window moving style, etc. +Inserts a fluxbox native submenu item, containing numerous configuration options concerning window placement, focus style, window moving style, etc\. .RE .PP -[wallpaper] (label) +[wallpapers] (label) .RS 4 -This allows you to list your backgrounds. This tag is built in to use fbsetbg(1) and allows you to simply click on an image to set your wallpaper. See? fluxbox makes it easy\&... +This allows you to list your backgrounds\. This tag is built in to use fbsetbg(1) and allows you to simply click on an image to set your wallpaper\. See? fluxbox makes it easy\&... .RE .PP [wallpapermenu] (directory) {command} .RS 4 -This inserts a menu item to set the wallpaper for each file in the given directory. The command is optional and defaults to fbsetbg. +This inserts a menu item to set the wallpaper for each file in the given directory\. The command is optional and defaults to fbsetbg\. .RE .PP [workspaces] (label) .RS 4 -This tells fluxbox to insert a link to the workspaces menu directly into your menu. This is handy for those users who can't access the workspace menu directly (e.g. if you don't have a 3 button mouse, it is rather hard to middle click to show the workspace menu). +This tells fluxbox to insert a link to the workspaces menu directly into your menu\. This is handy for those users who can\'t access the workspace menu directly (e\.g\. if you don\'t have a 3 button mouse, it is rather hard to middle click to show the workspace menu)\. .RE -Any line that starts with a \fI#\fR or \fI!\fR is considered a comment and ignored by fluxbox. Also, in the label/command/filename fields you can escape any character. Using \fI\\\\\fR inserts a literal back\-slash into the label/command/filename field. +Any line that starts with a \fI#\fR or \fI!\fR is considered a comment and ignored by fluxbox\. Also, in the label/command/filename fields you can escape any character\. Using \fI\e\e\fR inserts a literal back\-slash into the label/command/filename field\. .sp Here is an example menu file: .sp@@ -436,7 +484,7 @@ .RS 4
.nf # fluxbox menu file [begin] (fluxbox) - [exec] (rxvt) {rxvt \-ls} </usr/X11R6/share/icons/terminal.xpm> + [exec] (rxvt) {rxvt \-ls} </usr/X11R6/share/icons/terminal\.xpm> [exec] (netscape) {netscape \-install} [exec] (The GIMP) {gimp} [exec] (XV) {xv}@@ -450,9 +498,9 @@ [exec] (edit) {mozilla \-edit}
[exec] (compose) {mozilla \-compose} [end] [submenu] (Window Manager) - [exec] (Edit Menus) {nedit ~/.fluxbox/menu} + [exec] (Edit Menus) {nedit ~/\.fluxbox/menu} [submenu] (Style) {Which Style?} - [stylesdir] (~/.fluxbox/styles) + [stylesdir] (~/\.fluxbox/styles) [stylesmenu] (fluxbox Styles) {@pkgdatadir@/styles} [end] [config] (Config Options)@@ -464,138 +512,153 @@ [end]
.fi .RE .SH "TOOLBAR" -The toolbar is a small area to display information like a clock, workspace name, a system tray or a taskbar (iconbar) that can contain the running programs. The color, look, font etc. is defined in the style and can't be defined as a global setting (except with the style overlay). +The toolbar is a small area to display information like a clock, workspace name, a system tray or a taskbar (iconbar) that can contain the running programs\. The color, look, font etc\. is defined in the style and can\'t be defined as a global setting (except with the style overlay)\. .sp The tools in the toolbar can be enabled/disabled in the init file with the arguments given to the line: .sp .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.toolbar.tools +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.tools .fi .RE -The order and number of tools is freely selectable, but they must be separated by a ",". E.g.: +The order and number of tools is freely selectable, but they must be separated by a ","\. E\.g\.: .sp .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.toolbar.tools: workspacename, systemtray, iconbar, clock +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.tools: workspacename, systemtray, iconbar, clock .fi .RE The possible tools are: .sp -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBClock\fR: This will show an area to display a clock and the date according to the format specification listed in "man strtftime" -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBIconbar\fR: This is the area that contains all windows (all running applications, all minimized windows or maybe no window, all depending on the Toolbar Settings). -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBSystemtray\fR: The Systemtray can hold applications that are made to use it. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBWorkspaceName\fR: This displays the name of the current workspace. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBPrevWorkspace\fR: This displays an arrow that allows to switch to the workspace left of the current one. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBNextWorkspace\fR: This displays an arrow that allows to switch to the workspace right of the current one. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBPrevWindow\fR: This displays an arrow that switches focus to the previous visible window on the current workspace. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBNextWindow\fR: This displays an arrow that switches focus to the next visible window on the current workspace. -Other aspects of the toolbar can be configured in two ways: through the toolbar menu, which is accessable in the Configuration part of the RootMenu or with a right click on the edge the toolbar, or by editing the init file (see the RESOURCES section for more information about that). +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBIconbar\fR: This is the area that contains all windows (all running applications, all minimized windows or maybe no window, all depending on the Toolbar Settings)\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBSystemtray\fR: The Systemtray can hold applications that are made to use it\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBWorkspaceName\fR: This displays the name of the current workspace\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBPrevWorkspace\fR: This displays an arrow that allows to switch to the workspace left of the current one\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBNextWorkspace\fR: This displays an arrow that allows to switch to the workspace right of the current one\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBPrevWindow\fR: This displays an arrow that switches focus to the previous visible window on the current workspace\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBNextWindow\fR: This displays an arrow that switches focus to the next visible window on the current workspace\. +.RE +Other aspects of the toolbar can be configured in two ways: through the toolbar menu, which is accessable in the Configuration part of the RootMenu or with a right click on the edge the toolbar, or by editing the init file (see the RESOURCES section for more information about that)\. .sp .SS "Configuration via the Toolbar Menu" -All changes take effect immediately, except for a change of the "Toolbar Alpha", which needs a restart to make the change visible. Here are the settings: +All changes take effect immediately, except for a change of the "Toolbar Alpha", which needs a restart to make the change visible\. Here are the settings: .sp -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBVisible\fR: Sets the toolbar either to visible or invisible. +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBVisible\fR: Sets the toolbar either to visible or invisible\. .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.toolbar.visible: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.visible: <boolean> .fi .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBAuto hide\fR: If this is enabled the toolbar will disappear after a defined time when the mouse pointer leaves the toolbar. It will slide in when the cursor hits the remaining edge of the toolbar. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBAuto hide\fR: If this is enabled the toolbar will disappear after a defined time when the mouse pointer leaves the toolbar\. It will slide in when the cursor hits the remaining edge of the toolbar\. .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.toolbar.autoHide: <boolean> -session.autoRaiseDelay: <int> +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.autoHide: <boolean> +session\.autoRaiseDelay: <int> .fi .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBToolbar width percentage\fR: Sets the width of the toolbar in percent. Use the left mouse button to decrease and the right mouse\-button to increase the value. The value can be from 1\-100. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBToolbar width percentage\fR: Sets the width of the toolbar in percent\. Use the left mouse button to decrease and the right mouse\-button to increase the value\. The value can be from 1\-100\. .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.toolbar.widthPercent: <int> +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.widthPercent: <int> .fi .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBMaximize Over\fR: Enabling this option will prevent windows from maximizing over the toolbar. With this switched on they will only expand to the edge of the bar. To use this option, "Full Maximization" from the Configuration menu must be DISABLED. Otherwise this option will not work. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBMaximize Over\fR: Enabling this option will prevent windows from maximizing over the toolbar\. With this switched on they will only expand to the edge of the bar\. To use this option, "Full Maximization" from the Configuration menu must be DISABLED\. Otherwise this option will not work\. .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.toolbar.maxOver: <boolean> -session.screen0.fullMaximization: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.maxOver: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.fullMaximization: <boolean> .fi .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBLayer\&...\fR: This sets the layer on which the toolbar is set. With this you can set the toolbar to "Always on top". +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBLayer\&...\fR: This sets the layer on which the toolbar is set\. With this you can set the toolbar to "Always on top"\. .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.toolbar.layer: <layer> +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.layer: <layer> .fi .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBPlacement\fR: Sets the toolbar to any edge of the screen, either centered or aligned with a corner. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBPlacement\fR: Sets the toolbar to any edge of the screen, either centered or aligned with a corner\. .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.toolbar.placement: <direction> +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.placement: <direction> .fi .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBAlpha\fR: This sets the alpha value for the toolbar. Use the left mouse button to decrease and the right mouse button to increase the value. 0 is invisible, 255 is not transparent at all. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBAlpha\fR: This sets the alpha value for the toolbar\. Use the left mouse button to decrease and the right mouse button to increase the value\. 0 is invisible, 255 is not transparent at all\. .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.toolbar.alpha: <int> +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.alpha: <int> .fi .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBIconbar Mode\fR: .sp .RS 4@@ -603,136 +666,146 @@ .nf
Specifies the mode of the iconbar: .fi .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBNone\fR: will not show any windows -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBIcons\fR: shows windows from all workspaces that are minimized (iconified) -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBNoIcons\fR: shows windows from all workspaces that are not minimized (iconified) -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBWorkspaceIcons\fR: shows windows from the current workspace that are minimized (iconified) -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBWorkspaceNoIcons\fR: shows windows from the current workspace that are not minimized (iconified) -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBWorkspace\fR: shows all windows from the current workspace -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBAll Windows\fR: shows all windows from all workspaces .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.iconbar.mode: <mode> +session\.screen0\.iconbar\.mode: <mode> .fi .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBAlignment\fR: -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBLeft\fR: all icons will be left\-aligned with the width set in the init file -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBRelative\fR: all icons will be sized evenly to fill the iconbar completely -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBRight\fR: all icons will be right\-aligned with the width set in the init file .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.iconbar.alignment: <alignment> -session.screen0.iconbar.iconWidth: <int> +session\.screen0\.iconbar\.alignment: <alignment> +session\.screen0\.iconbar\.iconWidth: <int> .fi .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBShow Pictures\fR: If enabled the iconbar will show the application's icon (if provided by the application) +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBShow Pictures\fR: If enabled the iconbar will show the application\'s icon (if provided by the application) .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.iconbar.usePixmap: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.iconbar\.usePixmap: <boolean> .fi .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBClock\fR: Lets you switch between the 00:00am \- 11:59pm and 00:00 \- 23:59 notation -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBEdit Clock Format\fR: clicking this entry will pop up a little window in which the clock format can be set according to \fIman strftime\fR (or -\fIman date\fR). +\fIman date\fR)\. .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.strftimeFormat: <format> +session\.screen0\.strftimeFormat: <format> .fi +.RE .RE .SH "RESOURCES" -Usually the ~/.fluxbox/init resource file is created and maintained by fluxbox itself. You can use the [config] menu to set most of these options. However, we'll cover all of the resource options that are available to the user. If you edit this file while fluxbox is running, you must `reconfigure' to reload the resource options. +Usually the ~/\.fluxbox/init resource file is created and maintained by fluxbox itself\. You can use the [config] menu to set most of these options\. However, we\'ll cover all of the resource options that are available to the user\. If you edit this file while fluxbox is running, you must `reconfigure\' to reload the resource options\. .sp -When running fluxbox in a multiple desktop environment the screen0 key can also be screen1, screen2, etc. You can customize the behavior of fluxbox on each desktop accordingly. Here are the resources that are currently available: +When running fluxbox in a multiple desktop environment the screen0 key can also be screen1, screen2, etc\. You can customize the behavior of fluxbox on each desktop accordingly\. Here are the resources that are currently available: .sp .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.window.focus.alpha: <integer> -session.screen0.window.unfocus.alpha: <integer> +session\.screen0\.window\.focus\.alpha: <integer> +session\.screen0\.window\.unfocus\.alpha: <integer> These resources are available to the user to set different levels of - transparency for different components of fluxbox. Each one accepts a value - between 0\-255, 255 being opaque and 0 being completely transparent. + transparency for different components of fluxbox\. Each one accepts a value + between 0\-255, 255 being opaque and 0 being completely transparent\. Default: 255 -session.screen0.slit.autoHide: <boolean> -session.screen0.toolbar.autoHide: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.slit\.autoHide: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.autoHide: <boolean> The autoHide resources allow the user to set the behavior of the toolbar - and slit. This behavior can be that they disappear when they are not being - used actively by the user, or they remain visible at all times. Default: + and slit\. This behavior can be that they disappear when they are not being + used actively by the user, or they remain visible at all times\. Default: False -session.screen0.desktopwheeling: <boolean> - This sets the ability to utilize the user's scroll wheel to change the - current workspace. Default: True - -session.screen0.windowScrollAction: shade|nexttab +session\.screen0\.windowScrollAction: shade|nexttab This allows you to execute a command by scrolling on the titlebar of a - window. For `shade', scrolling down will shade the window, and scrolling - up will unshade it. For `nexttab', scrolling down will focus the next tab, - and scrolling up will focus the previous one. Default: <blank> + window\. For `shade\', scrolling down will shade the window, and scrolling + up will unshade it\. For `nexttab\', scrolling down will focus the next tab, + and scrolling up will focus the previous one\. Default: <blank> -session.screen0.reversewheeling: <boolean> -session.screen0.windowScrollReverse: <boolean> - These switch the roles of scrolling up and scrolling down for the previous - two sets of resources. Default: False +session\.screen0\.windowScrollReverse: <boolean> + This switches the role of scrolling up and scrolling down for the previous + resource\. Default: False -session.screen0.slit.layer: <layer> -session.screen0.toolbar.layer: <layer> +session\.screen0\.slit\.layer: <layer> +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.layer: <layer> With these two resources, you can set the layer you want the toolbar and - the slit to appear on. Please read the LAYER section for more information. + the slit to appear on\. Please read the LAYER section for more information\. Default: Dock -session.screen0.slit.placement: <placement> -session.screen0.toolbar.placement: <placement> - These allow users to place the slit and toolbar where they like. Possible +session\.screen0\.slit\.placement: <placement> +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.placement: <placement> + These allow users to place the slit and toolbar where they like\. Possible options are: \- BottomCenter \- BottomLeft@@ -747,30 +820,30 @@ \- TopCenter
\- TopLeft \- TopRight -session.screen0.slit.maxOver: <boolean> -session.screen0.toolbar.maxOver: <boolean> -session.screen0.tabs.maxOver: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.slit\.maxOver: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.maxOver: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.tabs\.maxOver: <boolean> Setting these to True will allow application windows to maximize over the - complete screen. Setting to False allows the slit, toolbar, and external + complete screen\. Setting to False allows the slit, toolbar, and external tabs to hold their territory and will always be visible when an - application is maximized. Default: False + application is maximized\. Default: False -session.screen0.toolbar.height: <integer> - Set the height of the toolbar. If the value is set to 0, the style file - will gain control over the toolbar height. It is possible to set a fixed - height by changing this value to something greater than 0. Default: 0 +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.height: <integer> + Set the height of the toolbar\. If the value is set to 0, the style file + will gain control over the toolbar height\. It is possible to set a fixed + height by changing this value to something greater than 0\. Default: 0 -session.screen0.toolbar.visible: <boolean> - The user can set whether they want to have a toolbar on screen at all. - Setting to False removes the toolbar from the screen. Default: True +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.visible: <boolean> + The user can set whether they want to have a toolbar on screen at all\. + Setting to False removes the toolbar from the screen\. Default: True -session.screen0.toolbar.widthPercent: <integer> - This resource sets the width percentage of the toolbar on the screen. +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.widthPercent: <integer> + This resource sets the width percentage of the toolbar on the screen\. Default: 65 -session.screen0.toolbar.tools: <tools> - This resource specifies the tools plugged into the toolbar. Read the - TOOLBAR section in this manual for a description of each of these. +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.tools: <tools> + This resource specifies the tools plugged into the toolbar\. Read the + TOOLBAR section in this manual for a description of each of these\. Possible tools:: \- clock \- iconbar@@ -781,38 +854,27 @@ \- prevworkspace
\- systemtray \- workspacename -session.screen0.slit.onhead: <integer> -session.screen0.toolbar.onhead: <integer> +session\.screen0\.slit\.onhead: <integer> +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.onhead: <integer> For those that use xinerama, users can set this value to the number of the - head where they would like to see the slit and toolbar, starting from 1. - Setting this to 0 will ignore xinerama information. Default: 0 + head where they would like to see the slit and toolbar, starting from 1\. + Setting this to 0 will ignore xinerama information\. Default: 0 -session.screen0.iconbar.mode: <mode> - This value is set in the Iconbar Mode menu. The available options are:: - \- All Windows - \- Icons - \- NoIcons - \- None - \- Workspace - \- WorkspaceIcons - \- WorkspaceNoIcons +session\.screen0\.iconbar\.mode: <pattern> + This determines which windows will be displayed in the iconbar\. Any window + pattern available to the Next/PrevWindow keybindings is acceptable\. + Default: {static groups} (workspace) -session.screen0.iconbar.usePixmap: <boolean> - This is also set in the Iconbar Mode menu. When set to True, this will - show the native icon of applications. Default: True +session\.screen0\.iconbar\.usePixmap: <boolean> + This is also set in the Iconbar Mode menu\. When set to True, this will + show the native icon of applications\. Default: True -session.screen0.iconbar.iconTextPadding: <integer> +session\.screen0\.iconbar\.iconTextPadding: <integer> This specifies the space between the window title and the edge of the - button. Default: 10 + button\. Default: 10 -session.screen0.iconbar.wheelMode: Screen|On|Off - This defines the behavior for scrolling on the iconbar. `Screen' uses the - value set in session.screen0.desktopWheeling . `On' means scrolling on the - iconbar will change the current workspace. `Off' means scrolling on the - iconbar will do nothing. Default: Screen - -session.screen0.iconbar.alignment: <position> - This value should be changed in the Iconbar Mode menu. Default: +session\.screen0\.iconbar\.alignment: <position> + This value should be changed in the Iconbar Mode menu\. Default: Relative Available options:@@ -820,122 +882,114 @@ \- Left: Fixed width, aligned left
\- Relative: Width varies to fill the iconbar \- Right: Fixed width, aligned right -session.screen0.iconbar.iconWidth: <integer> - Used to specify the iconbar button width for Left/Right alignment. +session\.screen0\.iconbar\.iconWidth: <integer> + Used to specify the iconbar button width for Left/Right alignment\. Default: 70 -session.screen0.overlay.lineWidth: 1 -session.screen0.overlay.lineStyle: LineSolid -session.screen0.overlay.joinStyle: JoinMiter -session.screen0.overlay.capStyle: CapNotLast - These are options for how fluxbox draws lines. See - `man XSetLineAttributes' for more details. Defaults: listed above +session\.screen0\.overlay\.lineWidth: 1 +session\.screen0\.overlay\.lineStyle: LineSolid +session\.screen0\.overlay\.joinStyle: JoinMiter +session\.screen0\.overlay\.capStyle: CapNotLast + These are options for how fluxbox draws lines\. See + `man XSetLineAttributes\' for more details\. Defaults: listed above -session.screen0.slit.direction: Vertical|Horizontal - This specifies whether clients in the slit are arranged horizontally or - vertically. Default: Vertical +session\.screen0\.strftimeFormat: <date> + This adjusts the way the current time is displayed in the toolbar\. The + strftime(3) format is used\. Default: %I:%M %p -session.screen0.strftimeFormat: <date> - This adjusts the way the current time is displayed in the toolbar. The - strftime(3) format is used. Default: %I:%M %p - -session.screen0.tabs.intitlebar: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.tabs\.intitlebar: <boolean> This specifies whether tabs should be embedded in the titlebar or placed - outside the window. Default: False + outside the window\. Default: True -session.screen0.tab.placement: <placement> - This specifies where external tabs will appear on the window. Default: +session\.screen0\.tab\.placement: <placement> + This specifies where external tabs will appear on the window\. Default: TopLeft -session.screen0.tab.width: <integer> - This specifies the width of external tabs in pixels. Default: 64 +session\.screen0\.tab\.width: <integer> + This specifies the width of external tabs in pixels\. Default: 64 -session.screen0.followModel: <model> -session.screen0.userFollowModel: <model> +session\.screen0\.userFollowModel: <model> This specifies the behavior when a window on another workspace becomes the - active window. The former is used when an application asks to focus the - window, and the latter is used when the window is activated due to user - actions, such as clicking in the iconbar, menu, or a pager. `Ignore' does - nothing. `Follow' moves to the window's workspace. `Current' moves the - window to the current workspace. `SemiFollow' acts like `Current' for - iconified windows and like `Follow' otherwise. Defaults: Ignore and - Follow, respectively. + active window\. `Ignore\' does nothing\. `Follow\' moves to the window\'s + workspace\. `Current\' moves the window to the current workspace\. + `SemiFollow\' acts like `Current\' for minimized windows and like `Follow\' + otherwise\. Default: Follow -session.screen0.resizeMode: Bottom|Quadrant|Center - Setting this resource to `Quadrant' makes resizing by using the modkey - grab the corner closest to the mouse pointer instead of the bottom right - corner. `Center' resizes all corners at the same time. Default: Bottom +session\.screen0\.followModel: <model> + This specifies the behavior when a window on another workspace requests to + be focused\. `Ignore\' does nothing, and `Follow\' uses the setting in + session\.screen0\.userFollowModel\. Default: Ignore -session.screen0.focusModel: ClickToFocus|MouseFocus - This controls how windows gain focus via the mouse. With `ClickToFocus', - the user must click on the window. With `MouseFocus', windows gain focus - whenever the mouse moves over them. Default: ClickToFocus +session\.screen0\.focusModel: ClickToFocus|MouseFocus + This controls how windows gain focus via the mouse\. With `ClickToFocus\', + the user must click on the window\. With `MouseFocus\', windows gain focus + whenever the mouse moves over them\. Default: ClickToFocus -session.screen0.autoRaise: <boolean> - When True, this setting automatically raises any window that gains focus. +session\.screen0\.autoRaise: <boolean> + When True, this setting automatically raises any window that gains focus\. Default: True -session.autoRaiseDelay: <integer> +session\.autoRaiseDelay: <integer> Adjusts the delay (in milli\-sec) before focused windows will raise - when using the Autoraise option. Default: 250 + when using the Autoraise option\. Default: 250 -session.screen0.clickRaises: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.clickRaises: <boolean> This setting allows a user to click anywhere on a window to bring it on - top of other windows. Otherwise, only the titlebar will work. Default: + top of other windows\. Otherwise, only the titlebar will work\. Default: True -session.screen0.workspacewarping: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.workspacewarping: <boolean> This setting enables a user to change workspaces by dragging a window - across the edge of the screen. Default: True + across the edge of the screen\. Default: True -session.screen0.showwindowposition: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.showwindowposition: <boolean> Setting this resource to True shows the user, in a little window, the exact position of the application window while the user is - dragging it. Allows a precise placement of windows on a screen. + dragging it\. Allows a precise placement of windows on a screen\. Default: True -session.screen0.decorateTransient: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.decorateTransient: <boolean> This controls whether or not transient windows get certain window - decorations, currently the maximize button and handle. + decorations, currently the maximize button and handle\. Default: True -session.screen0.defaultDeco: <bitmask> +session\.screen0\.defaultDeco: <string> This specifies the default window decorations, according to the same - bitmask as used by the `[Deco]' option in the `apps' file, described in - the APPLICATIONS section. Default: all bits set. + options available to the `[Deco]\' option in the `apps\' file, described in + the APPLICATIONS section\. Default: NORMAL\. -session.screen0.menuMode: Delay|Click - This setting controls the circumstances under which submenus open. With - `Click', the user must click on the menu item in order for the submenu to - open. With `Delay', submenus open when the mouse hovers over the menu - item. Default: Delay +session\.screen0\.menuMode: Delay|Click + This setting controls the circumstances under which submenus open\. With + `Click\', the user must click on the menu item in order for the submenu to + open\. With `Delay\', submenus open when the mouse hovers over the menu + item\. Default: Delay -session.screen0.menuDelay: <integer> +session\.screen0\.menuDelay: <integer> This sets the delay in milliseconds for submenus to open with the previous - option set to `Delay'. Default: 0 + option set to `Delay\'\. Default: 0 -session.screen0.menuDelayClose: 0 +session\.screen0\.menuDelayClose: 0 This value sets the delay in milliseconds that you would like the menu to - remain visible after you've clicked out of it. Default: 0 + remain visible after you\'ve clicked out of it\. Default: 0 -session.screen0.focusNewWindows: <boolean> - This sets whether or not new windows will become focused automatically. +session\.screen0\.focusNewWindows: <boolean> + This sets whether or not new windows will become focused automatically\. Default: True -session.screen0.workspaceNames: <names> - Here is where the user can name their workspaces. However it is +session\.screen0\.workspaceNames: <names> + Here is where the user can name their workspaces\. However it is recommended to use the tool available in the Configuration Menu to set - these. Default: one, two, three, four + these\. Default: one, two, three, four -session.screen0.edgeSnapThreshold: <integer> - When moving a window across your screen, fluxbox is able to have it `snap' - to the edges of the screen and other windows for easy placement. This +session\.screen0\.edgeSnapThreshold: <integer> + When moving a window across your screen, fluxbox is able to have it `snap\' + to the edges of the screen and other windows for easy placement\. This variable tells fluxbox the distance (in pixels) at which the window will - jump to the edge. Default: 0 + jump to the edge\. Default: 0 -session.screen0.windowPlacement: <placement strategy> +session\.screen0\.windowPlacement: <placement strategy> This resource specifies where to place new windows when not otherwise - specified (by the program or the `apps' file, for example). Here are the + specified (by the program or the `apps\' file, for example)\. Here are the options: \- RowSmartPlacement: tries to place windows in rows without overlapping \- ColSmartPlacement: tries to place windows in columns without overlapping@@ -943,601 +997,247 @@ \- CascadePlacement: places windows below the titlebar of the previous one
\- UnderMousePlacement: places new windows underneath the mouse Default: RowSmartPlacement -session.screen0.rowPlacementDirection: LeftToRight|RightToLeft -session.screen0.colPlacementDirection: TopToBottom|BottomToTop +session\.screen0\.rowPlacementDirection: LeftToRight|RightToLeft +session\.screen0\.colPlacementDirection: TopToBottom|BottomToTop These settings control the direction in which windows are tiled using the - RowSmartPlacement and ColSmartPlacement strategies described above. + RowSmartPlacement and ColSmartPlacement strategies described above\. Default: LeftToRight/TopToBottom -session.screen0.fullMaximization: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.fullMaximization: <boolean> If this setting is enabled, windows will maximize over the toolbar, slit, and any other window that creates a strut, no matter what their individual - settings are. Default: False + settings are\. Default: False -session.screen0.rootCommand: <command> +session\.screen0\.rootCommand: <command> This runs a command when fluxbox starts, intended for setting a default - background. If you want to override backgrounds set by styles, you should - add `background: none' to your style overlay (see section STYLE OVERLAY). - NOTE: Setting this command can be dangerous. Please make sure you know + background\. If you want to override backgrounds set by styles, you should + add `background: none\' to your style overlay (see section STYLE OVERLAY)\. + NOTE: Setting this command can be dangerous\. Please make sure you know what you are doing when setting this resource to a value other than a - desktop wallpaper command. + desktop wallpaper command\. -session.screen0.imageDither: <boolean> - This controls whether or not fluxbox created dithered images. Default: +session\.screen0\.imageDither: <boolean> + This controls whether or not fluxbox created dithered images\. Default: False -session.screen0.opaqueMove: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.opaqueMove: <boolean> When moving a window, setting this to True will draw the window - contents as it moves (this is nasty on slow systems). If False, it - will only draw an outline of the window border. Default: False + contents as it moves (this is nasty on slow systems)\. If False, it + will only draw an outline of the window border\. Default: False -session.screen0.workspaces: <integer> - Set this to the number of workspaces the users wants. Default: 4 +session\.screen0\.workspaces: <integer> + Set this to the number of workspaces the users wants\. Default: 4 -session.screen0.windowMenu: <blank>|<location> - This specifies the location of a user\-defined window menu. Default: blank +session\.screen0\.windowMenu: <blank>|<location> + This specifies the location of a user\-defined window menu\. Default: blank -session.appsFile: <location> -session.groupFile: <location> -session.keyFile: <location> -session.menuFile: <location> -session.slitlistFile: <location> -session.styleFile: <location> -session.styleOverlay: <location> - All of these resources require a pathname to their specific files. This is - where you can specify different files. Most of the defaults will be - located in the user's ~/.fluxbox directory. +session\.appsFile: <location> +session\.groupFile: <location> +session\.keyFile: <location> +session\.menuFile: <location> +session\.slitlistFile: <location> +session\.styleFile: <location> +session\.styleOverlay: <location> + All of these resources require a pathname to their specific files\. This is + where you can specify different files\. Most of the defaults will be + located in the user\'s ~/\.fluxbox directory\. -session.cacheLife: <integer> +session\.cacheLife: <integer> This tells fluxbox how long (in minutes) unused pixmaps may stay in the X - server's memory. Default: 5 + server\'s memory\. Default: 5 -session.cacheMax: <integer> +session\.cacheMax: <integer> This tells fluxbox how much memory (in Kb) it may use to store cached - pixmaps on the X server. If your machine runs short of memory, you may - lower this value. Default: 200 + pixmaps on the X server\. If your machine runs short of memory, you may + lower this value\. Default: 200 -session.colorsPerChannel: <integer> +session\.colorsPerChannel: <integer> This tells fluxbox how many colors to take from the X server on - pseudo\-color displays. A channel would be red, green, or blue. fluxbox - will allocate this variable ^ 3 and make them always available. Value must - be between 2\-6. When you run fluxbox on an 8bpp display, you must set this - resource to 4. Default: 4 + pseudo\-color displays\. A channel would be red, green, or blue\. fluxbox + will allocate this variable ^ 3 and make them always available\. Value must + be between 2\-6\. When you run fluxbox on an 8bpp display, you must set this + resource to 4\. Default: 4 -session.doubleClickInterval: <integer> +session\.doubleClickInterval: <integer> Adjust the delay in milliseconds between mouse clicks for fluxbox to - consider a double click. Default: 250 + consider a double click\. Default: 250 -session.forcePseudoTransparency: <boolean> - If you have Xorg's composite extension enabled, this setting will force +session\.forcePseudoTransparency: <boolean> + If you have Xorg\'s composite extension enabled, this setting will force the menu, windows, toolbar, and slit to use pseudo\-transparency instead of - true transparency. Default: False + true transparency\. Default: False -session.ignoreBorder: <boolean> - This configures the ability to move windows by dragging the border. +session\.ignoreBorder: <boolean> + This configures the ability to move windows by dragging the border\. Default: False -session.tabPadding: <integer> - This specifies the spacing between tabs. Default: 0 +session\.tabPadding: <integer> + This specifies the spacing between tabs\. Default: 0 -session.tabsAttachArea: Window|Titlebar - With this set to `Window', windows may be grouped by dragging one tab with - the middle mouse button and dropping it anywhere on another window. With - `Titlebar', the user must drop the tab on the target window's titlebar. +session\.tabsAttachArea: Window|Titlebar + With this set to `Window\', windows may be grouped by dragging one tab with + the middle mouse button and dropping it anywhere on another window\. With + `Titlebar\', the user must drop the tab on the target window\'s titlebar\. Default: Window -session.titlebar.left: Stick -session.titlebar.right: Minimize Maximize Close - The icons to place in the titlebar of decorated windows. The available - options are Close, Maximize, MenuIcon, Minimize, Shade, and Stick. - -session.modKey: <modifier> - This specifies a modifier to use to drag and resize windows without - clicking on the border or titlebar. For example, Alt + Left click will - move windows, and Alt + Right click will resize. Default: Mod1 +session\.titlebar\.left: Stick +session\.titlebar\.right: Minimize Maximize Close + The icons to place in the titlebar of decorated windows\. The available + options are Close, Maximize, MenuIcon, Minimize, Shade, and Stick\. .fi .RE .SH "KEYS" -You can customize fluxbox's key handling through the ~/.fluxbox/keys file. The file takes the format of: +You can customize fluxbox\'s key handling through the ~/\.fluxbox/keys file\. See \fIfluxbox\-keys(5)\fR for more information on the syntax of this file\. +.sp +.SH "LAYERS" +Layers affect the way that windows will overlap each other on the screen\. Windows on a higher layer will always appear above those on a lower one, whether they are focused or not\. By default, fluxbox uses 13 layers, starting from 1 (highest)\. The number of layers can be changed by using the following resource: .sp .sp .RS 4 .nf -[keymode:] <modifier> <key> :<command> <operation> +session\.numLayers: <integer> .fi .RE -In the example below, Mod1 is the \fIALT\fR key on the PC keyboard and Mod4 is one of the three extra keys on a pc104 branded with a familiar company logo. Lines beginning with a \fI#\fR or \fI!\fR are considered comments and unread by fluxbox. +There are two ways to assign a window to a different layer\. When the window is open, you may select the layer in the `Layer \&...\' submenu of the window menu\. The menu gives six choices for the layer, which fluxbox manages by name\. The names are (from highest to lowest layer): .sp -You can get a list of possible modifiers by calling \fIxmodmap \-pm\fR. This also shows you to which keys the modifiers are mapped. Additionally there is the \fIOnDesktop\fR modifier. To find valid keynames check the following files: .sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'2 \- Above Dock +.RE .sp .RS 4 -.nf -/usr/X11R6/include/X11/keysymdef.h -/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/XKeysymDB -.fi +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'4 \- Dock .RE -Furthermore you can use Mouse1, Mouse2, etc to define actions for your mouse buttons. .sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'6 \- Top +.RE .sp .RS 4 -.nf -# fluxbox keys file. -Mod1 Tab :NextWindow -Mod1 Shift Tab :PrevWindow -Mod1 F1 :Workspace 1 -Mod1 F2 :Workspace 2 -Mod1 F3 :Workspace 3 -Mod1 F4 :Workspace 4 -Mod1 F5 :Workspace 5 -Mod1 F6 :Workspace 6 -Mod1 F7 :Workspace 7 -Mod1 F8 :Workspace 8 -Mod1 F9 :Workspace 9 -Mod4 b :PrevWorkspace -Mod4 c :Minimize -Mod4 r :ExecCommand rxvt -Mod4 v :NextWorkspace -Mod4 x :Close -Mod4 m :RootMenu -Control n Mod1 n :NextTab -.fi +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'8 \- Normal .RE -As you can see from the last line, keybindings can be chained in a fashion similar to Emacs keybindings. .sp -Some things to know: \- Commands are case\-insensitive. \- Workspace numbering starts at "1". \- Some commands have synonyms. \- The space between the last key and the :Command is mandatory. +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'10 \- Bottom +.RE .sp -Here are fluxbox key commands to use: +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'12 \- Desktop +.RE +The other way to set the layer for a window is through the `apps\' file\. This method is described in the APPLICATIONS section\. .sp -.SS "Window Manager Commands" -.TP 4 -\(bu -Restart <argument> -.TP 4 -\(bu -Quit -.TP 4 -\(bu -Reconfigure -.TP 4 -\(bu -SetStyle <argument> -.TP 4 -\(bu -ExecCommand <argument> -.SS "Currently Focused Window Commands" -.TP 4 -\(bu -Minimize -.TP 4 -\(bu -MinimizeWindow -.TP 4 -\(bu -Iconify -.TP 4 -\(bu -Maximize -.TP 4 -\(bu -MaximizeWindow -.TP 4 -\(bu -MaximizeHorizontal -.TP 4 -\(bu -MaximizeVertical -.TP 4 -\(bu -ResizeTo <width> <height> -.TP 4 -\(bu -Resize <delta\-width> <delta\-height> -.TP 4 -\(bu -ResizeHorizontal <delta\-width> -.TP 4 -\(bu -ResizeVertical <delta\-height> -.TP 4 -\(bu -MoveTo <x> <y> -.TP 4 -\(bu -Move <delta\-x> <delta\-y> -.TP 4 -\(bu -MoveRight <delta\-x> -.TP 4 -\(bu -MoveLeft <delta\-x> -.TP 4 -\(bu -MoveUp <delta\-y> -.TP 4 -\(bu -MoveDown <delta\-y> -.TP 4 -\(bu -Raise -.TP 4 -\(bu -Lower -.TP 4 -\(bu -Close -.TP 4 -\(bu -Shade -.TP 4 -\(bu -ShadeWindow -.TP 4 -\(bu -Stick -.TP 4 -\(bu -StickWindow -.TP 4 -\(bu -ToggleDecor -.TP 4 -\(bu -TakeToWorkspace <number> -.TP 4 -\(bu -TakeToNextWorkspace <offset> -.TP 4 -\(bu -TakeToPrevWorkspace <offset> -.TP 4 -\(bu -SendToWorkspace <number> -.TP 4 -\(bu -SendToNextWorkspace <offset> -.TP 4 -\(bu -SendToPrevWorkspace <offset> -.TP 4 -\(bu -KillWindow -.TP 4 -\(bu -NextTab -.TP 4 -\(bu -PrevTab -.TP 4 -\(bu -MoveTabLeft -.TP 4 -\(bu -MoveTabRight -.TP 4 -\(bu -DetachClient -.TP 4 -\(bu -SetAlpha [[\-]<int> [[\-]<int>]] -.SS "Workspace Commands" -.TP 4 -\(bu -NextWorkspace -.TP 4 -\(bu -PrevWorkspace -.TP 4 -\(bu -RightWorkspace <by\-number> -.TP 4 -\(bu -LeftWorkspace <by\-number> -.TP 4 -\(bu -Workspace <number> -.TP 4 -\(bu -NextWindow <bitmask> -.TP 4 -\(bu -PrevWindow <bitmask> -.TP 4 -\(bu -NextGroup <by\-number> -.TP 4 -\(bu -PrevGroup <by\-number> -.TP 4 -\(bu -FocusLeft -.TP 4 -\(bu -FocusRight -.TP 4 -\(bu -FocusUp -.TP 4 -\(bu -FocusDown -.TP 4 -\(bu -ArrangeWindows -.TP 4 -\(bu -ShowDesktop (Iconifies all windows) -.TP 4 -\(bu -Deiconify all|allworkspace|last|lastworkspace current|origin|originquiet -.TP 4 -\(bu -RootMenu -.TP 4 -\(bu -WorkspaceMenu -.TP 4 -\(bu -WindowMenu -.TP 4 -\(bu -HideMenu -.TP 4 -\(bu -CustomMenu <path_to_file> -.TP 4 -\(bu -SetWorkspaceName <name> -.SS "Special Commands" -.TP 4 -\(bu -MacroCmd -.TP 4 -\(bu -ToggleCmd -.TP 4 -\(bu -ReloadStyle -.TP 4 -\(bu -SetResourceValue <resourcename> <resource> value -.TP 4 -\(bu -BindKey <key><value>: <action> -.TP 4 -\(bu -KeyMode <keymode name> <return key sequence> -.TP 4 -\(bu -SetModKey <modifier> -.SS "Couple of things" -.TP 4 -\(bu -Exec: fluxbox utilizes /bin/sh to start the commands. This means, that you can use environment variables to do some tricks here. E.g: :Exec $XTERM This would fire up the term of your choice, if you set XTERM to something usefull -\fIbefore\fR -fluxbox starts, e.g. in the .fluxbox/startup file. -.TP 4 -\(bu -TakeToWorkspace: Will send you along with the window to the selected workspace. SendToWorkspace just sends the window. -.TP 4 -\(bu -TakeToNextWorkspace <offset>: Will send you and the window to workspace number <current offset>; that is, move you and the window <offset> spaces to the right (offset defaults to 1). SendToNextWorkspace does the same, except that it only sends the window (as for SendToWorkspace). TakeToPrevWorkspace and SendToPrevWorkspace work similarly, except moving to the previous workspaces, not the next ones. -.TP 4 -\(bu -PrevWindow/NextWindow parameters take an integer: 0 or unspecified = Default/current behavior \- most recently used. 1 = Groups instead of Windows \- only visit one tab in each group 2 = Skip stuck windows 4 = Skip shaded windows 8 = Switch between windows `linearly'; that is, if you repeatedly press the NextWindow key, you will walk through all windows in the, order that they were opened, instead of switching back and forth between the most recently focused windows. 16 = Skip iconified windows +.SH "FOCUS MODEL" +The Focus Model defines how windows gain focus (i\.e\. become the active window, which receives keyboard and mouse events)\. The focus model can be changed in the configuration menu (usually located under \fIfluxbox menu\fR in the Root Menu\. +.sp +There are two main aspects of the focus model: how windows gain focus and how tabs gain focus\. Each of these has two options: focus follows mouse and click to focus\. Focus follows mouse means that windows will gain focus when the mouse hovers over them\. Click to focus means that windows will gain focus when the mouse clicks on them\. +.sp +Thus, there are four main options when choosing a focus model\. You should choose one of the first two and one of the last two\. They are: +.sp +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBClick To Focus\fR: click to focus windows +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBMouse Focus\fR: window focus follows mouse +.RE .sp .RS 4 -.nf -To combine any of these effects, add the corresponding numbers. -For instance, 14 means switch linearly, skipping stuck and shaded -windows, since 14 = 8 + 4 + 2. -.fi +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBClickTabFocus\fR: click to focus tabs .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu -Bindkey will append key string and action to your keys file and bind the key. -.TP 4 -\(bu -KeyMode allows you to have different keybindings that aren't all active at the same time. For instance, you can use `KeyMode Xnest' to switch to the `Xnest' key mode, which will disable all of your key bindings that don't have `Xnest: -\fI before them and will enable all the ones that do. <return key sequence> will then return you to the `default\fR -key mode. If not provided, this defaults to the escape key. -.TP 4 -\(bu -The -\fIdelta\fR -value means the difference between the current setting and the requested setting. So if you have a window that is 100 pixels wide, you could set .sp .RS 4 -.nf -Mod1 r :ResizeHorizontal 10 -.fi +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBMouseTabFocus\fR: tab focus follows mouse .RE -and when you use that key it would increase the size of your window to 110 pixels. If you had used +There is one more option in the focus model menu\. It is called AutoRaise\. When AutoRaise is enabled, focused windows will appear on top of other windows in the same layer\. When AutoRaise is disabled, you must explicitly raise a focused window, using the window menu or keybinding\. +.sp +.SH "TAB OPTIONS" +This section of fluxbox configuration menu lets you configure many features of tabs\. Inside of it there are three main options: .sp .sp .RS 4 -.nf -Mod1 R :ResizeHorizontal \-10 -.fi +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBPlacement\fR: You can choose where the external tabs must be positioned\. The options are: +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Top Left: tabs are located on the left side of the top border of the window\. .RE -then it would have decreased the size by 10, setting it to 90 pixels. .sp -.TP 4 -\(bu -Resize commands do not necessarily change the number of pixels. For instance, many terminals will use the size of a character as the resize unit. Most applications, however, use pixels. -.TP 4 -\(bu -MacroCmd: +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Top Right: tabs are located on the right side of the top border of the window\. +.RE .sp .RS 4 -.nf -Mod1 r :MacroCmd {command1} {command2} -.fi +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Left Top: tabs are located on the top part of the left border of the window\. .RE .sp .RS 4 -.nf -allows you to execute more than one command with one keybinding. The commands -will be executed in serial. -.fi +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Right Top: tabs are located on the top part of the right border of the window\. .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu -ToggleCmd: .sp .RS 4 -.nf -Mod1 t :ToggleCmd {command1} {command2} -.fi +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Left Bottom: tabs are located on the bottom part of the left border of the window\. .RE .sp .RS 4 -.nf -alternates between the given commands each time you press Mod1 + t. -.fi +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Right Bottom: tabs are located on the bottom part of the right border of the window\. .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu -SetAlpha [[\-]<int> [[\-]<int>]]: Works on the currently focussed window. Given +.sp .RS 4 -.TP 4 -\(bu -no arguments: reset to default alpha settings -.TP 4 -\(bu -one argument: changes both focused and unfocused alpha settings -.TP 4 -\(bu -two arguments: first value becomes the focused alpha, second becomes the unfocused alpha value. E.g: SetAlpha 127 +5 will set the focused alpha to 127 and increment the unfocused alpha by 5 (until it reaches 255) +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Bottom Left: tabs are located on the left side of the bottom border of the window\. .RE -.SH "LAYERS" -Layers affect the way that windows will overlap each other on the screen. Windows on a higher layer will always appear above those on a lower one, whether they are focused or not. By default, fluxbox uses 13 layers, starting from 1 (highest). The number of layers can be changed by using the following resource: .sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Bottom Right: tabs are located on the right side of the bottom border of the window\. .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.numLayers: <integer> +For these options to work \'Tabs in Titlebar\' must be off\. .fi .RE -There are two ways to assign a window to a different layer. When the window is open, you may select the layer in the `Layer \&...' submenu of the window menu. The menu gives six choices for the layer, which fluxbox manages by name. The names are (from highest to lowest layer): -.sp -.TP 4 -\(bu -2 \- Above Dock -.TP 4 -\(bu -4 \- Dock -.TP 4 -\(bu -6 \- Top -.TP 4 -\(bu -8 \- Normal -.TP 4 -\(bu -10 \- Bottom -.TP 4 -\(bu -12 \- Desktop -The other way to set the layer for a window is through the `apps' file. This method is described in the APPLICATIONS section. -.sp -.SH "FOCUS MODEL" -The Focus Model defines how windows gain focus (i.e. become the active window, which receives keyboard and mouse events). The focus model can be changed in the configuration menu (usually located under \fIfluxbox menu\fR in the Root Menu. +.RE +.RE .sp -There are two main aspects of the focus model: how windows gain focus and how tabs gain focus. Each of these has two options: focus follows mouse and click to focus. Focus follows mouse means that windows will gain focus when the mouse hovers over them. Click to focus means that windows will gain focus when the mouse clicks on them. +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBTabs in Titlebar\fR: When this option is on, tabs are fixed in window titlebar and the width varies according to the amount of windows grouped\. +.RE .sp -Thus, there are four main options when choosing a focus model. You should choose one of the first two and one of the last two. They are: -.sp -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBClick To Focus\fR: click to focus windows -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBMouse Focus\fR: window focus follows mouse -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBClickTabFocus\fR: click to focus tabs -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBMouseTabFocus\fR: tab focus follows mouse -There is one more option in the focus model menu. It is called AutoRaise. When AutoRaise is enabled, focused windows will appear on top of other windows in the same layer. When AutoRaise is disabled, you must explicitly raise a focused window, using the window menu or keybinding. -.sp -.SH "TAB OPTIONS" -This section of fluxbox configuration menu lets you configure many features of tabs. Inside of it there are three main options: -.sp -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBPlacement\fR: You can choose where the external tabs must be positioned. The options are: .RS 4 -.TP 4 -\(bu -Top Left: tabs are located on the left side of the top border of the window. -.TP 4 -\(bu -Top Right: tabs are located on the right side of the top border of the window. -.TP 4 -\(bu -Left Top: tabs are located on the top part of the left border of the window. -.TP 4 -\(bu -Right Top: tabs are located on the top part of the right border of the window. -.TP 4 -\(bu -Left Bottom: tabs are located on the bottom part of the left border of the window. -.TP 4 -\(bu -Right Bottom: tabs are located on the bottom part of the right border of the window. -.TP 4 -\(bu -Bottom Left: tabs are located on the left side of the bottom border of the window. -.TP 4 -\(bu -Bottom Right: tabs are located on the right side of the bottom border of the window. +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBMaximize Over\fR: When this option is on, maximizing a window will disregard the size and location of external tabs\. +.RE .sp .RS 4 -.nf -For these options to work 'Tabs in Titlebar' must be off. -.fi +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBExternal Tab Width\fR: This specifies in pixels the width of external tabs\. .RE -.RE -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBTabs in Titlebar\fR: When this option is on, tabs are fixed in window titlebar and the width varies according to the amount of windows grouped. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBMaximize Over\fR: When this option is on, maximizing a window will disregard the size and location of external tabs. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBExternal Tab Width\fR: This specifies in pixels the width of external tabs. -As with most Fluxbox configurations, these options can be changed by editing the init file. The resources that you should look at are: +As with most Fluxbox configurations, these options can be changed by editing the init file\. The resources that you should look at are: .sp .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.tabs.intitlebar: <boolean> -session.screen0.tab.width: <integer> -session.screen0.tab.placement: <direction> +session\.screen0\.tabs\.intitlebar: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.tab\.width: <integer> +session\.screen0\.tab\.placement: <direction> .fi .RE .SH "STYLES" -fluxbox enables you to use specialized files that contain X(1) resources to specify colors, textures, pixmaps and fonts, and thus the overall look of your window borders, menus and the toolbar. +fluxbox enables you to use specialized files that contain X(1) resources to specify colors, textures, pixmaps and fonts, and thus the overall look of your window borders, menus and the toolbar\. .sp -The default installation of fluxbox provides some of these style files. See fluxstyle(1) to accommodate the growing number of style components. +The default installation of fluxbox provides some of these style files\. See fluxstyle(1) to accommodate the growing number of style components\. .sp .SH "STYLE OVERLAY" -In addition to the style file, the overlay file, whose location is specified by session.screen0.styleOverlay (default: ~/.fluxbox/overlay ) can be used to set style resources that override all styles. For more information about which parts of fluxbox can be controlled by the overlay file, see fluxstyle(1). +In addition to the style file, the overlay file, whose location is specified by session\.screen0\.styleOverlay (default: ~/\.fluxbox/overlay ) can be used to set style resources that override all styles\. For more information about which parts of fluxbox can be controlled by the overlay file, see fluxstyle(1)\. .sp .SH "APPLICATIONS" -It is possible to force an application to always have the same dimensions, position, and other settings when it is first launched. This is done using either the window\-menu `Remember\&...\fI submenu, or by directly using the ~/.fluxbox/apps file. Be careful about editing the apps file while fluxbox is running. Your changes may be overwritten. Following is a listing of the valid entries for the `apps\fR file. The `Remember\&...\fI submenu has entries for most options that store the current state in the `apps\fR file for future use. +It is possible to force an application to always have the same dimensions, position, and other settings when it is first launched\. This is done using either the window\-menu `Remember\&...\fI submenu, or by directly using the ~/\.fluxbox/apps file\. Be careful about editing the apps file while fluxbox is running\. Your changes may be overwritten\. Following is a listing of the valid entries for the `apps\fR file\. The `Remember\&...\fI submenu has entries for most options that store the current state in the `apps\fR file for future use\. .sp -The format of a line in the `apps' file is: +The format of a line in the `apps\' file is: .sp .sp .RS 4@@ -1545,11 +1245,11 @@ .nf
[app] (app\-name) {count \- optional} [Property1] {value1} [Property2] {value2} - ... + \.\.\. [end] .fi .RE -Each app\-name can be a string, or a regular expression. By default the name is matched against a window's WM_CLASS property (the first string in it, called the "instance"). You can match against the title, instance name (default), class name, or role (the WM_WINDOW_ROLE property) by explicitly specifying it. You can also specify multiple matches, which must ALL match for the properties to be applied. If a count is supplied in curly brackets at the end of the app line, then the entry will only match at most that many at any time (default is to match all matching windows). +Each app\-name can be a string, or a regular expression\. By default the name is matched against a window\'s WM_CLASS property (the first string in it, called the "instance")\. You can match against the title, instance name (default), class name, or role (the WM_WINDOW_ROLE property) by explicitly specifying it\. You can also specify multiple matches, which must ALL match for the properties to be applied\. If a count is supplied in curly brackets at the end of the app line, then the entry will only match at most that many at any time (default is to match all matching windows)\. .sp .sp .RS 4@@ -1563,75 +1263,88 @@ [app] (class=Firefox\-bin) {1}
# match the gaim buddy list window [app] (role=buddy_list) # match an rdesktop window to a particular host -[app] (title=rdesktop \- hostname.*) +[app] (title=rdesktop \- hostname\.*) # match gaim IRC windows -[app] (gaim) (title=#.*) +[app] (gaim) (title=#\.*) .fi .RE -The following are the properties that can be defined in each [app] entry. Each name must be enclosed in square brackets, and the value is generally in curly brackets: +The following are the properties that can be defined in each [app] entry\. Each name must be enclosed in square brackets, and the value is generally in curly brackets: +.sp +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'[Workspace] {0\-N}: Forces the application to open on the workspace specified\. Workspaces are set by number, beginning with 0\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'[Dimensions] {Width Height}: Open the application with the specified width and height, in pixels\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'[Position] (\fBrefspot\fR)) {X Y}: Position the application at a particular spot: +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'WINCENTER +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'CENTER +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'UPPERLEFT +.RE .sp -.TP 4 -\(bu -[Workspace] {0\-N}: Forces the application to open on the workspace specified. Workspaces are set by number, beginning with 0. -.TP 4 -\(bu -[Dimensions] {Width Height}: Open the application with the specified width and height, in pixels. -.TP 4 -\(bu -[Position] (\fBrefspot\fR)) {X Y}: Position the application at a particular spot: .RS 4 -.TP 4 -\(bu -WINCENTER -.TP 4 -\(bu -CENTER -.TP 4 -\(bu -UPPERLEFT -.TP 4 -\(bu -UPPERRIGHT -.TP 4 -\(bu -LOWERLEFT -.TP 4 -\(bu -LOWERRIGHT +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'UPPERRIGHT +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'LOWERLEFT +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'LOWERRIGHT .sp .RS 4 .nf -You can optionally specify what X and Y are relative to. By default the -upper left corner is placed at screen coordinates (X, Y). If you specify +You can optionally specify what X and Y are relative to\. By default the +upper left corner is placed at screen coordinates (X, Y)\. If you specify LOWERRIGHT, then the lower right corner of the window is positioned (X,Y) -pixels from the lower right of the screen. Note that CENTER puts the top +pixels from the lower right of the screen\. Note that CENTER puts the top left corner of the window relative to the center of the screen (WINCENTER acts like the rest \- positions the center of the window relative to the -center of the screen). +center of the screen)\. .fi .RE .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu -Specify the layer to open the window on (by number). Each layer has a number. The named ones are: 2\-AboveDock, 4\-Dock, 6\-Top, 8\-Normal, 10\-Bottom, 12\-Desktop. -.TP 4 -\(bu -[Shaded] {yes|no}: The window is started shaded, or not. -.TP 4 -\(bu -[Tab] {yes|no}: Whether this window can be tabbed with others. -.TP 4 -\(bu -[IconHidden] {yes|no}: Hides the app from the icon bar -.TP 4 -\(bu -[FocusHidden] {yes|no}: Hides the app from the window cycling list used Next/PrevWindow key bindings. -.TP 4 -\(bu -[Hidden] {yes|no}: is both [IconHidden] plus [FocusHidden] -.TP 4 -\(bu -[Deco] {NONE|NORMAL|TOOL|TINY|BORDER}: Specify the decoration state. There are several predefined dec\- oration sets: +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Specify the layer to open the window on (by number)\. Each layer has a number\. The named ones are: 2\-AboveDock, 4\-Dock, 6\-Top, 8\-Normal, 10\-Bottom, 12\-Desktop\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'[Shaded] {yes|no}: The window is started shaded, or not\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'[Tab] {yes|no}: Whether this window can be tabbed with others\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'[IconHidden] {yes|no}: Hides the app from the icon bar +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'[FocusHidden] {yes|no}: Hides the app from the window cycling list used Next/PrevWindow key bindings\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'[Hidden] {yes|no}: is both [IconHidden] plus [FocusHidden] +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'[Deco] {NONE|NORMAL|TOOL|TINY|BORDER}: Specify the decoration state\. There are several predefined dec\- oration sets: .sp .RS 4 .nf@@ -1645,50 +1358,55 @@ .RE
.sp .RS 4 .nf -A bitmask can also be used for fine\-grained control. The bits are (from +A bitmask can also be used for fine\-grained control\. The bits are (from "1" to 1<<10): titlebar, handle/grips, border, iconify button, maximize button, close button, menu enabled, sticky button, shade button, tabbing -enabled, focus enabled. +enabled, focus enabled\. .fi .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu -[Sticky] {yes|no}: Whether the window is initially stuck or not. -.TP 4 -\(bu -[Jump] {yes|no}: Jump to workspace. This one is only useful if `Workspace' is set too. The workspace is changed to the workspace containing the application being launched. -.TP 4 -\(bu -[Close] {yes|no}: Save settings on close. By default, application settings are not saved when a window is closed. Set this option if you want previous settings to be saved when the window is closed. -.TP 4 -\(bu -[Alpha] {int [int]} Where numbers represent focused and unfocused transparency, respectively. One number only will be used for both. -The apps file also allows you to specify applications that should be started only valid option is (screen=NN), where NN is the screen number on which the command should be run. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'[Sticky] {yes|no}: Whether the window is initially stuck or not\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'[Jump] {yes|no}: Jump to workspace\. This one is only useful if `Workspace\' is set too\. The workspace is changed to the workspace containing the application being launched\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'[Close] {yes|no}: Save settings on close\. By default, application settings are not saved when a window is closed\. Set this option if you want previous settings to be saved when the window is closed\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'[Alpha] {int [int]} Where numbers represent focused and unfocused transparency, respectively\. One number only will be used for both\. +.RE +The apps file also allows you to specify applications that should be started only valid option is (screen=NN), where NN is the screen number on which the command should be run\. .sp -Finally, you can set windows to group together by using the `apps' file. This can be achieved with regular expressions using: +Finally, you can set windows to group together by using the `apps\' file\. This can be achieved with regular expressions using: .sp .sp .RS 4 .nf -[app] (property=expr) ... {number} +[app] (property=expr) \.\.\. {number} .fi .RE Property can be one of the following tags: .sp o name \- the name of the window (the first field of WM_CLASS) o class \- class of the window (the second field of WM_CLASS) o title \- title of the window ( WM_NAME property) o role \- role of the window (the WM_WINDOW_ROLE property) .sp -If no `property' is specified, the name property is assumed. You can find out the value for these fields for a particular window by running xprop(1). +If no `property\' is specified, the name property is assumed\. You can find out the value for these fields for a particular window by running xprop(1)\. .sp -You can also place [group] tag around several [app] tags, with an [end] tag to indicate the end of the group. If you place (workspace) after the [group] tag, a new window will only get grouped with other windows on the current workspace. You can also specify dimensions, positions, etc. for the group as for normal app entries. Here is a short example of an `apps' file: +You can also place [group] tag around several [app] tags, with an [end] tag to indicate the end of the group\. If you place (workspace) after the [group] tag, a new window will only get grouped with other windows on the current workspace\. You can also specify dimensions, positions, etc\. for the group as for normal app entries\. Here is a short example of an `apps\' file: .sp .sp .RS 4 .nf [startup] {xterm} # match anything ending with term, up to 2 instances - [app] (.*[tT]erm) {2} - # match anything with `gaim' in the title - [app] (title=.*gaim.*) + [app] (\.*[tT]erm) {2} + # match anything with `gaim\' in the title + [app] (title=\.*gaim\.*) [app] (kate) [Dimensions] {1022 747} [Position] (WINCENTER) {0 0}@@ -1713,17 +1431,17 @@ [Layer] {4}
[end] .fi .RE -Parameters in the `apps' file are case\-sensitive. Application names are taken from the first X window WM_CLASS attribute by default (WM_NAME = title, WM_WINDOW_ROLE = role). You can see this attribute by using the xprop command. Transient windows are not affected by application settings. Take care when using regular expressions. If you are not familiar with regular expressions you can disable this feature by specifying \-\-disable\-regexp during configure. Plain strings will then be matched. +Parameters in the `apps\' file are case\-sensitive\. Application names are taken from the first X window WM_CLASS attribute by default (WM_NAME = title, WM_WINDOW_ROLE = role)\. You can see this attribute by using the xprop command\. Transient windows are not affected by application settings\. Take care when using regular expressions\. If you are not familiar with regular expressions you can disable this feature by specifying \-\-disable\-regexp during configure\. Plain strings will then be matched\. .sp .SH "GROUPS" -Since version 0.1.11, fluxbox has a feature called autogrouping, that is apps are automatically grouped together if they are in the same group. NOTE: this feature is deprecated since version 0.9.1 in favor of grouping using the `apps' file, since it is much more powerful. +Since version 0\.1\.11, fluxbox has a feature called autogrouping, that is apps are automatically grouped together if they are in the same group\. NOTE: this feature is deprecated since version 0\.9\.1 in favor of grouping using the `apps\' file, since it is much more powerful\. .sp -You can create groups simply by editing the ~/.fluxbox/groups file. This file takes the format of: +You can create groups simply by editing the ~/\.fluxbox/groups file\. This file takes the format of: .sp .sp .RS 4 .nf -<app1> <app2> <app3> <...> <appN> +<app1> <app2> <app3> <\.\.\.> <appN> .fi .RE where elements can be found with this command:@@ -1734,7 +1452,7 @@ .nf
$> xprop WM_CLASS .fi .RE -Just type this command into a terminal and use the mouse to click on the desired app and it will tell you what to write as an element (use the first of the two names returned). Each line forms a different group, e.g.: +Just type this command into a terminal and use the mouse to click on the desired app and it will tell you what to write as an element (use the first of the two names returned)\. Each line forms a different group, e\.g\.: .sp .sp .RS 4@@ -1743,14 +1461,14 @@ Navigator nedit
xterm .fi .RE -This will create two groups, one with netscape and nedit, and one with xterm. The new window will only group itself to other windows on the same workspace and to the last window that was focused. +This will create two groups, one with netscape and nedit, and one with xterm\. The new window will only group itself to other windows on the same workspace and to the last window that was focused\. .sp .SH "THE SLIT" -The slit is a special fluxbox window frame that can contain dockable applications, e.g. \fIbbtools\fR or \fIwmapps\fR. +The slit is a special fluxbox window frame that can contain dockable applications, e\.g\. \fIbbtools\fR or \fIwmapps\fR\. .sp -When applications are run in the slit they have no window borders of their own; instead they are framed in the slit, and they are always visible in the current workspace. +When applications are run in the slit they have no window borders of their own; instead they are framed in the slit, and they are always visible in the current workspace\. .sp -Most dockable applications use the \-w option to run in the slit. For example, you could put in your ~/.xinitrc: +Most dockable applications use the \-w option to run in the slit\. For example, you could put in your ~/\.xinitrc: .sp .sp .RS 4@@ -1761,70 +1479,72 @@ wmdrawer &
exec fluxbox .fi .RE -NOTE: You can also put all of these in the startfluxbox(8) script. This way you would only need to specify: exec startfluxbox in your ~/.xinitrc. +NOTE: You can also put all of these in the startfluxbox(8) script\. This way you would only need to specify: exec startfluxbox in your ~/\.xinitrc\. .sp -To use the slit you must have it compiled into fluxbox. This is the default setting. +To use the slit you must have it compiled into fluxbox\. This is the default setting\. .sp .SH "SLIT MENU" -You can right click on the edge of the slit window to get a menu to configure its position, whether its contained applications should be grouped horizontally or vertically and whether the slit should hide itself when the mouse moves away. The slit menu items are described in more detail below: +You can right click on the edge of the slit window to get a menu to configure its position, whether its contained applications should be grouped horizontally or vertically and whether the slit should hide itself when the mouse moves away\. The slit menu items are described in more detail below: .sp -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBPlacement\fR: This lets you set the position of the slit. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBLayer\fR: Look above for the layer priorities. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBAuto hide\fR: If enabled, the slit will disappear after a given amount of time and hide from the view of the user. You can make it appear if you move the mouse to the edge of the desktop where the slit is positioned. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBMaximize over\fR: If this is enabled, all windows, if you maximize them, will stretch over/under the slit. Otherwise the will be limited to the slit's edge. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBAlpha\fR: By changing the value the slit (only the decoration not the apps in the slit) will become transparent. 0 (transparent) \- 255 (opaque) -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBSlit direction\fR: Changing the value will set the slit's direction for ordering apps sitting in the slit. There is no effect with only on application. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBClients\fR: This submenu lets you reorder the the applications running in the slit. You are able to hide apps from the slit by unselecting them in the list showing. This will not kill the app. You can make them appear by selecting them in the list. The "Save SlitList" option saves the new order to you slitlist located in ~/.fluxbox (useful if you reordered the apps with the cycle option). +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBPlacement\fR: This lets you set the position of the slit\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBLayer\fR: Look above for the layer priorities\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBAuto hide\fR: If enabled, the slit will disappear after a given amount of time and hide from the view of the user\. You can make it appear if you move the mouse to the edge of the desktop where the slit is positioned\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBMaximize over\fR: If this is enabled, all windows, if you maximize them, will stretch over/under the slit\. Otherwise the will be limited to the slit\'s edge\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBAlpha\fR: By changing the value the slit (only the decoration not the apps in the slit) will become transparent\. 0 (transparent) \- 255 (opaque) +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBClients\fR: This submenu lets you reorder the the applications running in the slit\. You are able to hide apps from the slit by unselecting them in the list showing\. This will not kill the app\. You can make them appear by selecting them in the list\. The "Save SlitList" option saves the new order to you slitlist located in ~/\.fluxbox (useful if you reordered the apps with the cycle option)\. +.RE .SH "SLITLIST FILE" -fluxbox's slitlist file is available for those that use dockapps in the slit. This file helps fluxbox keep track of the \fBorder\fR of the dockapps when in the slit. The file is generally located at ~/.fluxbox/slitlist +fluxbox\'s slitlist file is available for those that use dockapps in the slit\. This file helps fluxbox keep track of the \fBorder\fR of the dockapps when in the slit\. The file is generally located at ~/\.fluxbox/slitlist .sp -A simple procedure for getting the slit sequences the way you like it is: 1. Run fluxbox with no pre\-loaded dockapps 2. Run dockapps individually in the order you want them 3. Add dockapps to your auto\-run script, or better yet your startfluxbox(8) script. +A simple procedure for getting the slit sequences the way you like it is: 1\. Run fluxbox with no pre\-loaded dockapps 2\. Run dockapps individually in the order you want them 3\. Add dockapps to your auto\-run script, or better yet your startfluxbox(8) script\. .sp -This sequence will be saved by default to ~/.fluxbox/slitlist and will be remembered for future instances of fluxbox. +This sequence will be saved by default to ~/\.fluxbox/slitlist and will be remembered for future instances of fluxbox\. .sp -Users are free to manually edit the slitlist file. It is a simple list of window names, as given by xprop(1), one per dockapp. Similar to the init file it should not be edited while fluxbox is running. Otherwise changes may get overwritten. +Users are free to manually edit the slitlist file\. It is a simple list of window names, as given by xprop(1), one per dockapp\. Similar to the init file it should not be edited while fluxbox is running\. Otherwise changes may get overwritten\. .sp -The user also has the option of choosing a different path for the slitlist file. The following is the init file component that needs to be changed: +The user also has the option of choosing a different path for the slitlist file\. The following is the init file component that needs to be changed: .sp .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.session0.slitlistFile: <filename> +session\.session0\.slitlistFile: <filename> .fi .RE .SH "ENVIRONMENT" .PP HOME .RS 4 -fluxbox uses HOME to find the .fluxbox/init file and to resolve style file and \-directory names. +fluxbox uses HOME to find the \.fluxbox/init file and to resolve style file and \-directory names\. .RE .PP DISPLAY .RS 4 -When no other display was given on the command line, fluxbox will start on the display specified by this variable. +When no other display was given on the command line, fluxbox will start on the display specified by this variable\. .RE -fluxbox can also take advantage of other environment variables if they are set before fluxbox is started. For example, if $TERM is set, then it will be available whenever fluxbox uses the shell, such as certain commands in the keys and menu files. So one can do: +fluxbox can also take advantage of other environment variables if they are set before fluxbox is started\. For example, if $TERM is set, then it will be available whenever fluxbox uses the shell, such as certain commands in the keys and menu files\. So one can do: .sp .sp .RS 4@@ -1832,52 +1552,61 @@ .nf
Mod1 x ExecCommand :$TERM .fi .RE -For more information about environment variables, see your shell's manual. +For more information about environment variables, see your shell\'s manual\. .sp .SH "SIGNALS" fluxbox responds to the following signals: .sp -.TP 4 -\(bu -SIGHUP fluxbox loads the configuration. -.TP 4 -\(bu -SIGUSR1 Forces reloading of configuration. -.TP 4 -\(bu -SIGUSR2 Forces reloading of menu file. +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'SIGHUP fluxbox loads the configuration\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'SIGUSR1 Forces reloading of configuration\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'SIGUSR2 Forces reloading of menu file\. +.RE .SH "AUTHOR AND CREDITS" -fluxbox is written and maintained by Henrik Kinnunen <fluxgen at fluxbox org>, Simon Bowden <rathnor at fluxbox org>, Mathias Gumz <akira at fluxbox org>, and Mark Tiefenbruck <mark at fluxbox org>, with contributions and patches merged from many individuals around the world. +fluxbox is written and maintained by Henrik Kinnunen <fluxgen at fluxbox org>, Simon Bowden <rathnor at fluxbox org>, Mathias Gumz <akira at fluxbox org>, and Mark Tiefenbruck <mark at fluxbox org>, with contributions and patches merged from many individuals around the world\. .sp -Blackbox was written and maintained by Brad Hughes <blackbox at alug org> and Jeff Raven <jraven at psu edu>. +Blackbox was written and maintained by Brad Hughes <blackbox at alug org> and Jeff Raven <jraven at psu edu>\. .sp -The Official fluxbox website: http://www.fluxbox.org +The Official fluxbox website: http://www\.fluxbox\.org .sp -Many compatible themes: \- http://boxwhore.org \- http://themes.freshmeat.net/ +Many compatible themes: \- http://boxwhore\.org \- http://themes\.freshmeat\.net/ .sp This manpage is the combined work of: .sp -.TP 4 -\(bu -Curt Micol <asenchi at asenchi com> (>fluxbox\-0.9.11) -.TP 4 -\(bu -Tobias Klausmann <klausman at users sourceforge net> (<=fluxbox\-0.9.11) -.TP 4 -\(bu -Grubert <grubert at users sourceforge net> (fluxbox) -.TP 4 -\(bu -Matthew Hawkins <matt at mh dropbear id au> (blackbox) -.TP 4 -\(bu -Wilbert Berendsen <wbsoft at xs4all nl> (blackbox) -.TP 4 -\(bu -Numerous other languages could be available if someone jumps in. +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Curt Micol <asenchi at asenchi com> (>fluxbox\-0\.9\.11) +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Tobias Klausmann <klausman at users sourceforge net> (â‡fluxbox\-0\.9\.11) +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Grubert <grubert at users sourceforge net> (fluxbox) +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Matthew Hawkins <matt at mh dropbear id au> (blackbox) +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Wilbert Berendsen <wbsoft at xs4all nl> (blackbox) +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Numerous other languages could be available if someone jumps in\. +.RE .SH "BUGS" -If you find any bugs, please visit the #fluxbox irc channel on irc.freenode.net or submit them to the bug tracker at http://sf.net/projects/fluxbox . Or you may subscribe to one of the mailinglists. More information can be found on the official website. +If you find any bugs, please visit the #fluxbox irc channel on irc\.freenode\.net or submit them to the bug tracker at http://sf\.net/projects/fluxbox \. Or you may subscribe to one of the mailinglists\. More information can be found on the official website\. .sp .SH "SEE ALSO" -bsetroot(1) fbsetbg(1) fbrun(1) fluxstyle(1) +fluxbox\-keys(5) bsetroot(1) fbsetbg(1) fbrun(1) fluxstyle(1) .sp
M
doc/asciidoc/fluxbox.txt
→
doc/asciidoc/fluxbox.txt
@@ -9,14 +9,16 @@ fluxbox - A lightweight window manager for the X Windowing System
SYNOPSIS -------- -'fluxbox' [-v | -version] - [-h | -help] - [-i | -info] 'fluxbox' [-rc rcfile] [-log logfile] [-display display] [-screen scr,scr|all] [-verbose] + +'fluxbox' [-v | -version] | + [-h | -help] | + [-i | -info] | + [-list-commands] DESCRIPTION -----------@@ -812,10 +814,6 @@ session.screen0.overlay.capStyle: CapNotLast
These are options for how fluxbox draws lines. See `man XSetLineAttributes' for more details. Defaults: listed above -session.screen0.slit.direction: Vertical|Horizontal - This specifies whether clients in the slit are arranged horizontally or - vertically. Default: Vertical - session.screen0.strftimeFormat: <date> This adjusts the way the current time is displayed in the toolbar. The strftime(3) format is used. Default: %I:%M %p@@ -1013,234 +1011,8 @@
KEYS ---- -You can customize fluxbox's key handling through the ~/.fluxbox/keys file. The -file takes the format of: - - [keymode:] <modifier> <key> :<command> <operation> - -In the example below, Mod1 is the 'ALT' key on the PC keyboard and Mod4 is one -of the three extra keys on a pc104 branded with a familiar company logo. Lines -beginning with a '#' or '!' are considered comments and unread by fluxbox. - -You can get a list of possible modifiers by calling 'xmodmap -pm'. This also -shows you to which keys the modifiers are mapped. Additionally there is the -'OnDesktop' modifier. To find valid keynames check the following files: - - /usr/X11R6/include/X11/keysymdef.h - /usr/X11R6/lib/X11/XKeysymDB - - -Furthermore you can use Mouse1, Mouse2, etc to define actions for your mouse -buttons. - -............................ -# fluxbox keys file. -Mod1 Tab :NextWindow -Mod1 Shift Tab :PrevWindow -Mod1 F1 :Workspace 1 -Mod1 F2 :Workspace 2 -Mod1 F3 :Workspace 3 -Mod1 F4 :Workspace 4 -Mod1 F5 :Workspace 5 -Mod1 F6 :Workspace 6 -Mod1 F7 :Workspace 7 -Mod1 F8 :Workspace 8 -Mod1 F9 :Workspace 9 -Mod4 b :PrevWorkspace -Mod4 c :Minimize -Mod4 r :ExecCommand rxvt -Mod4 v :NextWorkspace -Mod4 x :Close -Mod4 m :RootMenu -Control n Mod1 n :NextTab -............................ - -As you can see from the last line, keybindings can be chained in a fashion -similar to Emacs keybindings. - -Some things to know: -- Commands are case-insensitive. -- Workspace numbering starts at "1". -- Some commands have synonyms. -- The space between the last key and the :Command is mandatory. - -Here are fluxbox key commands to use: - -Window Manager Commands -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -- Restart <argument> -- Quit -- Reconfigure -- SetStyle <argument> -- ExecCommand <argument> - -Currently Focused Window Commands -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -- Minimize -- MinimizeWindow -- Iconify -- Maximize -- MaximizeWindow -- MaximizeHorizontal -- MaximizeVertical -- ResizeTo <width> <height> -- Resize <delta-width> <delta-height> -- ResizeHorizontal <delta-width> -- ResizeVertical <delta-height> -- MoveTo <x> <y> -- Move <delta-x> <delta-y> -- MoveRight <delta-x> -- MoveLeft <delta-x> -- MoveUp <delta-y> -- MoveDown <delta-y> -- Raise -- Lower -- Close -- Shade -- ShadeWindow -- Stick -- StickWindow -- ToggleDecor -- TakeToWorkspace <number> -- TakeToNextWorkspace <offset> -- TakeToPrevWorkspace <offset> -- SendToWorkspace <number> -- SendToNextWorkspace <offset> -- SendToPrevWorkspace <offset> -- KillWindow -- NextTab -- PrevTab -- MoveTabLeft -- MoveTabRight -- DetachClient -- SetAlpha [[+-]<int> [[+-]<int>]] - -Workspace Commands -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -- NextWorkspace -- PrevWorkspace -- RightWorkspace <by-number> -- LeftWorkspace <by-number> -- Workspace <number> -- NextWindow <bitmask> -- PrevWindow <bitmask> -- NextGroup <by-number> -- PrevGroup <by-number> -- FocusLeft -- FocusRight -- FocusUp -- FocusDown -- ArrangeWindows -- ShowDesktop (Iconifies all windows) -- Deiconify all|allworkspace|last|lastworkspace current|origin|originquiet -- RootMenu -- WorkspaceMenu -- WindowMenu -- HideMenu -- CustomMenu <path_to_file> -- SetWorkspaceName <name> - -Special Commands -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -- MacroCmd -- ToggleCmd -- ReloadStyle -- SetResourceValue <resourcename> <resource> value -- BindKey <key><value>: <action> -- KeyMode <keymode name> <return key sequence> - -Couple of things -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -- Exec: - fluxbox utilizes /bin/sh to start the commands. This means, that - you can use environment variables to do some tricks here. E.g: - :Exec $XTERM - This would fire up the term of your choice, if you set XTERM to - something usefull _before_ fluxbox starts, e.g. in the .fluxbox/startup - file. - -- TakeToWorkspace: - Will send you along with the window to the selected workspace. - SendToWorkspace just sends the window. - -- TakeToNextWorkspace <offset>: - Will send you and the window to workspace number <current + - offset>; that is, move you and the window <offset> spaces to the - right (offset defaults to 1). SendToNextWorkspace does the same, - except that it only sends the window (as for SendToWorkspace). - TakeToPrevWorkspace and SendToPrevWorkspace work similarly, except - moving to the previous workspaces, not the next ones. - -- PrevWindow/NextWindow parameters take an integer: - 0 or unspecified = Default/current behavior - most recently used. - 1 = Groups instead of Windows - only visit one tab in each group - 2 = Skip stuck windows - 4 = Skip shaded windows - 8 = Switch between windows `linearly'; that is, if you repeatedly - press the NextWindow key, you will walk through all windows in the, - order that they were opened, instead of switching back and forth - between the most recently focused windows. - 16 = Skip iconified windows - - To combine any of these effects, add the corresponding numbers. - For instance, 14 means switch linearly, skipping stuck and shaded - windows, since 14 = 8 + 4 + 2. - -- Bindkey will append key string and action to your keys file and bind the key. - -- KeyMode allows you to have different keybindings that aren't all active at the - same time. For instance, you can use `KeyMode Xnest' to switch to the `Xnest' - key mode, which will disable all of your key bindings that don't have - `Xnest: ' before them and will enable all the ones that do. - <return key sequence> will then return you to the `default' key mode. If not - provided, this defaults to the escape key. - -- The 'delta' value means the difference between the current setting and the -requested setting. So if you have a window that is 100 pixels wide, you could -set - -.......................... -Mod1 r :ResizeHorizontal 10 -............................ - -and when you use that key it would increase the size of your window -to 110 pixels. If you had used - -............................. -Mod1 R :ResizeHorizontal -10 -............................. - -then it would have decreased the size by 10, setting it to 90 pixels. - -- Resize commands do not necessarily change the number of pixels. For - instance, many terminals will use the size of a character as the resize - unit. Most applications, however, use pixels. - -- MacroCmd: - -...................................... -Mod1 r :MacroCmd {command1} {command2} -...................................... - - allows you to execute more than one command with one keybinding. The commands - will be executed in serial. - -- ToggleCmd: - -....................................... -Mod1 t :ToggleCmd {command1} {command2} -....................................... - - alternates between the given commands each time you press Mod1 + t. - -- SetAlpha [[+-]<int> [[+-]<int>]]: - Works on the currently focussed window. Given - * no arguments: reset to default alpha settings - * one argument: changes both focused and unfocused alpha settings - * two arguments: first value becomes the focused alpha, second becomes - the unfocused alpha value. - E.g: SetAlpha 127 +5 will set the focused alpha to 127 and increment the - unfocused alpha by 5 (until it reaches 255) +You can customize fluxbox's key handling through the ~/.fluxbox/keys file. +See 'fluxbox-keys(5)' for more information on the syntax of this file. LAYERS ------@@ -1632,10 +1404,6 @@ - *Alpha*:
By changing the value the slit (only the decoration not the apps in the slit) will become transparent. 0 (transparent) - 255 (opaque) -- *Slit direction*: - Changing the value will set the slit's direction for ordering apps sitting - in the slit. There is no effect with only on application. - - *Clients*: This submenu lets you reorder the the applications running in the slit. You are able to hide apps from the slit by unselecting them in@@ -1734,5 +1502,5 @@ mailinglists. More information can be found on the official website.
SEE ALSO -------- -bsetroot(1) fbsetbg(1) fbrun(1) fluxstyle(1) +fluxbox-keys(5) bsetroot(1) fbsetbg(1) fbrun(1) fluxstyle(1)
M
doc/asciidoc/fluxstyle.1
→
doc/asciidoc/fluxstyle.1
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ .sp
A more complete reference to this can be found in X(7), section \fIRESOURCES\fR. .sp .SH "LOCATION" -There are many places to store your styles, the most common is in your \fI~/.fluxbox/styles\fR directory. The initial installation will place the default styles in \fI@pkg_datadir@/styles\fR providing a basic usable configuration. +There are many places to store your styles, the most common is in your \fI~/.fluxbox/styles\fR directory. The initial installation will place the default styles in \fI@pkgdatadir@/styles\fR providing a basic usable configuration. .sp When creating your own style, create a directory (normally the name of your style) in \fI~/.fluxbox/styles/\fR (If the \fIstyles\fR directory doesn't exist, create that also). While there isn't an official structure, it is common to create a directory named after your style and place your pixmaps directory (if required) in there along with a file called theme.cfg (may also be named style.cfg). This file is where you will construct your style using the components covered later in this manual page. An example of steps taken when beginning a style project of your own may look like: .sp@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ #000000 (Hexadecimal)
rgb:<0\-255>/<0\-255>/<0\-255> .fi .RE -See /usr/X11R6/lib/X11/rgb.txt for an explaination. +See /usr/share/X11/rgb.txt for an explaination. .sp .SH "AUTHOR AND CREDITS" Blackbox was written and maintained by Brad Hughes <blackbox@alug.org> and Jeff Raven <jraven@psu.edu>.
M
doc/asciidoc/fluxstyle.txt
→
doc/asciidoc/fluxstyle.txt
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ LOCATION
-------- There are many places to store your styles, the most common is in your '~/.fluxbox/styles' directory. The initial installation will place the default -styles in '@pkg_datadir@/styles' providing a basic usable configuration. +styles in '@pkgdatadir@/styles' providing a basic usable configuration. When creating your own style, create a directory (normally the name of your style) in '~/.fluxbox/styles/' (If the 'styles' directory doesn't exist,@@ -467,7 +467,7 @@
#000000 (Hexadecimal) rgb:<0-255>/<0-255>/<0-255> -See /usr/X11R6/lib/X11/rgb.txt for an explaination. +See /usr/share/X11/rgb.txt for an explaination. AUTHOR and CREDITS ------------------
M
doc/fbrun.1
→
doc/fbrun.1
@@ -43,6 +43,9 @@ .TP
\fB-pos\fP \fIx\fP \fIy\fP Window position in pixels .TP +\fB-nearmouse\fP +Position the window under the mouse cursor +.TP \fB-fg\fP \fIname\fP Foreground text color .TP
A
doc/fluxbox-keys.5
@@ -0,0 +1,1004 @@
+.\" Title: fluxbox-keys +.\" Author: +.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.73.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/> +.\" Date: 08/05/2008 +.\" Manual: +.\" Source: +.\" +.TH "FLUXBOX\-KEYS" "5" "08/05/2008" "" "" +.\" disable hyphenation +.nh +.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) +.ad l +.SH "NAME" +fluxbox-keys - keyboard shortcuts configuration for fluxbox(1) +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +~/\.fluxbox/keys +.sp +.SH "SYNTAX" +Variable parameters are shown in emphasis: \fIargument\fR +.sp +Optional parameters are shown in square brackets: [\fIargument\fR] +.sp +All other characters shown are required verbatim\. Whitespace is required where shown, but it is fine to add more whitespace\. +.sp +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +The keys file defines the keyboard shortcuts for \fIfluxbox(1)\fR\. +.sp +You can customize fluxbox\'s key handling through the ~/\.fluxbox/keys file\. The file consists of lines of the basic format: +.sp +\fB[\fR\fB\fImodifiers\fR\fR\fB] \fR\fB\fIkey\fR\fR\fB :\fR\fB\fIcommand\fR\fR\fB [\fR\fB\fIarguments\fR\fR\fB \fR\fB\fI\&...\fR\fR\fB]\fR +.sp +The space between the \fIkey\fR and the \fB:\fR before the \fIcommand\fR is mandatory\. +.sp +All modifiers and commands are case\-insensitive\. Some command arguments (especially those that will be passed to the shell) are case\-sensitive\. Some key names are case\-sensitive\. +.sp +Lines beginning with a \fI#\fR or \fI!\fR are considered comments and are unread by fluxbox\. +.sp +.SH "MODIFIERS" +You can get a list of possible modifiers by calling `xmodmap \-pm\'\. This also shows you to which keys the modifiers are mapped, but the following modifiers are most commonly used: +.sp +\fBShift Control Mod1 Mod4\fR +.sp +where \fBMod1\fR is the Alt key on the PC keyboard and \fBMod4\fR is usually a key branded with a familiar company logo\. +.PP +There are also some special modifiers that refer to mouse button presses: +.RS 4 +.PP +\fBOnDesktop\fR +.RS 4 +The mouse cursor is over the desktop (root window), and not any window\. +.RE +.PP +\fBOnToolbar\fR +.RS 4 +The mouse cursor is over the toolbar (which is normally at the bottom of the screen)\. +.RE +.PP +\fBOnWindow\fR +.RS 4 +The mouse cursor is over a window\. +.RE +.PP +\fBOnTitlebar\fR +.RS 4 +The mouse cursor is over a window\'s titlebar\. +.RE +.PP +\fBDouble\fR +.RS 4 +Limits this action to double\-clicks only\. +.RE +.RE +.SS "Combining Modifiers" +To combine two or more modifiers, just list them (space\-delimited) in any order\. +.sp +.SH "KEYS" +You may specify a key by its key name (for example, \fBa\fR or \fBspace\fR) or by its numeric keycode (for example, \fB38\fR or \fB0xf3\fR)\. +.sp +If you don\'t know the name of a key, you can run \fIxev(1)\fR in a terminal, push the key, and see the name in the output\. If you have some "special" keys that do not produce a key name in the output of \fIxev(1)\fR, you can just use the keycode (NOT the keysym!) in your keys file\. +.sp +Commands can also be bound to mouse button presses, for which the proper "key" name is \fBMouse\fR\fIn\fR where \fIn\fR is the number of the mouse button\. For example, \fBMouse1\fR is the primary button, and \fBMouse4\fR / \fBMouse5\fR are the scroll wheel events, in normal configurations\. \fIxev(1)\fR can also be used to tell the button number\. +.sp +.SH "CHAINING" +Key bindings can be chained in a fashion similar to Emacs key bindings using the syntax: +.sp +\fB\fImodifiers\-1\fR\fR\fB \fR\fB\fIkey\-1\fR\fR\fB \fR\fB\fImodifiers\-2\fR\fR\fB \fR\fB\fIkey\-2\fR\fR\fB :\fR\fB\fIcommand\fR\fR\fB [\fR\fB\fIarguments \&...\fR\fR\fB]\fR +.PP +\fBExample\ 1.\ To Bind CTRL+C CTRL+X (Which means, press CTRL+C then CTRL+X) to quit fluxbox\fR +.sp +.RS 4 +.nf +Control c Control x :Quit +.fi +.RE +.SH "KEYMODES" +A specific set of key mappings can be activated and de\-activated on\-the\-fly using what are called keymodes\. The syntax to define a mapping in a keymode is: +.sp +\fB\fIkeymode\fR\fR\fB: \fR\fB\fImodifiers\fR\fR\fB \fR\fB\fIkey\fR\fR\fB :\fR\fB\fIcommand\fR\fR\fB [\fR\fB\fIarguments\fR\fR\fB \fR\fB\fI\&...\fR\fR\fB]\fR +.sp +Where \fIkeymode\fR is any alpha\-numeric string name\. +.sp +When this keymode is activated (see the \fBKeyMode\fR command below), all bindings prefaced by that keymode name become active (and all other keybindings will be deactivated) until the keymode changes again\. +.sp +.SH "COMMANDS" +.PP +Some commands have multiple names which are shown below as: +.RS 4 +CMD1 | CMD2 +.RE +.PP +Related commands have been grouped below as: +.RS 4 +CMD1 / CMD2 +.RE +.PP +The commands are broken up into sections as follows: +.RS 4 +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Mouse Commands +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Window Commands +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Workspace Commands +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Menu Commands +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Window Manager Commands +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Special Commands +.RE +.RE +.SS "Mouse Commands" +These commands may only be bound to mouse buttons (plus modifiers), not keystrokes\. In all cases, the action finishes when the mouse button is released\. +.PP +\fBStartMoving\fR +.RS 4 +Start dragging to move the window\. +.RE +.PP +\fBStartResizing\fR [\fIcorner\fR] +.RS 4 +Start dragging to resize the window as if you had grabbed the window at the specified +\fIcorner\fR\. +.PP +By default \fIcorner\fR is \fBBottomRight\fR, but may be overridden with one of: +.RS 4 + +\fBNearestCorner NearestEdge Center TopLeft Top TopRight Left Right BottomLeft BottomRight\fR +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fBStartTabbing\fR +.RS 4 +Start dragging to add this window to another\'s tabgroup\. +.RE +.SS "Window Commands" +These commands ordinarily affect only the currently focused window\. The \fBOnWindow\fR modifier and \fBForEach\fR command may affect the window that is used\. +.PP +\fBActivate\fR [\fIpattern\fR] | \fBFocus\fR [\fIpattern\fR] +.RS 4 +Set the focus to the window matching the argument\. If +\fIpattern\fR +is omitted, this may be used with the +\fBOnWindow\fR +modifier to set the focus\. See +\fBCLIENT PATTERNS\fR +for more about the +\fIpattern\fR +arguments\. +.RE +.PP +\fBMinimize\fR | \fBMinimizeWindow\fR | \fBIconify\fR +.RS 4 +Minimize the current window, equivalent to the window button\. +.RE +.PP +\fBMaximize\fR | \fBMaximizeWindow\fR +.RS 4 +Maximize the current window, equivalent to the window button\. +.RE +.PP +\fBMaximizeHorizontal\fR / \fBMaximizeVertical\fR +.RS 4 +Maximize the current window in one direction only, leaving the other dimension unchanged\. +.RE +.PP +\fBRaise\fR / \fBLower\fR +.RS 4 +Reorder this window to the top or bottom of the window stack, within its current layer\. See +\fIfluxbox(1)\fR +for a discussion of layers\. +.RE +.PP +\fBRaiseLayer\fR / \fBLowerLayer\fR +.RS 4 +Raise the window up to the layer above, or lower it to the layer below\. See +\fIfluxbox(1)\fR +for a discussion of layers\. +.RE +.PP +\fBSetLayer\fR \fIlayer\fR +.RS 4 +Move the window to the specified layer\. +\fIlayer\fR +should be one of +\fBAboveDock\fR, +\fBDock\fR, +\fBTop\fR, +\fBNormal\fR, +\fBBottom\fR, +\fBDesktop\fR\. See +\fIfluxbox(1)\fR +for a discussion of layers\. +.RE +.PP +\fBClose\fR +.RS 4 +Close the current window, equivalent to the window button\. +.RE +.PP +\fBKill\fR | \fBKillWindow\fR +.RS 4 +Close a window that\'s not responding to +\fBClose\fR, like using +xkill\. +.RE +.PP +\fBShade\fR | \fBShadeWindow\fR +.RS 4 +Toggle the +\fBshaded\fR +state of the current window, equivalent to the window button\. A +\fBshaded\fR +window appears as only the title bar\. +.RE +.PP +\fBShadeOn\fR / \fBShadeOff\fR +.RS 4 +Set the +\fBshaded\fR +state of the window to On / Off\. +.RE +.PP +\fBStick\fR | \fBStickWindow\fR +.RS 4 +Toggle the +\fBsticky\fR +state of the current window, equivalent to the window button\. A +\fBsticky\fR +window is visible on all workspaces\. +.RE +.PP +\fBToggleDecor\fR +.RS 4 +Toggles the presence of the window decorations (title bar, window buttons, and resize bar)\. +.RE +.PP +\fBNextTab\fR / \fBPrevTab\fR +.RS 4 +Cycle to the next / previous tab in the current tab group\. +.RE +.PP +\fBTab\fR \fInumber\fR +.RS 4 +Cycle to the given tab in the current tab group, where +\fB1\fR +is the first tab\. A negative +\fInumber\fR +counts from the end of the tab group (\fB\-1\fR +is the last tab, +\fB\-2\fR +is the next\-to\-last, etc\.)\. +.RE +.PP +\fBMoveTabRight\fR / \fBMoveTabLeft\fR +.RS 4 +Reorder the tabs in the current tab group, swapping the current tab with the one to the right / left\. +.RE +.PP +\fBDetachClient\fR +.RS 4 +Remove the current tab from the tab group, placing it in its own window\. +.RE +.PP +\fBResizeTo\fR \fIwidth\fR \fIheight\fR +.RS 4 +Resizes the window to the given width and height\. +.RE +.PP +\fBResize\fR \fIdelta\-width\fR \fIdelta\-height\fR +.RS 4 +Resizes the window relative to the current width and height\. +.RE +.PP +\fBResizeHorizontal\fR \fIdelta\-width\fR / \fBResizeVertical\fR \fIdelta\-height\fR +.RS 4 +Resizes the window in one dimension only +.RE +.PP +\fBMoveTo\fR \fIx\fR \fIy\fR [\fIanchor\fR] +.RS 4 +Moves the window to the given coordinates, given in pixels\. +.sp +If either +\fIx\fR +or +\fIy\fR +is set to +\fB*\fR, that coordinate will be ignored, and the movement will only take place in one dimension\. +.PP +The default \fIanchor\fR is the upper left corner, but this may be overridden with one of: +.RS 4 + +\fBUpperLeft LowerLeft UpperRight LowerRight\fR +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fBMove\fR \fIdelta\-x\fR \fIdelta\-y\fR +.RS 4 +Moves the window relative to its current position\. Positive numbers refer to right and down, and negative to left and up, respectively\. +.RE +.PP +\fBMoveRight\fR \fId\fR / \fBMoveLeft\fR \fId\fR / \fBMoveUp\fR \fId\fR / \fBMoveDown\fR \fId\fR +.RS 4 +Moves the window relative to its current position by the number of pixels specified in +\fId\fR\. If the number is negative, it moves in the opposite direction\. +.RE +.PP +\fBTakeToWorkspace\fR \fIworkspace\fR / \fBSendToWorkspace\fR \fIworkspace\fR +.RS 4 +Sends you along with the current window to the selected workspace\. SendToWorkspace just sends the window\. The first workspace is number +\fB1\fR, not 0\. +.RE +.PP +\fBTakeToNextWorkspace\fR [\fIoffset\fR] / \fBTakeToPrevWorkspace\fR [\fIoffset\fR] +.RS 4 +Sends you along with the current window to the next or previous workspace\. If you set +\fIoffset\fR +to a value greater than the default of +\fB1\fR, it will move you that number of workspaces ahead or behind\. If you go beyond the end of the currently defined workspaces, it will wrap around to the other end automatically\. +.RE +.PP +\fBSendToNextWorkspace\fR [\fIoffset\fR] / \fBSendToPrevWorkspace\fR [\fIoffset\fR] +.RS 4 +Identical to the "TakeTo\&..." commands, but again this sends only the window, and does not move you away from your current workspace\. +.RE +.PP +\fBSetAlpha\fR [\fIalpha\fR [\fIunfocused\-alpha\fR]] +.RS 4 +Sets the alpha value of a window\. +.sp +Putting a +\fB+\fR +or +\fB\-\fR +in front of the value adds or subtracts from the current value\. A plain integer sets the value explicitly\. +.PP +no arguments +.RS 4 +Resets both focused and unfocused settings to default opacity\. +.RE +.PP +one argument +.RS 4 +Changes both focused and unfocused alpha settings\. +.RE +.PP +two arguments +.RS 4 +First value becomes the focused alpha, second becomes the unfocused alpha value\. +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fBSetHead\fR \fInumber\fR +.RS 4 +Moves the window to the given display head\. Only available when fluxbox has been compiled with Xinerama support\. +.RE +.SS "Workspace Commands" +These commands affect the entire workspace (or "desktop" as it is sometimes called)\. +.PP +\fBAddWorkspace\fR / \fBRemoveLastWorkspace\fR +.RS 4 +Adds or removes a workspace from the end of the list of workspaces\. +.RE +.PP +\fBNextWorkspace\fR [\fIn\fR] / \fBPrevWorkspace\fR [\fIn\fR] / \fBRightWorkspace\fR [\fIn\fR] / \fBLeftWorkspace\fR [\fIn\fR] +.RS 4 +Switch to the Next / Previous workspace\. All versions accept an offset value +\fIn\fR, which defaults to +\fB1\fR +and refers to the number of workspaces to move at one time\. {Next,Prev}Workspace wrap around when going past the last workspace, whereas {Right,Left}Workspace do not\. +.RE +.PP +\fBWorkspace\fR \fInumber\fR +.RS 4 +Jumps to the given workspace +\fInumber\fR\. The first workspace is +\fB1\fR\. +.RE +.PP +\fBNextWindow\fR [{\fIoptions\fR}] [\fIpattern\fR] / \fBPrevWindow\fR [{\fIoptions\fR}] [\fIpattern\fR] +.RS 4 +Focuses and activates the next / previous window in the focus list\. +.PP +\fIoptions\fR is one or more of the following, space delimited: +.RS 4 +.PP +\fBstatic\fR +.RS 4 +Instead of moving in order of most\-recent focus, move in order of when the window was opened (or, the order shown in the iconbar)\. +.RE +.PP +\fBgroups\fR +.RS 4 +Only include the current tab in windows with multiple tabs\. +.RE +.sp +If +\fIpattern\fR +arguments are supplied, only windows that match all the patterns are considered \- all others are skipped\. See the section +\fBCLIENT PATTERNS\fR +below for more information\. +.sp +This pair of commands has a special side\-effect when the keybinding used has a modifier \- It will temporarily raise the cycled window to the front so you can see it, but if you continue holding down the modifier and press the key again (For example, keep holding "Alt" while you tap the "Tab" key a few times), fluxbox will lower the window again when you move on to the next one\. This allows you to preview the windows in order, but does not change the order in doing so\. +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fBNextGroup\fR [{\fIoptions\fR}] [\fIpattern\fR] / \fBPrevGroup\fR [{\fIoptions\fR}] [\fIpattern\fR] +.RS 4 +Equivalent to NextWindow / PrevWindow above, but with the +\fBgroups\fR +option forced on\. +.RE +.PP +\fBGotoWindow\fR \fInumber\fR [{\fIoptions\fR}] [\fIpattern\fR] +.RS 4 +Focuses and activates the window at position +\fInumber\fR +in the focus list\. The +\fIoptions\fR +and +\fIpattern\fR +arguments have the same meaning as +\fBNextWindow\fR +above\. +.RE +.PP +\fBAttach\fR \fIpattern\fR +.RS 4 +Combines all windows that match the +\fIpattern\fR +into a single tab group\. See +\fBCLIENT PATTERNS\fR +for more about the +\fIpattern\fR +arguments\. +.RE +.PP +\fBFocusLeft\fR / \fBFocusRight\fR / \fBFocusUp\fR / \fBFocusDown\fR +.RS 4 +Focus to the next window which is located in the direction specified\. +.RE +.PP +\fBArrangeWindows\fR \fIpattern\fR +.RS 4 +Tries to arrange all windows on the current workspace so that they overlap the least amount possible\. See +\fBCLIENT PATTERNS\fR +for more about the +\fIpattern\fR +arguments\. +.RE +.PP +\fBShowDesktop\fR +.RS 4 +Minimizes all windows on the current workspace\. If they are already all minimized, then it restores them\. +.RE +.PP +\fBDeiconify\fR \fImode\fR \fIdestination\fR +.RS 4 +Deiconifies windows (or, restores from a minimized state)\. +.PP +Where \fImode\fR may be one of: +.RS 4 +.PP +\fBAll\fR +.RS 4 +All icons across all workspaces\. +.RE +.PP +\fBAllWorkspace\fR +.RS 4 +All icons on the current workspace\. +.RE +.PP +\fBLast\fR +.RS 4 +The last icon across all workspaces\. +.RE +.PP +\fBLastWorkspace\fR (default) +.RS 4 +The last icon on the current workspace\. +.RE +.RE +.PP +And \fIdestination\fR may be one of: +.RS 4 +.PP +\fBCurrent\fR (default) +.RS 4 +Deiconify to the current workspace\. +.RE +.PP +\fBOriginQuiet\fR +.RS 4 +Deiconify to the window\'s original workspace, but does so in the background, without moving you there\. +.RE +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fBSetWorkspaceName\fR \fIname\fR / \fBSetWorkspaceNameDialog\fR +.RS 4 +Sets the name of the current workspace\. +.RE +.PP +\fBCloseAllWindows\fR +.RS 4 +Closes all windows on all desktops\. +.RE +.SS "Menu Commands" +These commands open or close fluxbox popup menus\. For more information on what these menus contain or how to configure them, see \fIfluxbox(1)\fR\. +.PP +\fBRootMenu\fR / \fBWorkspaceMenu\fR / \fBWindowMenu\fR +.RS 4 +Opens the specified menu\. See fluxbox(1) for more details on what these menus contain\. +.RE +.PP +\fBClientMenu\fR [\fIpattern\fR] +.RS 4 +Opens a menu that contains all windows\. If you specify a +\fIpattern\fR, only matching windows will be in the menu\. See +\fBCLIENT PATTERNS\fR +below for more details on the +\fIpattern\fR +argument\. +.RE +.PP +\fBCustomMenu\fR \fIpath\fR +.RS 4 +Opens a custom menu file\. +.RE +.PP +\fBHideMenus\fR +.RS 4 +Hide all fluxbox popup menus\. +.RE +.SS "Window Manager Commands" +These commands affect the Window Manager, or more than one window\. +.PP +\fBRestart\fR [\fIpath\fR] +.RS 4 +Restarts fluxbox\. This does not close any running applications\. If the optional +\fIpath\fR +is a path to an executable window manager, that manager is started in place of fluxbox\. +.RE +.PP +\fBQuit\fR | \fBExit\fR +.RS 4 +Exits fluxbox\. This will normally cause X to stop as well and terminate all existing applications, returning you to the login manager or console\. +.RE +.PP +\fBReconfig\fR | \fBReconfigure\fR +.RS 4 +Reloads all fluxbox configuration files including the keys file, apps file, and init file, if they have changed\. +.RE +.PP +\fBSetStyle\fR \fIpath\fR +.RS 4 +Sets the current style to that given in +\fIpath\fR, which must be the full path to a fluxbox style\. +.RE +.PP +\fBReloadStyle\fR +.RS 4 +Reloads only the current style\. Useful after editing a style which is currently in use\. +.RE +.PP +\fBExecCommand\fR \fIargs \&...\fR | \fBExec\fR \fIargs \&...\fR | \fBExecute\fR \fIargs \&...\fR +.RS 4 +Probably the most\-used binding of all\. Passes all the arguments to your +\fB$SHELL\fR +(or /bin/sh if $SHELL is not set)\. You can use this to launch applications, run shell scripts, etc\. Since all arguments are passed verbatim to the shell, you can use environment variables, pipes, or anything else the shell can do\. Note that processes only see environment variables that were set before fluxbox started (such as in ~/\.fluxbox/startup), or any that are set via the Export or SetEnv commands, below\. +.RE +.PP +\fBCommandDialog\fR +.RS 4 +Pops up a dialog box that lets you type in any of these commands manually\. +.RE +.PP +\fBSetEnv\fR \fIname\fR \fIvalue\fR | \fBExport\fR \fIname\fR=\fIvalue\fR +.RS 4 +Sets an environment variable in Fluxbox\. It will be passed to any applications spawned by any future ExecCommand commands\. +.RE +.PP +\fBSetResourceValue\fR \fIresourcename\fR \fIresourcevalue\fR | \fBSetResourceValueDialog\fR +.RS 4 +Sets a fluxbox resource value, which are normally stored in the init file\. See +\fIfluxbox(1)\fR +for more details on available resources and allowed values\. +.RE +.SS "Special Commands" +These commands have special meanings or behaviors\. +.PP +\fBMacroCmd\fR {\fIcommand1\fR} {\fIcommand2\fR} {\fIcommand3\fR} \fI\&...\fR +.RS 4 +Allows you to execute more than one command with one keybinding\. The commands will be executed in series\. The +\fB{\fR +\fB}\fR +brackets are literally required, as in the following example: +.sp +.RS 4 +.nf +MacroCmd {MoveTo 0 0} {ResizeTo 1280 800} +.fi +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fBDelay\fR {\fIcommand\fR} [\fImicroseconds\fR] +.RS 4 +Delays running +\fIcommand\fR +for the given amount of time\. If the same key binding is activated again, the timer will be restarted\. +.RE +.PP +\fBToggleCmd\fR {\fIcommand1\fR} {\fIcommand2\fR} \fI\&...\fR +.RS 4 +Alternates between the commands\. On the first press of the bound key, runs +\fIcommand1\fR\. On the next press, runs +\fIcommand2\fR\. +.RE +.PP +\fBBindKey\fR \fIkeybinding\fR +.RS 4 +Adds the given +\fIkeybinding\fR +(which must be a valid key binding as defined in the DESCRIPTION section above) to your keys file\. +.RE +.PP +\fBKeyMode\fR \fIkeymode\fR [\fIreturn\-keybinding\fR] +.RS 4 +Activates the named +\fIkeymode\fR +(or, all key binding lines prefaced with the same +\fIkeymode\fR:) and deactivates all others until the +\fIreturn\-keybinding\fR +(by default +\fBEscape\fR) is pressed\. The default keymode is named +\fIdefault\fR\. +.RE +.PP +\fBForEach\fR {\fIcommand\fR} [{\fIcondition\fR}] | \fBMap\fR {\fIcommand\fR} [{\fIcondition\fR}] +.RS 4 +Runs the given +\fIcommand\fR +(normally one from the +\fBWindow Commands\fR +section above) on each window\. If you specify a +\fIcondition\fR +(See +\fBConditions\fR, below) the action will be limited to matching windows\. +.RE +.PP +\fBIf\fR {\fIcondition\fR} {\fIthen\-command\fR} [{\fIelse\-command\fR}] | \fBCond\fR {\fIcondition\fR} {\fIthen\-command\fR} [{\fIelse\-command\fR}] +.RS 4 +If the +\fIcondition\fR +command returns +\fBtrue\fR, then run the +\fIthen\-command\fR, otherwise run the optional +\fIelse\-command\fR\. See +\fBConditions\fR +below for more information on the +\fIcondition\fR +argument\. +.RE +.SS "Conditions" +These special commands are used to match windows conditionally\. They are commonly used by the \fBIf\fR and \fBForEach\fR command\. +.PP +\fBMatches\fR \fIpattern\fR +.RS 4 +Returns +\fBtrue\fR +if the current window matches the given +\fIpattern\fR\. See +\fBCLIENT PATTERNS\fR +below for details on the +\fIpattern\fR +syntax\. +.sp +If your key binding uses the +\fBOnWindow\fR +modifier, it matches against the window you clicked, not the currently focused window\. +.sp +To check other windows besides the currently focused one, see the +\fBEvery\fR +and +\fBSome\fR +conditions below\. +.RE +.PP +\fBSome\fR \fIcondition\fR +.RS 4 +Retuns +\fBtrue\fR +if any window on any workspace (not just the currently focused one) matches the +\fIcondition\fR\. +.RE +.PP +\fBEvery\fR \fIcondition\fR +.RS 4 +Retuns +\fBtrue\fR +if every window on every workspace (not just the current one) matches the +\fIcondition\fR\. +.RE +.PP +\fBNot\fR \fIcondition\fR +.RS 4 +Returns +\fBtrue\fR +if +\fIcondition\fR +returns +\fBfalse\fR, and vice\-versa\. +.RE +.PP +\fBAnd\fR {\fIcondition1\fR} {\fIcondition2\fR} [{\fIcondition3\fR} \&...] +.RS 4 +Returns +\fBtrue\fR +if and only if all given conditions return +\fBtrue\fR\. +.RE +.PP +\fBOr\fR {\fIcondition1\fR} {\fIcondition2\fR} [{\fIcondition3\fR} \&...] +.RS 4 +Returns +\fBtrue\fR +if any of the listed conditions return +\fBtrue\fR\. +.RE +.PP +\fBXor\fR {\fIcondition1\fR} {\fIcondition2\fR} [{\fIcondition3\fR} \&...] +.RS 4 +Returns the boolean +\fBxor\fR +of the truth values for all conditions listed\. +.RE +.SH "CLIENT PATTERNS" +Many of the more advanced commands take a \fIpattern\fR argument, which allows you to direct the action at a specific window or set of windows which match the properties specified in the \fIpattern\fR\. A \fIpattern\fR looks like this: +.sp +([\fIpropertyname\fR[!]=]\fIregexp\fR) \&... +.sp +That is, one or more match definitions, followed by an optional limit on the number of windows to match\. +.sp +Match definitions are enclosed in parentheses \fB(\fR\&...\fB)\fR, and if no \fIpropertyname\fR is given then \fBName\fR is assumed\. The \fIregexp\fR can contain any regular expression, or the special value \fB[current]\fR, which matches the corresponding value of the currently focused window\. See \fIregex(7)\fR for more information on acceptable regular expressions\. +.sp +You can use \fB=\fR to test for equality or \fB!=\fR to test for inequality\. +.PP +The following values are accepted for \fIpropertyname\fR: +.RS 4 +.PP +\fBName\fR +.RS 4 +A string, corresponding to the CLASSNAME property\. +.RE +.PP +\fBClass\fR +.RS 4 +A string, corresponding to the CLASSCLASS property\. +.RE +.PP +\fBTitle\fR +.RS 4 +A string, corresponding to the window title\. +.RE +.PP +\fBRole\fR +.RS 4 +A string, corresponding to the ROLE property\. +.RE +.PP +\fBTransient\fR +.RS 4 +Either +\fByes\fR +or +\fBno\fR, depending on whether the window is transient (typically, a popup dialog) or not\. +.RE +.PP +\fBMaximized\fR +.RS 4 +Either +\fByes\fR +or +\fBno\fR, depending on whether the window is maximized or not\. +.RE +.PP +\fBMinimized\fR +.RS 4 +Either +\fByes\fR +or +\fBno\fR, depending on whether the window is minimized (iconified) or not\. +.RE +.PP +\fBShaded\fR +.RS 4 +Either +\fByes\fR +or +\fBno\fR, depending on whether the window is shaded or not\. +.RE +.PP +\fBStuck\fR +.RS 4 +Either +\fByes\fR +or +\fBno\fR, depending on whether the window is sticky (on all workspaces) or not\. +.RE +.PP +\fBFocusHidden\fR +.RS 4 +Either +\fByes\fR +or +\fBno\fR, depending on whether the window has asked to be left off the focus list (or, the alt\-tab list), or not\. +.RE +.PP +\fBIconHidden\fR +.RS 4 +Either +\fByes\fR +or +\fBno\fR, depending on whether the window has asked to be left off the icon list (or, the taskbar), or not\. +.RE +.PP +\fBUrgent\fR +.RS 4 +Either +\fByes\fR +or +\fBno\fR, depending on whether the window has the urgent hint set\. +.RE +.PP +\fBWorkspace\fR +.RS 4 +A number corresponding to the workspace number to which the window is attached\. The first workspace here is +\fB0\fR\. +.RE +.PP +\fBWorkspaceName\fR +.RS 4 +A string corresponding to the name of the workspace to which the window is attached\. +.RE +.PP +\fBHead\fR +.RS 4 +The number of the display head to which the window is attached\. You may match this against the special value +\fB[mouse]\fR +which refers to the head where the mouse pointer currently resides\. +.RE +.PP +\fBLayer\fR +.RS 4 +The string name of the window\'s layer, which is one of +\fBAboveDock\fR, +\fBDock\fR, +\fBTop\fR, +\fBNormal\fR, +\fBBottom\fR, +\fBDesktop\fR +.RE +.RE +.PP +\fBExample\ 2.\ Matches any windows with the CLASSNAME of "xterm"\fR +.sp +.RS 4 +.nf +(xterm) +.fi +.RE +.PP +\fBExample\ 3.\ Matches any windows with the same CLASSNAME as the currently focused window\fR +.sp +.RS 4 +.nf +(Name=[current]) +.fi +.RE +.PP +\fBExample\ 4.\ Matches any windows on the same head as the mouse but on a different layer than the currently focused window\fR +.sp +.RS 4 +.nf +(Head=[mouse]) (Layer!=[current]) +.fi +.RE +.SH "FILES" +.PP +~/\.fluxbox/keys +.RS 4 +This is the default location for the keybinding definitions\. +.RE +.PP +/usr/X11R6/include/X11/keysymdef\.h +.RS 4 +X key names are in this file\. +.RE +.PP +/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/XKeysymDB +.RS 4 +X key names are also in this file\. +.RE +.SH "RESOURCES" +.PP +session\.keyFile: <location> +.RS 4 +This may be set to override the location of the keybinding definitions\. +.RE +.SH "ENVIRONMENT" +Remember that \fBExecCommand\fR command can take advantage of other environment variables if they are set before fluxbox is started, or via the \fBExport\fR or \fBSetEnv\fR commands\. For example, if \fB$TERM\fR is set, it could be use like this: +.sp +.sp +.RS 4 +.nf +Mod1 x :ExecCommand $TERM +.fi +.RE +For more information about environment variables, see your shell\'s manual\. +.sp +.SH "EXAMPLES" +Here are some interesting and/or useful examples you can do with your keys file\. +.sp +.sp +.RS 4 +.nf +# Mod4+drag moves a window +OnWindow Mod4 Mouse1 :StartMoving + +# If any xterm windows are open, cycle through them\. If none are open, open +# one: +Mod4 t :If {Some Matches (xterm)} {NextWindow (xterm)} {Exec xterm} + +# Set a different wallpaper on every workspace: +ChangeWorkspace :Exec fbsetbg ~/\.fluxbox/bg$(xprop \-root _NET_CURRENT_DESKTOP | awk \'{print $3}\')\.png +.fi +.RE +.SH "AUTHOR AND CREDITS" +This manpage is the combined work of: +.sp +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Jim Ramsay <i\.am at jimramsay com> (>fluxbox\-1\.0\.0) +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Curt Micol <asenchi at asenchi com> (>fluxbox\-0\.9\.11) +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Tobias Klausmann <klausman at users sourceforge net> (â‡fluxbox\-0\.9\.11) +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Grubert <grubert at users sourceforge net> (fluxbox) +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Matthew Hawkins <matt at mh dropbear id au> (blackbox) +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Wilbert Berendsen <wbsoft at xs4all nl> (blackbox) +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Numerous other languages could be available if someone jumps in\. +.RE +.SH "SEE ALSO" +fluxbox(1), xev(1), xkill(1), regex(7) +.sp
A
doc/fluxbox-remote.1
@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+.\" Title: fluxbox-remote +.\" Author: +.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.73.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/> +.\" Date: 08/06/2008 +.\" Manual: +.\" Source: +.\" +.TH "FLUXBOX\-REMOTE" "1" "08/06/2008" "" "" +.\" disable hyphenation +.nh +.\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) +.ad l +.SH "NAME" +fluxbox-remote - command line access to key commands for fluxbox(1) +.SH "SYNOPSIS" +\fBfluxbox\-remote\fR \fIcommand\fR +.sp +.SH "DESCRIPTION" +\fIfluxbox\-remote(1)\fR is designed to allow scripts to execute most key commands from \fIfluxbox(1)\fR\. \fIfluxbox\-remote(1)\fR will only work with \fIfluxbox(1)\fR: its communications with \fIfluxbox(1)\fR are not standardized in any way\. It is recommended that a standards\-based tool such as \fIwmctrl(1)\fR be used whenever possible, in order for scripts to work with other window managers\. +.sp +.SH "CAVEATS" +\fIfluxbox\-remote(1)\fR uses the X11 protocol to communicate with \fIfluxbox(1)\fR\. Therefore, it is possible for any user with access to the \fIX(7)\fR server to use \fIfluxbox\-remote(1)\fR\. For this reason, several key commands have been disabled\. Users should be aware of the security implications when enabling \fIfluxbox\-remote(1)\fR, especially when using a forwarded \fIX(7)\fR connection\. +.sp +.SH "RESOURCES" +.PP +session\.screen0\.allowRemoteActions: <boolean> +.RS 4 +This resource in ~/\.fluxbox/init must be set to `true\' in order for +\fIfluxbox\-remote(1)\fR +to function\. Please read the +\fBCAVEATS\fR +first\. +.RE +.SH "ENVIRONMENT" +In order to communicate with \fIfluxbox(1)\fR, the DISPLAY environment variable must be set properly\. Usually, the value should be `:0\.0\'\. +.sp +.SH "SEE ALSO" +fluxbox(1), fluxbox\-keys(5), wmctrl(1) +.sp
M
doc/fluxbox.1.in
→
doc/fluxbox.1.in
@@ -1,335 +1,384 @@
.\" Title: fluxbox .\" Author: -.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.71.1 <http://docbook.sf.net/> -.\" Date: 04/21/2007 +.\" Generator: DocBook XSL Stylesheets v1.73.2 <http://docbook.sf.net/> +.\" Date: 08/05/2008 .\" Manual: .\" Source: .\" -.TH "FLUXBOX" "1" "04/21/2007" "" "" +.TH "FLUXBOX" "1" "08/05/2008" "" "" .\" disable hyphenation .nh .\" disable justification (adjust text to left margin only) .ad l .SH "NAME" -fluxbox \- A lightweight window manager for the X Windowing System +fluxbox - A lightweight window manager for the X Windowing System .SH "SYNOPSIS" -\fIfluxbox\fR [\-v | \-version] [\-h | \-help] [\-i | \-info] \fIfluxbox\fR [\-rc rcfile] [\-log logfile] [\-display display] [\-screen scr,scr|all] [\-verbose] +\fIfluxbox\fR [\-rc rcfile] [\-log logfile] [\-display display] [\-screen scr,scr|all] [\-verbose] +.sp +\fIfluxbox\fR [\-v | \-version] | [\-h | \-help] | [\-i | \-info] | [\-list\-commands] .sp .SH "DESCRIPTION" -fluxbox(1) provides configurable window decorations, a root menu to launch applications and a toolbar that shows the current workspace name, a set of application names and the current time. There is also a workspace menu to add or remove workspaces. The `slit' can be used to dock small applications; e.g. most of the bbtools can use the slit. +fluxbox(1) provides configurable window decorations, a root menu to launch applications and a toolbar that shows the current workspace name, a set of application names and the current time\. There is also a workspace menu to add or remove workspaces\. The `slit\' can be used to dock small applications; e\.g\. most of the bbtools can use the slit\. .sp -fluxbox(1) can iconify windows to the toolbar, in addition to adding the window to the \fIIcons\fR submenu of the workspace menu. One click and they reappear. A double\-click on the titlebar of the window will \fIshade\fR it; i.e. the window will disappear, and only the titlebar will remain visible. +fluxbox(1) can iconify windows to the toolbar, in addition to adding the window to the \fIIcons\fR submenu of the workspace menu\. One click and they reappear\. A double\-click on the titlebar of the window will \fIshade\fR it; i\.e\. the window will disappear, and only the titlebar will remain visible\. .sp -fluxbox(1) uses its own graphics class to render its images on the fly. By using style files, you can determine in great detail how your desktop looks. fluxbox styles are compatible with those of Blackbox 0.65 or earlier versions, so users migrating can still use their current favourite themes. +fluxbox(1) uses its own graphics class to render its images on the fly\. By using style files, you can determine in great detail how your desktop looks\. fluxbox styles are compatible with those of Blackbox 0\.65 or earlier versions, so users migrating can still use their current favourite themes\. .sp -fluxbox(1) supports the majority of the Extended Window Manager Hints (EWMH) specification, as well as numerous other Window Hinting standards. This allows all compliant window managers to provide a common interface to standard features used by applications and desktop utilities. +fluxbox(1) supports the majority of the Extended Window Manager Hints (EWMH) specification, as well as numerous other Window Hinting standards\. This allows all compliant window managers to provide a common interface to standard features used by applications and desktop utilities\. .sp .SH "OPTIONS" .PP \-display display .RS 4 -Start fluxbox on the specified display. Programs started by fluxbox will share the DISPLAY environment variable also. +Start fluxbox on the specified display\. Programs started by fluxbox will share the DISPLAY environment variable also\. .RE .PP \-h, \-help .RS 4 -Display command line options. +Display command line options\. .RE .PP \-i, \-info .RS 4 -Display useful information concerning the defaults and compiled\-in options. +Display useful information concerning the defaults and compiled\-in options\. .RE .PP \-log logfile .RS 4 -Starting fluxbox with this option will designate a file in which you want to log events to. +Starting fluxbox with this option will designate a file in which you want to log events to\. .RE .PP \-rc rcfile .RS 4 -Use a different config file other than the default ~/.fluxbox/init. +Use a different config file other than the default ~/\.fluxbox/init\. .RE .PP \-v, \-version .RS 4 -The version of fluxbox installed. +The version of fluxbox installed\. .RE .PP \-screen scr,scr|all .RS 4 -Run on specified screens only or all (by default). +Run on specified screens only or all (by default)\. .RE .PP \-verbose .RS 4 -Print more information in process. +Print more information in process\. .RE .SH "STARTING FLUXBOX" -fluxbox(1) comes with a program called startfluxbox(8) usually located wherever you installed fluxbox. This script provides you with many options and variables that can be set when starting fluxbox. To actually call fluxbox and begin using it, you should place "exec startfluxbox" in your ~/.xinitrc or ~/.xsession (depending on your distribution and/or display manager) as the last executed command. This is assuming that the location of fluxbox(1) and startfluxbox(8) are in your shell's $PATH. Also note that you may need to create the ~/.xinitrc file or your setup may use ~/.xsession instead, depending on your X setup. For more information on your shell, please visit your shell's manual page. +fluxbox(1) comes with a program called startfluxbox(8) usually located wherever you installed fluxbox\. This script provides you with many options and variables that can be set when starting fluxbox\. To actually call fluxbox and begin using it, you should place "exec startfluxbox" in your /\.xinitrc or /\.xsession (depending on your distribution and/or display manager) as the last executed command\. This is assuming that the location of fluxbox(1) and startfluxbox(8) are in your shell\'s $PATH\. Also note that you may need to create the /\.xinitrc file or your setup may use /\.xsession instead, depending on your X setup\. For more information on your shell, please visit your shell\'s manual page\. .sp -By using fluxbox \-i you'll see the defaults used by fluxbox(1). These are what fluxbox looks for upon startup. In the list of `Defaults:' you'll see a menu file location, this is where you can provide a system\-wide menu file for your users. +By using fluxbox \-i you\'ll see the defaults used by fluxbox(1)\. These are what fluxbox looks for upon startup\. In the list of `Defaults:\' you\'ll see a menu file location, this is where you can provide a system\-wide menu file for your users\. .sp -On exit or restart, fluxbox will save user defaults in the file ~/.fluxbox/init. Resources in this file can be edited by hand. fluxbox also has many tools to edit these; look through the main menu once fluxbox has started to find different ways of managing your session. +On exit or restart, fluxbox will save user defaults in the file ~/\.fluxbox/init\. Resources in this file can be edited by hand\. fluxbox also has many tools to edit these; look through the main menu once fluxbox has started to find different ways of managing your session\. .sp .SH "USING FLUXBOX" -When using fluxbox for the first time, users who are more accustomed to full desktop environments such as KDE or Gnome may be a little surprised by the minimal screen content. fluxbox is designed to be fast and powerful, so it may take a bit of getting used to \(em however, the rewards are worthwhile. +When using fluxbox for the first time, users who are more accustomed to full desktop environments such as KDE or Gnome may be a little surprised by the minimal screen content\. fluxbox is designed to be fast and powerful, so it may take a bit of getting used to \(em however, the rewards are worthwhile\. .sp -In this section, we'll give a quick summary of the common things. However, we recommend that you consult the referenced sections of this manual to further develop your understanding of what you can do with fluxbox. +In this section, we\'ll give a quick summary of the common things\. However, we recommend that you consult the referenced sections of this manual to further develop your understanding of what you can do with fluxbox\. .sp .SS "Root Window (Main)" -Looking at the fluxbox desktop immediately after startup you'll generally see only one thing: the toolbar. If you right click (mouse button 3) somewhere on the desktop, you can access the RootMenu. A middle click (mouse button 2) on the desktop shows you the WorkspaceMenu. +Looking at the fluxbox desktop immediately after startup you\'ll generally see only one thing: the toolbar\. If you right click (mouse button 3) somewhere on the desktop, you can access the RootMenu\. A middle click (mouse button 2) on the desktop shows you the WorkspaceMenu\. .sp .SS "RootMenu and WorkspaceMenu" -From the RootMenu you can launch applications and configure fluxbox. The WorkspaceMenu shows all windows and on which workspaces they are. See section MENUS on how to customize these menus. +From the RootMenu you can launch applications and configure fluxbox\. The WorkspaceMenu shows all windows and on which workspaces they are\. See section MENUS on how to customize these menus\. .sp .SS "Toolbar" The toolbar contains any combination of the following tools: .sp -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBWorkspace Name\fR: Name of the current visible workspace -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBIconbar\fR: List of windows managed by fluxbox -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBSystem Tray\fR: Area for applets -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBClock\fR: Date and Time -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBWorkspace Arrows\fR: Previous/Next Workspace -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBWindow Arrows\fR: Previous/Next Application Window -The contents of the toolbar can be configured in the `init' file. We discuss the `init' file at great length in the RESOURCES section. +.RE +The contents of the toolbar can be configured in the `init\' file\. We discuss the `init\' file at great length in the RESOURCES section\. .sp .SS "Slit" -Initially you won't be able to see the slit. It is there, but it isn't being used yet. The slit confuses some people initially. Think of it as a dock where you can place smaller programs. If you've looked at any screenshots on the official fluxbox web site, you will have noticed some small programs on the edge of some of the screens. These were more than likely docked programs in the slit. To learn more about the slit, we have an entire section below that goes into detail about the options you have. +Initially you won\'t be able to see the slit\. It is there, but it isn\'t being used yet\. The slit confuses some people initially\. Think of it as a dock where you can place smaller programs\. If you\'ve looked at any screenshots on the official fluxbox web site, you will have noticed some small programs on the edge of some of the screens\. These were more than likely docked programs in the slit\. To learn more about the slit, we have an entire section below that goes into detail about the options you have\. .sp .SS "Layers" fluxbox manages the following layers (from highest to lowest): .sp -.TP 4 -\(bu -Above Dock -.TP 4 -\(bu -Dock -.TP 4 -\(bu -Top -.TP 4 -\(bu -Normal -.TP 4 -\(bu -Bottom -.TP 4 -\(bu -Desktop -Windows on a higher layer will always appear above those on a lower one. These layers can be used on application windows, the slit or the toolbar. You can assign applications to a certain layer by specifying it in the `apps' file or through the WindowMenu. We discuss the `apps' file in the APPLICATIONS section. We discuss the WindowMenu in the MENUS section. We discuss layers in more detail in the LAYERS section. +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Above Dock +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Dock +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Top +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Normal +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Bottom +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Desktop +.RE +Windows on a higher layer will always appear above those on a lower one\. These layers can be used on application windows, the slit or the toolbar\. You can assign applications to a certain layer by specifying it in the `apps\' file or through the WindowMenu\. We discuss the `apps\' file in the APPLICATIONS section\. We discuss the WindowMenu in the MENUS section\. We discuss layers in more detail in the LAYERS section\. .sp .SS "Focus Model" -The window that has the focus is the one that receives key and mouse events. The focus model is selectable via the Configuration menu located in the root menu. We'll discuss the different types of focus below in the FOCUS MODEL section. +The window that has the focus is the one that receives key and mouse events\. The focus model is selectable via the Configuration menu located in the root menu\. We\'ll discuss the different types of focus below in the FOCUS MODEL section\. .sp .SS "Windows" -A left click (mouse button 1) on any part of the window's border will raise it. Dragging then moves the window to another part of the desktop. A right click and drag on the border resizes the window. Dragging the resize grips at the left and right bottom corners also will resize the window. Middle clicking on a border or titlebar will immediately lower the window. Right clicking on the titlebar opens the Window menu. The commands unique to this menu are discussed in detail in the Window Menu section of MENUS. +A left click (mouse button 1) on any part of the window\'s border will raise it\. Dragging then moves the window to another part of the desktop\. A right click and drag on the border resizes the window\. Dragging the resize grips at the left and right bottom corners also will resize the window\. Middle clicking on a border or titlebar will immediately lower the window\. Right clicking on the titlebar opens the Window menu\. The commands unique to this menu are discussed in detail in the Window Menu section of MENUS\. .sp .SS "Tabs" -fluxbox allows windows to be `grouped' by middle clicking and holding on a window's tab and dragging it onto another window. This `tabbing' allows you to put multiple applications in one location on the desktop and do several operations (for example, moving or resizing) to all windows in the group. By default, tabs are located just above the window, but they may be embedded in the titlebar or moved to other locations on the outside of the window. Configuration is discussed in TAB OPTIONS section. +fluxbox allows windows to be `grouped\' by middle clicking and holding on a window\'s tab and dragging it onto another window\. This `tabbing\' allows you to put multiple applications in one location on the desktop and do several operations (for example, moving or resizing) to all windows in the group\. By default, tabs are located just above the window, but they may be embedded in the titlebar or moved to other locations on the outside of the window\. Configuration is discussed in TAB OPTIONS section\. .sp .SH "MENUS" -fluxbox installs a default menu file in @pkgdatadir@/menu. You can also use fluxbox \-i to confirm this action. Of course this system\-wide menu can be customized for all users at once, but it is also possible to create an individual menu file for each user. By convention, users create a menu file in ~/.fluxbox/menu . Once you've created your own menu file, you'll want to make sure that you properly declare this location in your `init' file so that fluxbox knows where to look. The value you'll want to add or change is: +fluxbox installs a default menu file in @pkgdatadir@/menu\. You can also use fluxbox \-i to confirm this action\. Of course this system\-wide menu can be customized for all users at once, but it is also possible to create an individual menu file for each user\. By convention, users create a menu file in ~/\.fluxbox/menu \. Once you\'ve created your own menu file, you\'ll want to make sure that you properly declare this location in your `init\' file so that fluxbox knows where to look\. The value you\'ll want to add or change is: .sp .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.menuFile: <menufile> +session\.menuFile: <menufile> .fi .RE -For this change to take effect, fluxbox must be restarted. Be sure that your menu is usable, then choose `Restart' from the default fluxbox root menu. This restart is only necessary if you make changes to the `init' file; otherwise, fluxbox will automatically detect your changes. +For this change to take effect, fluxbox must be restarted\. Be sure that your menu is usable, then choose `Restart\' from the default fluxbox root menu\. This restart is only necessary if you make changes to the `init\' file; otherwise, fluxbox will automatically detect your changes\. .sp .SS "Root Menu" -The root menu is where you can change different aspects of fluxbox by simply clicking on a menu item. Most of the changes in this menu can also be done in the `init' file. However it makes it very easy to change certain options without having to open up an editor and find the resource. In the root menu, you usually have a `fluxbox menu' or `Settings' submenu, where you will find lots of different options. We'll take a look at most, if not all, of those here. +The root menu is where you can change different aspects of fluxbox by simply clicking on a menu item\. Most of the changes in this menu can also be done in the `init\' file\. However it makes it very easy to change certain options without having to open up an editor and find the resource\. In the root menu, you usually have a `fluxbox menu\' or `Settings\' submenu, where you will find lots of different options\. We\'ll take a look at most, if not all, of those here\. .sp -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBConfigure\fR: The next level under this menu is where you can set certain resources and really begin to customize the look and feel of your desktop. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBSystem Styles\fR: This is where the standard styles are listed. You can select one of these by clicking on it. You may have to `reload' the config or `restart' to get every graphical element to change to the new style. System styles are located in @pkgdatadir@/styles/ upon a default install. Remember that you can confirm this with fluxbox \-i. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBUser Styles\fR: ~/.fluxbox/styles This is the location where you will store new styles that you grab from the Internet. If you create your own styles this is also where you will put yours (provided that you follow the +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBConfigure\fR: The next level under this menu is where you can set certain resources and really begin to customize the look and feel of your desktop\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBSystem Styles\fR: This is where the standard styles are listed\. You can select one of these by clicking on it\. You may have to `reload\' the config or `restart\' to get every graphical element to change to the new style\. System styles are located in @pkgdatadir@/styles/ upon a default install\. Remember that you can confirm this with fluxbox \-i\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBUser Styles\fR: ~/\.fluxbox/styles This is the location where you will store new styles that you grab from the Internet\. If you create your own styles this is also where you will put yours (provided that you follow the \fIstandards\fR -described in fluxstyle(1)). -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBWorkspace List\fR: This is a list of the workspaces configured in your `init' file. If there are programs running on any of the workspaces, they will be listed one level down. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBTools\fR: Listed here are different tools that you can use. You can rename your workspace, run programs from a command line or regenerate your menu. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBWindow\fR: Allows you to switch your window manager. (Only listed if you have other window managers/desktop environments installed.) -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBLock Screen\fR: Locks the screen. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBfluxbox Command\fR: A little Commandline will popup where you can enter a fluxbox command. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBReload Config\fR: Use this to reload any menu files or style files. Just a basic re\-read of the files by a running fluxbox. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBRestart\fR: Restarts the windowmanager. This starts a completely new fluxbox process, rereads files and redraws all graphical elements. Running applications will remain open, however. -.TP 4 -\(bu -\fBExit\fR: Exits fluxbox and shuts down the X Window server. +described in fluxstyle(1))\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBWorkspace List\fR: This is a list of the workspaces configured in your `init\' file\. If there are programs running on any of the workspaces, they will be listed one level down\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBTools\fR: Listed here are different tools that you can use\. You can rename your workspace, run programs from a command line or regenerate your menu\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBWindow\fR: Allows you to switch your window manager\. (Only listed if you have other window managers/desktop environments installed\.) +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBLock Screen\fR: Locks the screen\&... +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBfluxbox Command\fR: A little Commandline will popup where you can enter a fluxbox command\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBReload Config\fR: Use this to reload any menu files or style files\. Just a basic re\-read of the files by a running fluxbox\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBRestart\fR: Restart the whole darn thing\. This starts a completely new fluxbox process, rereads files and redraws all graphical elements\. Running applications will remain open, however\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'*Exit: Exits fluxbox and probably shuts down the X Window server\. +.RE .SS "Configuration Menu" -This menu offers the opportunity to set up fluxbox. It contains many options from the init file, but this is an easier and faster way for most users. +This menu offers the opportunity to set up fluxbox\. It contains many options from the init file, but this is an easier and faster way for most users\. +.sp +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBFocus Model\fR: Please read the FOCUS MODEL section at the end of this manual\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBTab Options\fR: Lets you configure the properties of tabs\. Detailed in TAB OPTIONS section\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBSlit\fR: This Menu can be opened by right clicking the slit (if visible)\. Find more information about this menu\'s options in the SLIT section\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBToolbar\fR: Please take a look at the "Configuration via the Toolbar Menu" part of the TOOLBAR section\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBImage Dithering\fR: Enable or disable dithering of images\. +.RE .sp -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBFocus Model\fR: Please read the FOCUS MODEL section at the end of this manual. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBTab Options\fR: Lets you configure the properties of tabs. Detailed in TAB OPTIONS section. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBSlit\fR: This Menu can be opened by right clicking the slit (if visible). Find more information about this menu's options in the SLIT section. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBToolbar\fR: Please take a look at the "Configuration via the Toolbar Menu" part of the TOOLBAR section. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBImage Dithering\fR: Enable or disable dithering of images. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBOpaque Window Moving\fR: If enabled, you will see the window content while dragging it. Otherwise the window will be shown as a "border". -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBFull Maximization\fR: Enabling this will override the separate settings for the slit/toolbar. Windows will always maximize over/under both of them. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBFocus New Window\fR: If enabled, a newly opened window will gain focus. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBFocus Last Window on Workspace\fR: This focuses the previous window when switching back to a workspace if the option is enabled. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBWindows Warping\fR: If enabled, you can drag windows from one workspace to another. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBDecorate Transient Windows\fR: With this option enabled all temporary windows will have a border and grips. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBClick Raises\fR: If enabled a click anywhere on a window area (including the decorations) will raise it. Otherwise you can only raise it by clicking the titlebar. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBTransparency\fR: This sets the transparency for a focused, unfocused window and the menu. +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBOpaque Window Moving\fR: If enabled, you will see the window content while dragging it\. Otherwise the window will be shown as a "border"\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBFull Maximization\fR: Enabling this will override the separate settings for the slit/toolbar\. Windows will always maximize over/under both of them\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBFocus New Window\fR: If enabled, a newly opened window will gain focus\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBFocus Last Window on Workspace\fR: This focuses the previous window when switching back to a workspace if the option is enabled\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBWindows Warping\fR: If enabled, you can drag windows from one workspace to another\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBDecorate Transient Windows\fR: With this option enabled all temporary windows will have a border and grips\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBClick Raises\fR: If enabled a click anywhere on a window area (including the decorations) will raise it\. Otherwise you can only raise it by clicking the titlebar\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBTransparency\fR: This sets the transparency for a focused, unfocused window and the menu\. +.RE .SS "Window Menu" -The Window menu is displayed when you right click on the titlebar of a window. The options available are: +The Window menu is displayed when you right click on the titlebar of a window\. The options available are: +.sp +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBSend To\&...\fR: Send window to another workspace\. When you select the workspace with a middle click, fluxbox will send you along with the application to the selected workspace\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBShade\fR: Shade the window (display the titlebar only)\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBIconify\fR: Iconify window\. The `icon\' can be found in the Icons submenu of the workspace menu as well as in the toolbar (if a Toolbar mode showing Icons is selected)\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBMaximize\fR: (Un)Maximize window\. Depending on your toolbar and slit configuration, maximize may cover them\. You can use the different mouse buttons for different aspects of maximize function\. +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Button 1 (Un)Maximize as normal\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Button 2 (Un)Maximize window vertically\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Button 3 (Un)Maximize window horizontally\. +.RE +.RE .sp -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBSend To\&...\fR: Send window to another workspace. When you select the workspace with a middle click, fluxbox will send you along with the application to the selected workspace. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBShade\fR: Shade the window (display the titlebar only). -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBIconify\fR: Iconify window. The `icon' can be found in the Icons submenu of the workspace menu as well as in the toolbar (if a Toolbar mode showing Icons is selected). -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBMaximize\fR: (Un)Maximize window. Depending on your toolbar and slit configuration, maximize may cover them. You can use the different mouse buttons for different aspects of maximize function. .RS 4 -.TP 4 -\(bu -Button 1 (Un)Maximize as normal. -.TP 4 -\(bu -Button 2 (Un)Maximize window vertically. -.TP 4 -\(bu -Button 3 (Un)Maximize window horizontally. +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBRaise\fR: Raise the window\. .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBRaise\fR: Raise the window. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBLower\fR: Lower the window. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBStick\fR: (Un)Stick window. A `stuck' window will always be displayed on all workspaces. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBLayer\&...\fR: Change the layer of this window. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBRemember\&...\fR: Specify which window settings should be stored in the apps file, covered later on in the APPLICATIONS section. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBClose\fR: Close the application softly. +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBLower\fR: Lower the window\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBStick\fR: (Un)Stick window\. A `stuck\' window will always be displayed on all workspaces\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBLayer\&...\fR: Change the layer of this window\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBRemember\&...\fR: Specify which window settings should be stored in the apps file, covered later on in the APPLICATIONS section\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBClose\fR: Close the application softly\. +.RE .SS "Workspace Menu" -The workspace menu can be found by middle clicking on the background. A menu will popup giving you the option to add or remove a workspace. You will also see your workspaces listed there; middle clicking on a workspace name will take you to that workspace, whereas clicking on a window name in one of the per\-workspace submenus will take you to the workspace that window is on, and select the window. Last but not least you will notice the Icons menu. This is for applications which have been `iconified'. +The workspace menu can be found by middle clicking on the background\. A menu will popup giving you the option to add or remove a workspace\. You will also see your workspaces listed there; middle clicking on a workspace name will take you to that workspace, whereas clicking on a window name in one of the per\-workspace submenus will take you to the workspace that window is on, and select the window\. Last but not least you will notice the Icons menu\. This is for applications which have been `iconified\'\. .sp .SS "Menu Behavior" -The behavior of the submenus in a menu can be configured in the `init' file, with the following entries (default for both is 0): +The behavior of the submenus in a menu can be configured in the `init\' file, with the following entries (default for both is 0): .sp .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.menuDelay: <msec> -session.screen0.menuDelayClose: <msec> +session\.screen0\.menuDelay: <msec> +session\.screen0\.menuDelayClose: <msec> .fi .RE .SS "Menu Syntax" -There are up to four fields in a menu line. They are of the form: +There are up to four fields in a menu line\. They are of the form: .sp .sp .RS 4@@ -338,96 +387,95 @@ [tag] (label|filename) {command|filename} <icon file>
.fi .RE The supported tags are: -.sp .PP [begin] (label) .RS 4 -This tells fluxbox to start parsing the menu file. This tag is required for fluxbox to read your menu file. If it cannot find it, the system default menu is used in its place. +This tells fluxbox to start parsing the menu file\. This tag is required for fluxbox to read your menu file\. If it cannot find it, the system default menu is used in its place\. .RE .PP [end] .RS 4 -This tells fluxbox that it is at the end of a menu. This can either be a submenu or the main root menu. There must be at least one of these tags in your menu to correspond to the required [begin] tag. +This tells fluxbox that it is at the end of a menu\. This can either be a submenu or the main root menu\. There must be at least one of these tags in your menu to correspond to the required [begin] tag\. .RE .PP [exec] (label) {command} .RS 4 -Inserts a command item into the menu. When you select the menu item from the menu, fluxbox runs -\fIcommand\fR. +Inserts a command item into the menu\. When you select the menu item from the menu, fluxbox runs +\fIcommand\fR\. .RE .PP [exit] (label) .RS 4 -Inserts an item that shuts down and exits fluxbox. Any open windows are reparented to the root window before fluxbox exits. +Inserts an item that shuts down and exits fluxbox\. Any open windows are reparented to the root window before fluxbox exits\. .RE .PP [include] (file\-or\-directory\-name) .RS 4 -Parses the file specified by filename inline with the current menu. The filename can be the full path to a file or it can begin with ~/, which will be expanded into your home directory. If the path is a directory, then all files in the directory are included. +Parses the file specified by filename inline with the current menu\. The filename can be the full path to a file or it can begin with ~/, which will be expanded into your home directory\. If the path is a directory, then all files in the directory are included\. .RE .PP [nop] (label) .RS 4 -Insert a non\-operational item into the current menu. This can be used to help format the menu into blocks or sections if so desired. This tag does support a label, but one is not required in which case a blank item will be used instead. +Insert a non\-operational item into the current menu\. This can be used to help format the menu into blocks or sections if so desired\. This tag does support a label, but one is not required in which case a blank item will be used instead\. .RE .PP [separator] .RS 4 -This will create a nice separation line. Useful for splitting up sections in a +This will create a nice separation line\. Useful for splitting up sections in a \fIpretty\fR -way. +way\. .RE .PP [style] (label) {filename} .RS 4 -This tells fluxbox to insert an item that, when selected, reads style file named filename and apply the new textures, colors and fonts to the current running session. +This tells fluxbox to insert an item that, when selected, reads style file named filename and apply the new textures, colors and fonts to the current running session\. .RE .PP [stylesmenu] (directory) .RS 4 -Reads all filenames from the specified directory, assuming that they are all valid style files, and creates menu items in the current menu for every filename, that, when selected by the user will apply the selected style file to the current session. The labels that are created in the menu are the filenames of the style files. +Reads all filenames from the specified directory, assuming that they are all valid style files, and creates menu items in the current menu for every filename, that, when selected by the user will apply the selected style file to the current session\. The labels that are created in the menu are the filenames of the style files\. .RE .PP [stylesdir] (label) {directory} .RS 4 -Creates a submenu entry with label (that is also the title of the new submenu), and inserts in that submenu all filenames in the specified directory, assuming that they are all valid style files (directories are ignored) in the same way as the [stylesdir] command does. Both [stylesdir] and [stylesmenu] commands make it possible to install style files without editing your init file. +Creates a submenu entry with label (that is also the title of the new submenu), and inserts in that submenu all filenames in the specified directory, assuming that they are all valid style files (directories are ignored) in the same way as the [stylesdir] command does\. Both [stylesdir] and [stylesmenu] commands make it possible to install style files without editing your init file\. .RE .PP [submenu] (label) {menutitle} .RS 4 -This tells fluxbox to create and parse a new menu. This menu is inserted as a submenu into the parent menu. These menus are parsed recursively, so there is no limit to the number of levels or nested submenus you can have. The title for the new menu is optional, if none is supplied, the new menu's title is the same as the item label. An [end] tag is required to end the submenu. +This tells fluxbox to create and parse a new menu\. This menu is inserted as a submenu into the parent menu\. These menus are parsed recursively, so there is no limit to the number of levels or nested submenus you can have\. The title for the new menu is optional, if none is supplied, the new menu\'s title is the same as the item label\. An [end] tag is required to end the submenu\. .RE .PP [reconfig] (label) .RS 4 -When selected this item re\-reads the current style and menu files and applies any changes. This is useful for creating a new style or theme, as you don't have to constantly restart fluxbox every time you save your style. However, fluxbox automatically rereads the menu whenever it changes. +When selected this item re\-reads the current style and menu files and applies any changes\. This is useful for creating a new style or theme, as you don\'t have to constantly restart fluxbox every time you save your style\. However, fluxbox automatically rereads the menu whenever it changes\. .RE .PP [restart] (label) {command} .RS 4 -This tells fluxbox to restart. If command is supplied, it shuts down and runs the command (which is commonly the name of another window manager). If the command is omitted, fluxbox restarts itself. +This tells fluxbox to restart\. If command is supplied, it shuts down and runs the command (which is commonly the name of another window manager)\. If the command is omitted, fluxbox restarts itself\. .RE .PP [config] (label) .RS 4 -Inserts a fluxbox native submenu item, containing numerous configuration options concerning window placement, focus style, window moving style, etc. +Inserts a fluxbox native submenu item, containing numerous configuration options concerning window placement, focus style, window moving style, etc\. .RE .PP [wallpapers] (label) .RS 4 -This allows you to list your backgrounds. This tag is built in to use fbsetbg(1) and allows you to simply click on an image to set your wallpaper. See? fluxbox makes it easy\&... +This allows you to list your backgrounds\. This tag is built in to use fbsetbg(1) and allows you to simply click on an image to set your wallpaper\. See? fluxbox makes it easy\&... .RE .PP [wallpapermenu] (directory) {command} .RS 4 -This inserts a menu item to set the wallpaper for each file in the given directory. The command is optional and defaults to fbsetbg. +This inserts a menu item to set the wallpaper for each file in the given directory\. The command is optional and defaults to fbsetbg\. .RE .PP [workspaces] (label) .RS 4 -This tells fluxbox to insert a link to the workspaces menu directly into your menu. This is handy for those users who can't access the workspace menu directly (e.g. if you don't have a 3 button mouse, it is rather hard to middle click to show the workspace menu). +This tells fluxbox to insert a link to the workspaces menu directly into your menu\. This is handy for those users who can\'t access the workspace menu directly (e\.g\. if you don\'t have a 3 button mouse, it is rather hard to middle click to show the workspace menu)\. .RE -Any line that starts with a \fI#\fR or \fI!\fR is considered a comment and ignored by fluxbox. Also, in the label/command/filename fields you can escape any character. Using \fI\\\\\fR inserts a literal back\-slash into the label/command/filename field. +Any line that starts with a \fI#\fR or \fI!\fR is considered a comment and ignored by fluxbox\. Also, in the label/command/filename fields you can escape any character\. Using \fI\e\e\fR inserts a literal back\-slash into the label/command/filename field\. .sp Here is an example menu file: .sp@@ -436,7 +484,7 @@ .RS 4
.nf # fluxbox menu file [begin] (fluxbox) - [exec] (rxvt) {rxvt \-ls} </usr/X11R6/share/icons/terminal.xpm> + [exec] (rxvt) {rxvt \-ls} </usr/X11R6/share/icons/terminal\.xpm> [exec] (netscape) {netscape \-install} [exec] (The GIMP) {gimp} [exec] (XV) {xv}@@ -450,9 +498,9 @@ [exec] (edit) {mozilla \-edit}
[exec] (compose) {mozilla \-compose} [end] [submenu] (Window Manager) - [exec] (Edit Menus) {nedit ~/.fluxbox/menu} + [exec] (Edit Menus) {nedit ~/\.fluxbox/menu} [submenu] (Style) {Which Style?} - [stylesdir] (~/.fluxbox/styles) + [stylesdir] (~/\.fluxbox/styles) [stylesmenu] (fluxbox Styles) {@pkgdatadir@/styles} [end] [config] (Config Options)@@ -464,138 +512,153 @@ [end]
.fi .RE .SH "TOOLBAR" -The toolbar is a small area to display information like a clock, workspace name, a system tray or a taskbar (iconbar) that can contain the running programs. The color, look, font etc. is defined in the style and can't be defined as a global setting (except with the style overlay). +The toolbar is a small area to display information like a clock, workspace name, a system tray or a taskbar (iconbar) that can contain the running programs\. The color, look, font etc\. is defined in the style and can\'t be defined as a global setting (except with the style overlay)\. .sp The tools in the toolbar can be enabled/disabled in the init file with the arguments given to the line: .sp .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.toolbar.tools +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.tools .fi .RE -The order and number of tools is freely selectable, but they must be separated by a ",". E.g.: +The order and number of tools is freely selectable, but they must be separated by a ","\. E\.g\.: .sp .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.toolbar.tools: workspacename, systemtray, iconbar, clock +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.tools: workspacename, systemtray, iconbar, clock .fi .RE The possible tools are: .sp -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBClock\fR: This will show an area to display a clock and the date according to the format specification listed in "man strtftime" -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBIconbar\fR: This is the area that contains all windows (all running applications, all minimized windows or maybe no window, all depending on the Toolbar Settings). -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBSystemtray\fR: The Systemtray can hold applications that are made to use it. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBWorkspaceName\fR: This displays the name of the current workspace. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBPrevWorkspace\fR: This displays an arrow that allows to switch to the workspace left of the current one. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBNextWorkspace\fR: This displays an arrow that allows to switch to the workspace right of the current one. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBPrevWindow\fR: This displays an arrow that switches focus to the previous visible window on the current workspace. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBNextWindow\fR: This displays an arrow that switches focus to the next visible window on the current workspace. -Other aspects of the toolbar can be configured in two ways: through the toolbar menu, which is accessable in the Configuration part of the RootMenu or with a right click on the edge the toolbar, or by editing the init file (see the RESOURCES section for more information about that). +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBIconbar\fR: This is the area that contains all windows (all running applications, all minimized windows or maybe no window, all depending on the Toolbar Settings)\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBSystemtray\fR: The Systemtray can hold applications that are made to use it\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBWorkspaceName\fR: This displays the name of the current workspace\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBPrevWorkspace\fR: This displays an arrow that allows to switch to the workspace left of the current one\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBNextWorkspace\fR: This displays an arrow that allows to switch to the workspace right of the current one\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBPrevWindow\fR: This displays an arrow that switches focus to the previous visible window on the current workspace\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBNextWindow\fR: This displays an arrow that switches focus to the next visible window on the current workspace\. +.RE +Other aspects of the toolbar can be configured in two ways: through the toolbar menu, which is accessable in the Configuration part of the RootMenu or with a right click on the edge the toolbar, or by editing the init file (see the RESOURCES section for more information about that)\. .sp .SS "Configuration via the Toolbar Menu" -All changes take effect immediately, which needs a restart to make the change visible. Here are the settings: +All changes take effect immediately, except for a change of the "Toolbar Alpha", which needs a restart to make the change visible\. Here are the settings: +.sp .sp -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBVisible\fR: Sets the toolbar either to visible or invisible. +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBVisible\fR: Sets the toolbar either to visible or invisible\. .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.toolbar.visible: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.visible: <boolean> .fi .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBAuto hide\fR: If this is enabled the toolbar will disappear after a defined time when the mouse pointer leaves the toolbar. It will slide in when the cursor hits the remaining edge of the toolbar. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBAuto hide\fR: If this is enabled the toolbar will disappear after a defined time when the mouse pointer leaves the toolbar\. It will slide in when the cursor hits the remaining edge of the toolbar\. .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.toolbar.autoHide: <boolean> -session.autoRaiseDelay: <int> +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.autoHide: <boolean> +session\.autoRaiseDelay: <int> .fi .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBToolbar width percentage\fR: Sets the width of the toolbar in percent. Use the left mouse button to decrease and the right mouse\-button to increase the value. The value can be from 1\-100. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBToolbar width percentage\fR: Sets the width of the toolbar in percent\. Use the left mouse button to decrease and the right mouse\-button to increase the value\. The value can be from 1\-100\. .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.toolbar.widthPercent: <int> +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.widthPercent: <int> .fi .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBMaximize Over\fR: Enabling this option will prevent windows from maximizing over the toolbar. With this switched on they will only expand to the edge of the bar. To use this option, "Full Maximization" from the Configuration menu must be DISABLED. Otherwise this option will not work. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBMaximize Over\fR: Enabling this option will prevent windows from maximizing over the toolbar\. With this switched on they will only expand to the edge of the bar\. To use this option, "Full Maximization" from the Configuration menu must be DISABLED\. Otherwise this option will not work\. .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.toolbar.maxOver: <boolean> -session.screen0.fullMaximization: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.maxOver: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.fullMaximization: <boolean> .fi .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBLayer\&...\fR: This sets the layer on which the toolbar is set. With this you can set the toolbar to "Always on top". +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBLayer\&...\fR: This sets the layer on which the toolbar is set\. With this you can set the toolbar to "Always on top"\. .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.toolbar.layer: <layer> +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.layer: <layer> .fi .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBPlacement\fR: Sets the toolbar to any edge of the screen, either centered or aligned with a corner. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBPlacement\fR: Sets the toolbar to any edge of the screen, either centered or aligned with a corner\. .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.toolbar.placement: <direction> +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.placement: <direction> .fi .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBAlpha\fR: This sets the alpha value for the toolbar. Use the left mouse button to decrease and the right mouse button to increase the value. 0 is invisible, 255 is not transparent at all. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBAlpha\fR: This sets the alpha value for the toolbar\. Use the left mouse button to decrease and the right mouse button to increase the value\. 0 is invisible, 255 is not transparent at all\. .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.toolbar.alpha: <int> +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.alpha: <int> .fi .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBIconbar Mode\fR: .sp .RS 4@@ -603,136 +666,146 @@ .nf
Specifies the mode of the iconbar: .fi .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBNone\fR: will not show any windows -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBIcons\fR: shows windows from all workspaces that are minimized (iconified) -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBNoIcons\fR: shows windows from all workspaces that are not minimized (iconified) -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBWorkspaceIcons\fR: shows windows from the current workspace that are minimized (iconified) -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBWorkspaceNoIcons\fR: shows windows from the current workspace that are not minimized (iconified) -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBWorkspace\fR: shows all windows from the current workspace -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBAll Windows\fR: shows all windows from all workspaces .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.iconbar.mode: <mode> +session\.screen0\.iconbar\.mode: <mode> .fi .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBAlignment\fR: -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBLeft\fR: all icons will be left\-aligned with the width set in the init file -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBRelative\fR: all icons will be sized evenly to fill the iconbar completely -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBRight\fR: all icons will be right\-aligned with the width set in the init file .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.iconbar.alignment: <alignment> -session.screen0.iconbar.iconWidth: <int> +session\.screen0\.iconbar\.alignment: <alignment> +session\.screen0\.iconbar\.iconWidth: <int> .fi .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBShow Pictures\fR: If enabled the iconbar will show the application's icon (if provided by the application) +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBShow Pictures\fR: If enabled the iconbar will show the application\'s icon (if provided by the application) .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.iconbar.usePixmap: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.iconbar\.usePixmap: <boolean> .fi .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBClock\fR: Lets you switch between the 00:00am \- 11:59pm and 00:00 \- 23:59 notation -.TP 4 -\(bu - +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' \fBEdit Clock Format\fR: clicking this entry will pop up a little window in which the clock format can be set according to \fIman strftime\fR (or -\fIman date\fR). +\fIman date\fR)\. .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.strftimeFormat: <format> +session\.screen0\.strftimeFormat: <format> .fi .RE +.RE .SH "RESOURCES" -Usually the ~/.fluxbox/init resource file is created and maintained by fluxbox itself. You can use the [config] menu to set most of these options. However, we'll cover all of the resource options that are available to the user. If you edit this file while fluxbox is running, you must `reconfigure' to reload the resource options. +Usually the ~/\.fluxbox/init resource file is created and maintained by fluxbox itself\. You can use the [config] menu to set most of these options\. However, we\'ll cover all of the resource options that are available to the user\. If you edit this file while fluxbox is running, you must `reconfigure\' to reload the resource options\. .sp -When running fluxbox in a multiple desktop environment the screen0 key can also be screen1, screen2, etc. You can customize the behavior of fluxbox on each desktop accordingly. Here are the resources that are currently available: +When running fluxbox in a multiple desktop environment the screen0 key can also be screen1, screen2, etc\. You can customize the behavior of fluxbox on each desktop accordingly\. Here are the resources that are currently available: .sp .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.window.focus.alpha: <integer> -session.screen0.window.unfocus.alpha: <integer> +session\.screen0\.window\.focus\.alpha: <integer> +session\.screen0\.window\.unfocus\.alpha: <integer> These resources are available to the user to set different levels of - transparency for different components of fluxbox. Each one accepts a value - between 0\-255, 255 being opaque and 0 being completely transparent. + transparency for different components of fluxbox\. Each one accepts a value + between 0\-255, 255 being opaque and 0 being completely transparent\. Default: 255 -session.screen0.slit.autoHide: <boolean> -session.screen0.toolbar.autoHide: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.slit\.autoHide: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.autoHide: <boolean> The autoHide resources allow the user to set the behavior of the toolbar - and slit. This behavior can be that they disappear when they are not being - used actively by the user, or they remain visible at all times. Default: + and slit\. This behavior can be that they disappear when they are not being + used actively by the user, or they remain visible at all times\. Default: False -session.screen0.desktopwheeling: <boolean> - This sets the ability to utilize the user's scroll wheel to change the - current workspace. Default: True - -session.screen0.windowScrollAction: shade|nexttab +session\.screen0\.windowScrollAction: shade|nexttab This allows you to execute a command by scrolling on the titlebar of a - window. For `shade', scrolling down will shade the window, and scrolling - up will unshade it. For `nexttab', scrolling down will focus the next tab, - and scrolling up will focus the previous one. Default: <blank> + window\. For `shade\', scrolling down will shade the window, and scrolling + up will unshade it\. For `nexttab\', scrolling down will focus the next tab, + and scrolling up will focus the previous one\. Default: <blank> -session.screen0.reversewheeling: <boolean> -session.screen0.windowScrollReverse: <boolean> - These switch the roles of scrolling up and scrolling down for the previous - two sets of resources. Default: False +session\.screen0\.windowScrollReverse: <boolean> + This switches the role of scrolling up and scrolling down for the previous + resource\. Default: False -session.screen0.slit.layer: <layer> -session.screen0.toolbar.layer: <layer> +session\.screen0\.slit\.layer: <layer> +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.layer: <layer> With these two resources, you can set the layer you want the toolbar and - the slit to appear on. Please read the LAYER section for more information. + the slit to appear on\. Please read the LAYER section for more information\. Default: Dock -session.screen0.slit.placement: <placement> -session.screen0.toolbar.placement: <placement> - These allow users to place the slit and toolbar where they like. Possible +session\.screen0\.slit\.placement: <placement> +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.placement: <placement> + These allow users to place the slit and toolbar where they like\. Possible options are: \- BottomCenter \- BottomLeft@@ -747,30 +820,30 @@ \- TopCenter
\- TopLeft \- TopRight -session.screen0.slit.maxOver: <boolean> -session.screen0.toolbar.maxOver: <boolean> -session.screen0.tabs.maxOver: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.slit\.maxOver: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.maxOver: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.tabs\.maxOver: <boolean> Setting these to True will allow application windows to maximize over the - complete screen. Setting to False allows the slit, toolbar, and external + complete screen\. Setting to False allows the slit, toolbar, and external tabs to hold their territory and will always be visible when an - application is maximized. Default: False + application is maximized\. Default: False -session.screen0.toolbar.height: <integer> - Set the height of the toolbar. If the value is set to 0, the style file - will gain control over the toolbar height. It is possible to set a fixed - height by changing this value to something greater than 0. Default: 0 +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.height: <integer> + Set the height of the toolbar\. If the value is set to 0, the style file + will gain control over the toolbar height\. It is possible to set a fixed + height by changing this value to something greater than 0\. Default: 0 -session.screen0.toolbar.visible: <boolean> - The user can set whether they want to have a toolbar on screen at all. - Setting to False removes the toolbar from the screen. Default: True +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.visible: <boolean> + The user can set whether they want to have a toolbar on screen at all\. + Setting to False removes the toolbar from the screen\. Default: True -session.screen0.toolbar.widthPercent: <integer> - This resource sets the width percentage of the toolbar on the screen. +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.widthPercent: <integer> + This resource sets the width percentage of the toolbar on the screen\. Default: 65 -session.screen0.toolbar.tools: <tools> - This resource specifies the tools plugged into the toolbar. Read the - TOOLBAR section in this manual for a description of each of these. +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.tools: <tools> + This resource specifies the tools plugged into the toolbar\. Read the + TOOLBAR section in this manual for a description of each of these\. Possible tools:: \- clock \- iconbar@@ -781,38 +854,27 @@ \- prevworkspace
\- systemtray \- workspacename -session.screen0.slit.onhead: <integer> -session.screen0.toolbar.onhead: <integer> +session\.screen0\.slit\.onhead: <integer> +session\.screen0\.toolbar\.onhead: <integer> For those that use xinerama, users can set this value to the number of the - head where they would like to see the slit and toolbar, starting from 1. - Setting this to 0 will ignore xinerama information. Default: 0 + head where they would like to see the slit and toolbar, starting from 1\. + Setting this to 0 will ignore xinerama information\. Default: 0 -session.screen0.iconbar.mode: <mode> - This value is set in the Iconbar Mode menu. The available options are:: - \- All Windows - \- Icons - \- NoIcons - \- None - \- Workspace - \- WorkspaceIcons - \- WorkspaceNoIcons +session\.screen0\.iconbar\.mode: <pattern> + This determines which windows will be displayed in the iconbar\. Any window + pattern available to the Next/PrevWindow keybindings is acceptable\. + Default: {static groups} (workspace) -session.screen0.iconbar.usePixmap: <boolean> - This is also set in the Iconbar Mode menu. When set to True, this will - show the native icon of applications. Default: True +session\.screen0\.iconbar\.usePixmap: <boolean> + This is also set in the Iconbar Mode menu\. When set to True, this will + show the native icon of applications\. Default: True -session.screen0.iconbar.iconTextPadding: <integer> +session\.screen0\.iconbar\.iconTextPadding: <integer> This specifies the space between the window title and the edge of the - button. Default: 10 - -session.screen0.iconbar.wheelMode: Screen|On|Off - This defines the behavior for scrolling on the iconbar. `Screen' uses the - value set in session.screen0.desktopWheeling . `On' means scrolling on the - iconbar will change the current workspace. `Off' means scrolling on the - iconbar will do nothing. Default: Screen + button\. Default: 10 -session.screen0.iconbar.alignment: <position> - This value should be changed in the Iconbar Mode menu. Default: +session\.screen0\.iconbar\.alignment: <position> + This value should be changed in the Iconbar Mode menu\. Default: Relative Available options:@@ -820,122 +882,114 @@ \- Left: Fixed width, aligned left
\- Relative: Width varies to fill the iconbar \- Right: Fixed width, aligned right -session.screen0.iconbar.iconWidth: <integer> - Used to specify the iconbar button width for Left/Right alignment. +session\.screen0\.iconbar\.iconWidth: <integer> + Used to specify the iconbar button width for Left/Right alignment\. Default: 70 -session.screen0.overlay.lineWidth: 1 -session.screen0.overlay.lineStyle: LineSolid -session.screen0.overlay.joinStyle: JoinMiter -session.screen0.overlay.capStyle: CapNotLast - These are options for how fluxbox draws lines. See - `man XSetLineAttributes' for more details. Defaults: listed above - -session.screen0.slit.direction: Vertical|Horizontal - This specifies whether clients in the slit are arranged horizontally or - vertically. Default: Vertical +session\.screen0\.overlay\.lineWidth: 1 +session\.screen0\.overlay\.lineStyle: LineSolid +session\.screen0\.overlay\.joinStyle: JoinMiter +session\.screen0\.overlay\.capStyle: CapNotLast + These are options for how fluxbox draws lines\. See + `man XSetLineAttributes\' for more details\. Defaults: listed above -session.screen0.strftimeFormat: <date> - This adjusts the way the current time is displayed in the toolbar. The - strftime(3) format is used. Default: %I:%M %p +session\.screen0\.strftimeFormat: <date> + This adjusts the way the current time is displayed in the toolbar\. The + strftime(3) format is used\. Default: %I:%M %p -session.screen0.tabs.intitlebar: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.tabs\.intitlebar: <boolean> This specifies whether tabs should be embedded in the titlebar or placed - outside the window. Default: False + outside the window\. Default: True -session.screen0.tab.placement: <placement> - This specifies where external tabs will appear on the window. Default: +session\.screen0\.tab\.placement: <placement> + This specifies where external tabs will appear on the window\. Default: TopLeft -session.screen0.tab.width: <integer> - This specifies the width of external tabs in pixels. Default: 64 +session\.screen0\.tab\.width: <integer> + This specifies the width of external tabs in pixels\. Default: 64 -session.screen0.followModel: <model> -session.screen0.userFollowModel: <model> +session\.screen0\.userFollowModel: <model> This specifies the behavior when a window on another workspace becomes the - active window. The former is used when an application asks to focus the - window, and the latter is used when the window is activated due to user - actions, such as clicking in the iconbar, menu, or a pager. `Ignore' does - nothing. `Follow' moves to the window's workspace. `Current' moves the - window to the current workspace. `SemiFollow' acts like `Current' for - iconified windows and like `Follow' otherwise. Defaults: Ignore and - Follow, respectively. + active window\. `Ignore\' does nothing\. `Follow\' moves to the window\'s + workspace\. `Current\' moves the window to the current workspace\. + `SemiFollow\' acts like `Current\' for minimized windows and like `Follow\' + otherwise\. Default: Follow -session.screen0.resizeMode: Bottom|Quadrant|Center - Setting this resource to `Quadrant' makes resizing by using the modkey - grab the corner closest to the mouse pointer instead of the bottom right - corner. `Center' resizes all corners at the same time. Default: Bottom +session\.screen0\.followModel: <model> + This specifies the behavior when a window on another workspace requests to + be focused\. `Ignore\' does nothing, and `Follow\' uses the setting in + session\.screen0\.userFollowModel\. Default: Ignore -session.screen0.focusModel: ClickToFocus|MouseFocus - This controls how windows gain focus via the mouse. With `ClickToFocus', - the user must click on the window. With `MouseFocus', windows gain focus - whenever the mouse moves over them. Default: ClickToFocus +session\.screen0\.focusModel: ClickToFocus|MouseFocus + This controls how windows gain focus via the mouse\. With `ClickToFocus\', + the user must click on the window\. With `MouseFocus\', windows gain focus + whenever the mouse moves over them\. Default: ClickToFocus -session.screen0.autoRaise: <boolean> - When True, this setting automatically raises any window that gains focus. +session\.screen0\.autoRaise: <boolean> + When True, this setting automatically raises any window that gains focus\. Default: True -session.autoRaiseDelay: <integer> +session\.autoRaiseDelay: <integer> Adjusts the delay (in milli\-sec) before focused windows will raise - when using the Autoraise option. Default: 250 + when using the Autoraise option\. Default: 250 -session.screen0.clickRaises: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.clickRaises: <boolean> This setting allows a user to click anywhere on a window to bring it on - top of other windows. Otherwise, only the titlebar will work. Default: + top of other windows\. Otherwise, only the titlebar will work\. Default: True -session.screen0.workspacewarping: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.workspacewarping: <boolean> This setting enables a user to change workspaces by dragging a window - across the edge of the screen. Default: True + across the edge of the screen\. Default: True -session.screen0.showwindowposition: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.showwindowposition: <boolean> Setting this resource to True shows the user, in a little window, the exact position of the application window while the user is - dragging it. Allows a precise placement of windows on a screen. + dragging it\. Allows a precise placement of windows on a screen\. Default: True -session.screen0.decorateTransient: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.decorateTransient: <boolean> This controls whether or not transient windows get certain window - decorations, currently the maximize button and handle. + decorations, currently the maximize button and handle\. Default: True -session.screen0.defaultDeco: <bitmask> +session\.screen0\.defaultDeco: <string> This specifies the default window decorations, according to the same - bitmask as used by the `[Deco]' option in the `apps' file, described in - the APPLICATIONS section. Default: all bits set. + options available to the `[Deco]\' option in the `apps\' file, described in + the APPLICATIONS section\. Default: NORMAL\. -session.screen0.menuMode: Delay|Click - This setting controls the circumstances under which submenus open. With - `Click', the user must click on the menu item in order for the submenu to - open. With `Delay', submenus open when the mouse hovers over the menu - item. Default: Delay +session\.screen0\.menuMode: Delay|Click + This setting controls the circumstances under which submenus open\. With + `Click\', the user must click on the menu item in order for the submenu to + open\. With `Delay\', submenus open when the mouse hovers over the menu + item\. Default: Delay -session.screen0.menuDelay: <integer> +session\.screen0\.menuDelay: <integer> This sets the delay in milliseconds for submenus to open with the previous - option set to `Delay'. Default: 0 + option set to `Delay\'\. Default: 0 -session.screen0.menuDelayClose: 0 +session\.screen0\.menuDelayClose: 0 This value sets the delay in milliseconds that you would like the menu to - remain visible after you've clicked out of it. Default: 0 + remain visible after you\'ve clicked out of it\. Default: 0 -session.screen0.focusNewWindows: <boolean> - This sets whether or not new windows will become focused automatically. +session\.screen0\.focusNewWindows: <boolean> + This sets whether or not new windows will become focused automatically\. Default: True -session.screen0.workspaceNames: <names> - Here is where the user can name their workspaces. However it is +session\.screen0\.workspaceNames: <names> + Here is where the user can name their workspaces\. However it is recommended to use the tool available in the Configuration Menu to set - these. Default: one, two, three, four + these\. Default: one, two, three, four -session.screen0.edgeSnapThreshold: <integer> - When moving a window across your screen, fluxbox is able to have it `snap' - to the edges of the screen and other windows for easy placement. This +session\.screen0\.edgeSnapThreshold: <integer> + When moving a window across your screen, fluxbox is able to have it `snap\' + to the edges of the screen and other windows for easy placement\. This variable tells fluxbox the distance (in pixels) at which the window will - jump to the edge. Default: 0 + jump to the edge\. Default: 0 -session.screen0.windowPlacement: <placement strategy> +session\.screen0\.windowPlacement: <placement strategy> This resource specifies where to place new windows when not otherwise - specified (by the program or the `apps' file, for example). Here are the + specified (by the program or the `apps\' file, for example)\. Here are the options: \- RowSmartPlacement: tries to place windows in rows without overlapping \- ColSmartPlacement: tries to place windows in columns without overlapping@@ -943,601 +997,247 @@ \- CascadePlacement: places windows below the titlebar of the previous one
\- UnderMousePlacement: places new windows underneath the mouse Default: RowSmartPlacement -session.screen0.rowPlacementDirection: LeftToRight|RightToLeft -session.screen0.colPlacementDirection: TopToBottom|BottomToTop +session\.screen0\.rowPlacementDirection: LeftToRight|RightToLeft +session\.screen0\.colPlacementDirection: TopToBottom|BottomToTop These settings control the direction in which windows are tiled using the - RowSmartPlacement and ColSmartPlacement strategies described above. + RowSmartPlacement and ColSmartPlacement strategies described above\. Default: LeftToRight/TopToBottom -session.screen0.fullMaximization: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.fullMaximization: <boolean> If this setting is enabled, windows will maximize over the toolbar, slit, and any other window that creates a strut, no matter what their individual - settings are. Default: False + settings are\. Default: False -session.screen0.rootCommand: <command> +session\.screen0\.rootCommand: <command> This runs a command when fluxbox starts, intended for setting a default - background. If you want to override backgrounds set by styles, you should - add `background: none' to your style overlay (see section STYLE OVERLAY). - NOTE: Setting this command can be dangerous. Please make sure you know + background\. If you want to override backgrounds set by styles, you should + add `background: none\' to your style overlay (see section STYLE OVERLAY)\. + NOTE: Setting this command can be dangerous\. Please make sure you know what you are doing when setting this resource to a value other than a - desktop wallpaper command. + desktop wallpaper command\. -session.screen0.imageDither: <boolean> - This controls whether or not fluxbox created dithered images. Default: +session\.screen0\.imageDither: <boolean> + This controls whether or not fluxbox created dithered images\. Default: False -session.screen0.opaqueMove: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.opaqueMove: <boolean> When moving a window, setting this to True will draw the window - contents as it moves (this is nasty on slow systems). If False, it - will only draw an outline of the window border. Default: False + contents as it moves (this is nasty on slow systems)\. If False, it + will only draw an outline of the window border\. Default: False -session.screen0.workspaces: <integer> - Set this to the number of workspaces the users wants. Default: 4 +session\.screen0\.workspaces: <integer> + Set this to the number of workspaces the users wants\. Default: 4 -session.screen0.windowMenu: <blank>|<location> - This specifies the location of a user\-defined window menu. Default: blank +session\.screen0\.windowMenu: <blank>|<location> + This specifies the location of a user\-defined window menu\. Default: blank -session.appsFile: <location> -session.groupFile: <location> -session.keyFile: <location> -session.menuFile: <location> -session.slitlistFile: <location> -session.styleFile: <location> -session.styleOverlay: <location> - All of these resources require a pathname to their specific files. This is - where you can specify different files. Most of the defaults will be - located in the user's ~/.fluxbox directory. +session\.appsFile: <location> +session\.groupFile: <location> +session\.keyFile: <location> +session\.menuFile: <location> +session\.slitlistFile: <location> +session\.styleFile: <location> +session\.styleOverlay: <location> + All of these resources require a pathname to their specific files\. This is + where you can specify different files\. Most of the defaults will be + located in the user\'s ~/\.fluxbox directory\. -session.cacheLife: <integer> +session\.cacheLife: <integer> This tells fluxbox how long (in minutes) unused pixmaps may stay in the X - server's memory. Default: 5 + server\'s memory\. Default: 5 -session.cacheMax: <integer> +session\.cacheMax: <integer> This tells fluxbox how much memory (in Kb) it may use to store cached - pixmaps on the X server. If your machine runs short of memory, you may - lower this value. Default: 200 + pixmaps on the X server\. If your machine runs short of memory, you may + lower this value\. Default: 200 -session.colorsPerChannel: <integer> +session\.colorsPerChannel: <integer> This tells fluxbox how many colors to take from the X server on - pseudo\-color displays. A channel would be red, green, or blue. fluxbox - will allocate this variable ^ 3 and make them always available. Value must - be between 2\-6. When you run fluxbox on an 8bpp display, you must set this - resource to 4. Default: 4 + pseudo\-color displays\. A channel would be red, green, or blue\. fluxbox + will allocate this variable ^ 3 and make them always available\. Value must + be between 2\-6\. When you run fluxbox on an 8bpp display, you must set this + resource to 4\. Default: 4 -session.doubleClickInterval: <integer> +session\.doubleClickInterval: <integer> Adjust the delay in milliseconds between mouse clicks for fluxbox to - consider a double click. Default: 250 + consider a double click\. Default: 250 -session.forcePseudoTransparency: <boolean> - If you have Xorg's composite extension enabled, this setting will force +session\.forcePseudoTransparency: <boolean> + If you have Xorg\'s composite extension enabled, this setting will force the menu, windows, toolbar, and slit to use pseudo\-transparency instead of - true transparency. Default: False + true transparency\. Default: False -session.ignoreBorder: <boolean> - This configures the ability to move windows by dragging the border. +session\.ignoreBorder: <boolean> + This configures the ability to move windows by dragging the border\. Default: False -session.tabPadding: <integer> - This specifies the spacing between tabs. Default: 0 +session\.tabPadding: <integer> + This specifies the spacing between tabs\. Default: 0 -session.tabsAttachArea: Window|Titlebar - With this set to `Window', windows may be grouped by dragging one tab with - the middle mouse button and dropping it anywhere on another window. With - `Titlebar', the user must drop the tab on the target window's titlebar. +session\.tabsAttachArea: Window|Titlebar + With this set to `Window\', windows may be grouped by dragging one tab with + the middle mouse button and dropping it anywhere on another window\. With + `Titlebar\', the user must drop the tab on the target window\'s titlebar\. Default: Window -session.titlebar.left: Stick -session.titlebar.right: Minimize Maximize Close - The icons to place in the titlebar of decorated windows. The available - options are Close, Maximize, MenuIcon, Minimize, Shade, and Stick. - -session.modKey: <modifier> - This specifies a modifier to use to drag and resize windows without - clicking on the border or titlebar. For example, Alt + Left click will - move windows, and Alt + Right click will resize. Default: Mod1 +session\.titlebar\.left: Stick +session\.titlebar\.right: Minimize Maximize Close + The icons to place in the titlebar of decorated windows\. The available + options are Close, Maximize, MenuIcon, Minimize, Shade, and Stick\. .fi .RE .SH "KEYS" -You can customize fluxbox's key handling through the ~/.fluxbox/keys file. The file takes the format of: +You can customize fluxbox\'s key handling through the ~/\.fluxbox/keys file\. See \fIfluxbox\-keys(5)\fR for more information on the syntax of this file\. +.sp +.SH "LAYERS" +Layers affect the way that windows will overlap each other on the screen\. Windows on a higher layer will always appear above those on a lower one, whether they are focused or not\. By default, fluxbox uses 13 layers, starting from 1 (highest)\. The number of layers can be changed by using the following resource: .sp .sp .RS 4 .nf -[keymode:] <modifier> <key> :<command> <operation> +session\.numLayers: <integer> .fi .RE -In the example below, Mod1 is the \fIALT\fR key on the PC keyboard and Mod4 is one of the three extra keys on a pc104 branded with a familiar company logo. Lines beginning with a \fI#\fR or \fI!\fR are considered comments and unread by fluxbox. +There are two ways to assign a window to a different layer\. When the window is open, you may select the layer in the `Layer \&...\' submenu of the window menu\. The menu gives six choices for the layer, which fluxbox manages by name\. The names are (from highest to lowest layer): +.sp +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'2 \- Above Dock +.RE .sp -You can get a list of possible modifiers by calling \fIxmodmap \-pm\fR. This also shows you to which keys the modifiers are mapped. Additionally there is the \fIOnDesktop\fR modifier. To find valid keynames check the following files: +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'4 \- Dock +.RE .sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'6 \- Top +.RE .sp .RS 4 -.nf -/usr/X11R6/include/X11/keysymdef.h -/usr/X11R6/lib/X11/XKeysymDB -.fi +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'8 \- Normal .RE -Furthermore you can use Mouse1, Mouse2, etc to define actions for your mouse buttons. .sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'10 \- Bottom +.RE .sp .RS 4 -.nf -# fluxbox keys file. -Mod1 Tab :NextWindow -Mod1 Shift Tab :PrevWindow -Mod1 F1 :Workspace 1 -Mod1 F2 :Workspace 2 -Mod1 F3 :Workspace 3 -Mod1 F4 :Workspace 4 -Mod1 F5 :Workspace 5 -Mod1 F6 :Workspace 6 -Mod1 F7 :Workspace 7 -Mod1 F8 :Workspace 8 -Mod1 F9 :Workspace 9 -Mod4 b :PrevWorkspace -Mod4 c :Minimize -Mod4 r :ExecCommand rxvt -Mod4 v :NextWorkspace -Mod4 x :Close -Mod4 m :RootMenu -Control n Mod1 n :NextTab -.fi +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'12 \- Desktop .RE -As you can see from the last line, keybindings can be chained in a fashion similar to Emacs keybindings. +The other way to set the layer for a window is through the `apps\' file\. This method is described in the APPLICATIONS section\. +.sp +.SH "FOCUS MODEL" +The Focus Model defines how windows gain focus (i\.e\. become the active window, which receives keyboard and mouse events)\. The focus model can be changed in the configuration menu (usually located under \fIfluxbox menu\fR in the Root Menu\. +.sp +There are two main aspects of the focus model: how windows gain focus and how tabs gain focus\. Each of these has two options: focus follows mouse and click to focus\. Focus follows mouse means that windows will gain focus when the mouse hovers over them\. Click to focus means that windows will gain focus when the mouse clicks on them\. .sp -Some things to know: \- Commands are case\-insensitive. \- Workspace numbering starts at "1". \- Some commands have synonyms. \- The space between the last key and the :Command is mandatory. +Thus, there are four main options when choosing a focus model\. You should choose one of the first two and one of the last two\. They are: .sp -Here are fluxbox key commands to use: .sp -.SS "Window Manager Commands" -.TP 4 -\(bu -Restart <argument> -.TP 4 -\(bu -Quit -.TP 4 -\(bu -Reconfigure -.TP 4 -\(bu -SetStyle <argument> -.TP 4 -\(bu -ExecCommand <argument> -.SS "Currently Focused Window Commands" -.TP 4 -\(bu -Minimize -.TP 4 -\(bu -MinimizeWindow -.TP 4 -\(bu -Iconify -.TP 4 -\(bu -Maximize -.TP 4 -\(bu -MaximizeWindow -.TP 4 -\(bu -MaximizeHorizontal -.TP 4 -\(bu -MaximizeVertical -.TP 4 -\(bu -ResizeTo <width> <height> -.TP 4 -\(bu -Resize <delta\-width> <delta\-height> -.TP 4 -\(bu -ResizeHorizontal <delta\-width> -.TP 4 -\(bu -ResizeVertical <delta\-height> -.TP 4 -\(bu -MoveTo <x> <y> -.TP 4 -\(bu -Move <delta\-x> <delta\-y> -.TP 4 -\(bu -MoveRight <delta\-x> -.TP 4 -\(bu -MoveLeft <delta\-x> -.TP 4 -\(bu -MoveUp <delta\-y> -.TP 4 -\(bu -MoveDown <delta\-y> -.TP 4 -\(bu -Raise -.TP 4 -\(bu -Lower -.TP 4 -\(bu -Close -.TP 4 -\(bu -Shade -.TP 4 -\(bu -ShadeWindow -.TP 4 -\(bu -Stick -.TP 4 -\(bu -StickWindow -.TP 4 -\(bu -ToggleDecor -.TP 4 -\(bu -TakeToWorkspace <number> -.TP 4 -\(bu -TakeToNextWorkspace <offset> -.TP 4 -\(bu -TakeToPrevWorkspace <offset> -.TP 4 -\(bu -SendToWorkspace <number> -.TP 4 -\(bu -SendToNextWorkspace <offset> -.TP 4 -\(bu -SendToPrevWorkspace <offset> -.TP 4 -\(bu -KillWindow -.TP 4 -\(bu -NextTab -.TP 4 -\(bu -PrevTab -.TP 4 -\(bu -MoveTabLeft -.TP 4 -\(bu -MoveTabRight -.TP 4 -\(bu -DetachClient -.TP 4 -\(bu -SetAlpha [[\-]<int> [[\-]<int>]] -.SS "Workspace Commands" -.TP 4 -\(bu -NextWorkspace -.TP 4 -\(bu -PrevWorkspace -.TP 4 -\(bu -RightWorkspace <by\-number> -.TP 4 -\(bu -LeftWorkspace <by\-number> -.TP 4 -\(bu -Workspace <number> -.TP 4 -\(bu -NextWindow <bitmask> -.TP 4 -\(bu -PrevWindow <bitmask> -.TP 4 -\(bu -NextGroup <by\-number> -.TP 4 -\(bu -PrevGroup <by\-number> -.TP 4 -\(bu -FocusLeft -.TP 4 -\(bu -FocusRight -.TP 4 -\(bu -FocusUp -.TP 4 -\(bu -FocusDown -.TP 4 -\(bu -ArrangeWindows -.TP 4 -\(bu -ShowDesktop (Iconifies all windows) -.TP 4 -\(bu -Deiconify all|allworkspace|last|lastworkspace current|origin|originquiet -.TP 4 -\(bu -RootMenu -.TP 4 -\(bu -WorkspaceMenu -.TP 4 -\(bu -WindowMenu -.TP 4 -\(bu -HideMenu -.TP 4 -\(bu -CustomMenu <path_to_file> -.TP 4 -\(bu -SetWorkspaceName <name> -.SS "Special Commands" -.TP 4 -\(bu -MacroCmd -.TP 4 -\(bu -ToggleCmd -.TP 4 -\(bu -ReloadStyle -.TP 4 -\(bu -SetResourceValue <resourcename> <resource> value -.TP 4 -\(bu -BindKey <key><value>: <action> -.TP 4 -\(bu -KeyMode <keymode name> <return key sequence> -.TP 4 -\(bu -SetModKey <modifier> -.SS "Couple of things" -.TP 4 -\(bu -Exec: fluxbox utilizes /bin/sh to start the commands. This means, that you can use environment variables to do some tricks here. E.g: :Exec $XTERM This would fire up the term of your choice, if you set XTERM to something usefull -\fIbefore\fR -fluxbox starts, e.g. in the .fluxbox/startup file. -.TP 4 -\(bu -TakeToWorkspace: Will send you along with the window to the selected workspace. SendToWorkspace just sends the window. -.TP 4 -\(bu -TakeToNextWorkspace <offset>: Will send you and the window to workspace number <current offset>; that is, move you and the window <offset> spaces to the right (offset defaults to 1). SendToNextWorkspace does the same, except that it only sends the window (as for SendToWorkspace). TakeToPrevWorkspace and SendToPrevWorkspace work similarly, except moving to the previous workspaces, not the next ones. -.TP 4 -\(bu -PrevWindow/NextWindow parameters take an integer: 0 or unspecified = Default/current behavior \- most recently used. 1 = Groups instead of Windows \- only visit one tab in each group 2 = Skip stuck windows 4 = Skip shaded windows 8 = Switch between windows `linearly'; that is, if you repeatedly press the NextWindow key, you will walk through all windows in the, order that they were opened, instead of switching back and forth between the most recently focused windows. 16 = Skip iconified windows +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBClick To Focus\fR: click to focus windows +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBMouse Focus\fR: window focus follows mouse +.RE .sp .RS 4 -.nf -To combine any of these effects, add the corresponding numbers. -For instance, 14 means switch linearly, skipping stuck and shaded -windows, since 14 = 8 + 4 + 2. -.fi +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBClickTabFocus\fR: click to focus tabs .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu -Bindkey will append key string and action to your keys file and bind the key. -.TP 4 -\(bu -KeyMode allows you to have different keybindings that aren't all active at the same time. For instance, you can use `KeyMode Xnest' to switch to the `Xnest' key mode, which will disable all of your key bindings that don't have `Xnest: -\fI before them and will enable all the ones that do. <return key sequence> will then return you to the `default\fR -key mode. If not provided, this defaults to the escape key. -.TP 4 -\(bu -The -\fIdelta\fR -value means the difference between the current setting and the requested setting. So if you have a window that is 100 pixels wide, you could set .sp .RS 4 -.nf -Mod1 r :ResizeHorizontal 10 -.fi +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBMouseTabFocus\fR: tab focus follows mouse .RE -and when you use that key it would increase the size of your window to 110 pixels. If you had used +There is one more option in the focus model menu\. It is called AutoRaise\. When AutoRaise is enabled, focused windows will appear on top of other windows in the same layer\. When AutoRaise is disabled, you must explicitly raise a focused window, using the window menu or keybinding\. +.sp +.SH "TAB OPTIONS" +This section of fluxbox configuration menu lets you configure many features of tabs\. Inside of it there are three main options: .sp .sp .RS 4 -.nf -Mod1 R :ResizeHorizontal \-10 -.fi +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBPlacement\fR: You can choose where the external tabs must be positioned\. The options are: +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Top Left: tabs are located on the left side of the top border of the window\. .RE -then it would have decreased the size by 10, setting it to 90 pixels. .sp -.TP 4 -\(bu -Resize commands do not necessarily change the number of pixels. For instance, many terminals will use the size of a character as the resize unit. Most applications, however, use pixels. -.TP 4 -\(bu -MacroCmd: +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Top Right: tabs are located on the right side of the top border of the window\. +.RE .sp .RS 4 -.nf -Mod1 r :MacroCmd {command1} {command2} -.fi +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Left Top: tabs are located on the top part of the left border of the window\. .RE .sp .RS 4 -.nf -allows you to execute more than one command with one keybinding. The commands -will be executed in serial. -.fi +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Right Top: tabs are located on the top part of the right border of the window\. .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu -ToggleCmd: .sp .RS 4 -.nf -Mod1 t :ToggleCmd {command1} {command2} -.fi +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Left Bottom: tabs are located on the bottom part of the left border of the window\. .RE .sp .RS 4 -.nf -alternates between the given commands each time you press Mod1 + t. -.fi +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Right Bottom: tabs are located on the bottom part of the right border of the window\. .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu -SetAlpha [[\-]<int> [[\-]<int>]]: Works on the currently focussed window. Given +.sp .RS 4 -.TP 4 -\(bu -no arguments: reset to default alpha settings -.TP 4 -\(bu -one argument: changes both focused and unfocused alpha settings -.TP 4 -\(bu -two arguments: first value becomes the focused alpha, second becomes the unfocused alpha value. E.g: SetAlpha 127 +5 will set the focused alpha to 127 and increment the unfocused alpha by 5 (until it reaches 255) +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Bottom Left: tabs are located on the left side of the bottom border of the window\. .RE -.SH "LAYERS" -Layers affect the way that windows will overlap each other on the screen. Windows on a higher layer will always appear above those on a lower one, whether they are focused or not. By default, fluxbox uses 13 layers, starting from 1 (highest). The number of layers can be changed by using the following resource: .sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Bottom Right: tabs are located on the right side of the bottom border of the window\. .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.numLayers: <integer> +For these options to work \'Tabs in Titlebar\' must be off\. .fi .RE -There are two ways to assign a window to a different layer. When the window is open, you may select the layer in the `Layer \&...' submenu of the window menu. The menu gives six choices for the layer, which fluxbox manages by name. The names are (from highest to lowest layer): -.sp -.TP 4 -\(bu -2 \- Above Dock -.TP 4 -\(bu -4 \- Dock -.TP 4 -\(bu -6 \- Top -.TP 4 -\(bu -8 \- Normal -.TP 4 -\(bu -10 \- Bottom -.TP 4 -\(bu -12 \- Desktop -The other way to set the layer for a window is through the `apps' file. This method is described in the APPLICATIONS section. -.sp -.SH "FOCUS MODEL" -The Focus Model defines how windows gain focus (i.e. become the active window, which receives keyboard and mouse events). The focus model can be changed in the configuration menu (usually located under \fIfluxbox menu\fR in the Root Menu. +.RE +.RE .sp -There are two main aspects of the focus model: how windows gain focus and how tabs gain focus. Each of these has two options: focus follows mouse and click to focus. Focus follows mouse means that windows will gain focus when the mouse hovers over them. Click to focus means that windows will gain focus when the mouse clicks on them. -.sp -Thus, there are four main options when choosing a focus model. You should choose one of the first two and one of the last two. They are: +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBTabs in Titlebar\fR: When this option is on, tabs are fixed in window titlebar and the width varies according to the amount of windows grouped\. +.RE .sp -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBClick To Focus\fR: click to focus windows -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBMouse Focus\fR: window focus follows mouse -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBClickTabFocus\fR: click to focus tabs -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBMouseTabFocus\fR: tab focus follows mouse -There is one more option in the focus model menu. It is called AutoRaise. When AutoRaise is enabled, focused windows will appear on top of other windows in the same layer. When AutoRaise is disabled, you must explicitly raise a focused window, using the window menu or keybinding. -.sp -.SH "TAB OPTIONS" -This section of fluxbox configuration menu lets you configure many features of tabs. Inside of it there are three main options: -.sp -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBPlacement\fR: You can choose where the external tabs must be positioned. The options are: .RS 4 -.TP 4 -\(bu -Top Left: tabs are located on the left side of the top border of the window. -.TP 4 -\(bu -Top Right: tabs are located on the right side of the top border of the window. -.TP 4 -\(bu -Left Top: tabs are located on the top part of the left border of the window. -.TP 4 -\(bu -Right Top: tabs are located on the top part of the right border of the window. -.TP 4 -\(bu -Left Bottom: tabs are located on the bottom part of the left border of the window. -.TP 4 -\(bu -Right Bottom: tabs are located on the bottom part of the right border of the window. -.TP 4 -\(bu -Bottom Left: tabs are located on the left side of the bottom border of the window. -.TP 4 -\(bu -Bottom Right: tabs are located on the right side of the bottom border of the window. +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBMaximize Over\fR: When this option is on, maximizing a window will disregard the size and location of external tabs\. +.RE .sp .RS 4 -.nf -For these options to work 'Tabs in Titlebar' must be off. -.fi -.RE +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBExternal Tab Width\fR: This specifies in pixels the width of external tabs\. .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBTabs in Titlebar\fR: When this option is on, tabs are fixed in window titlebar and the width varies according to the amount of windows grouped. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBMaximize Over\fR: When this option is on, maximizing a window will disregard the size and location of external tabs. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBExternal Tab Width\fR: This specifies in pixels the width of external tabs. -As with most Fluxbox configurations, these options can be changed by editing the init file. The resources that you should look at are: +As with most Fluxbox configurations, these options can be changed by editing the init file\. The resources that you should look at are: .sp .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.screen0.tabs.intitlebar: <boolean> -session.screen0.tab.width: <integer> -session.screen0.tab.placement: <direction> +session\.screen0\.tabs\.intitlebar: <boolean> +session\.screen0\.tab\.width: <integer> +session\.screen0\.tab\.placement: <direction> .fi .RE .SH "STYLES" -fluxbox enables you to use specialized files that contain X(1) resources to specify colors, textures, pixmaps and fonts, and thus the overall look of your window borders, menus and the toolbar. +fluxbox enables you to use specialized files that contain X(1) resources to specify colors, textures, pixmaps and fonts, and thus the overall look of your window borders, menus and the toolbar\. .sp -The default installation of fluxbox provides some of these style files. See fluxstyle(1) to accommodate the growing number of style components. +The default installation of fluxbox provides some of these style files\. See fluxstyle(1) to accommodate the growing number of style components\. .sp .SH "STYLE OVERLAY" -In addition to the style file, the overlay file, whose location is specified by session.screen0.styleOverlay (default: ~/.fluxbox/overlay ) can be used to set style resources that override all styles. For more information about which parts of fluxbox can be controlled by the overlay file, see fluxstyle(1). +In addition to the style file, the overlay file, whose location is specified by session\.screen0\.styleOverlay (default: ~/\.fluxbox/overlay ) can be used to set style resources that override all styles\. For more information about which parts of fluxbox can be controlled by the overlay file, see fluxstyle(1)\. .sp .SH "APPLICATIONS" -It is possible to force an application to always have the same dimensions, position, and other settings when it is first launched. This is done using either the window\-menu `Remember\&...\fI submenu, or by directly using the ~/.fluxbox/apps file. Be careful about editing the apps file while fluxbox is running. Your changes may be overwritten. Following is a listing of the valid entries for the `apps\fR file. The `Remember\&...\fI submenu has entries for most options that store the current state in the `apps\fR file for future use. +It is possible to force an application to always have the same dimensions, position, and other settings when it is first launched\. This is done using either the window\-menu `Remember\&...\fI submenu, or by directly using the ~/\.fluxbox/apps file\. Be careful about editing the apps file while fluxbox is running\. Your changes may be overwritten\. Following is a listing of the valid entries for the `apps\fR file\. The `Remember\&...\fI submenu has entries for most options that store the current state in the `apps\fR file for future use\. .sp -The format of a line in the `apps' file is: +The format of a line in the `apps\' file is: .sp .sp .RS 4@@ -1545,11 +1245,11 @@ .nf
[app] (app\-name) {count \- optional} [Property1] {value1} [Property2] {value2} - ... + \.\.\. [end] .fi .RE -Each app\-name can be a string, or a regular expression. By default the name is matched against a window's WM_CLASS property (the first string in it, called the "instance"). You can match against the title, instance name (default), class name, or role (the WM_WINDOW_ROLE property) by explicitly specifying it. You can also specify multiple matches, which must ALL match for the properties to be applied. If a count is supplied in curly brackets at the end of the app line, then the entry will only match at most that many at any time (default is to match all matching windows). +Each app\-name can be a string, or a regular expression\. By default the name is matched against a window\'s WM_CLASS property (the first string in it, called the "instance")\. You can match against the title, instance name (default), class name, or role (the WM_WINDOW_ROLE property) by explicitly specifying it\. You can also specify multiple matches, which must ALL match for the properties to be applied\. If a count is supplied in curly brackets at the end of the app line, then the entry will only match at most that many at any time (default is to match all matching windows)\. .sp .sp .RS 4@@ -1563,75 +1263,88 @@ [app] (class=Firefox\-bin) {1}
# match the gaim buddy list window [app] (role=buddy_list) # match an rdesktop window to a particular host -[app] (title=rdesktop \- hostname.*) +[app] (title=rdesktop \- hostname\.*) # match gaim IRC windows -[app] (gaim) (title=#.*) +[app] (gaim) (title=#\.*) .fi .RE -The following are the properties that can be defined in each [app] entry. Each name must be enclosed in square brackets, and the value is generally in curly brackets: +The following are the properties that can be defined in each [app] entry\. Each name must be enclosed in square brackets, and the value is generally in curly brackets: +.sp +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'[Workspace] {0\-N}: Forces the application to open on the workspace specified\. Workspaces are set by number, beginning with 0\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'[Dimensions] {Width Height}: Open the application with the specified width and height, in pixels\. +.RE .sp -.TP 4 -\(bu -[Workspace] {0\-N}: Forces the application to open on the workspace specified. Workspaces are set by number, beginning with 0. -.TP 4 -\(bu -[Dimensions] {Width Height}: Open the application with the specified width and height, in pixels. -.TP 4 -\(bu -[Position] (\fBrefspot\fR)) {X Y}: Position the application at a particular spot: .RS 4 -.TP 4 -\(bu -WINCENTER -.TP 4 -\(bu -CENTER -.TP 4 -\(bu -UPPERLEFT -.TP 4 -\(bu -UPPERRIGHT -.TP 4 -\(bu -LOWERLEFT -.TP 4 -\(bu -LOWERRIGHT +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'[Position] (\fBrefspot\fR)) {X Y}: Position the application at a particular spot: +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'WINCENTER +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'CENTER +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'UPPERLEFT +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'UPPERRIGHT +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'LOWERLEFT +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'LOWERRIGHT .sp .RS 4 .nf -You can optionally specify what X and Y are relative to. By default the -upper left corner is placed at screen coordinates (X, Y). If you specify +You can optionally specify what X and Y are relative to\. By default the +upper left corner is placed at screen coordinates (X, Y)\. If you specify LOWERRIGHT, then the lower right corner of the window is positioned (X,Y) -pixels from the lower right of the screen. Note that CENTER puts the top +pixels from the lower right of the screen\. Note that CENTER puts the top left corner of the window relative to the center of the screen (WINCENTER acts like the rest \- positions the center of the window relative to the -center of the screen). +center of the screen)\. .fi .RE .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu -Specify the layer to open the window on (by number). Each layer has a number. The named ones are: 2\-AboveDock, 4\-Dock, 6\-Top, 8\-Normal, 10\-Bottom, 12\-Desktop. -.TP 4 -\(bu -[Shaded] {yes|no}: The window is started shaded, or not. -.TP 4 -\(bu -[Tab] {yes|no}: Whether this window can be tabbed with others. -.TP 4 -\(bu -[IconHidden] {yes|no}: Hides the app from the icon bar -.TP 4 -\(bu -[FocusHidden] {yes|no}: Hides the app from the window cycling list used Next/PrevWindow key bindings. -.TP 4 -\(bu -[Hidden] {yes|no}: is both [IconHidden] plus [FocusHidden] -.TP 4 -\(bu -[Deco] {NONE|NORMAL|TOOL|TINY|BORDER}: Specify the decoration state. There are several predefined dec\- oration sets: +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Specify the layer to open the window on (by number)\. Each layer has a number\. The named ones are: 2\-AboveDock, 4\-Dock, 6\-Top, 8\-Normal, 10\-Bottom, 12\-Desktop\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'[Shaded] {yes|no}: The window is started shaded, or not\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'[Tab] {yes|no}: Whether this window can be tabbed with others\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'[IconHidden] {yes|no}: Hides the app from the icon bar +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'[FocusHidden] {yes|no}: Hides the app from the window cycling list used Next/PrevWindow key bindings\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'[Hidden] {yes|no}: is both [IconHidden] plus [FocusHidden] +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'[Deco] {NONE|NORMAL|TOOL|TINY|BORDER}: Specify the decoration state\. There are several predefined dec\- oration sets: .sp .RS 4 .nf@@ -1645,50 +1358,55 @@ .RE
.sp .RS 4 .nf -A bitmask can also be used for fine\-grained control. The bits are (from +A bitmask can also be used for fine\-grained control\. The bits are (from "1" to 1<<10): titlebar, handle/grips, border, iconify button, maximize button, close button, menu enabled, sticky button, shade button, tabbing -enabled, focus enabled. +enabled, focus enabled\. .fi .RE -.TP 4 -\(bu -[Sticky] {yes|no}: Whether the window is initially stuck or not. -.TP 4 -\(bu -[Jump] {yes|no}: Jump to workspace. This one is only useful if `Workspace' is set too. The workspace is changed to the workspace containing the application being launched. -.TP 4 -\(bu -[Close] {yes|no}: Save settings on close. By default, application settings are not saved when a window is closed. Set this option if you want previous settings to be saved when the window is closed. -.TP 4 -\(bu -[Alpha] {int [int]} Where numbers represent focused and unfocused transparency, respectively. One number only will be used for both. -The apps file also allows you to specify applications that should be started only valid option is (screen=NN), where NN is the screen number on which the command should be run. +.RE .sp -Finally, you can set windows to group together by using the `apps' file. This can be achieved with regular expressions using: +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'[Sticky] {yes|no}: Whether the window is initially stuck or not\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'[Jump] {yes|no}: Jump to workspace\. This one is only useful if `Workspace\' is set too\. The workspace is changed to the workspace containing the application being launched\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'[Close] {yes|no}: Save settings on close\. By default, application settings are not saved when a window is closed\. Set this option if you want previous settings to be saved when the window is closed\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'[Alpha] {int [int]} Where numbers represent focused and unfocused transparency, respectively\. One number only will be used for both\. +.RE +The apps file also allows you to specify applications that should be started only valid option is (screen=NN), where NN is the screen number on which the command should be run\. +.sp +Finally, you can set windows to group together by using the `apps\' file\. This can be achieved with regular expressions using: .sp .sp .RS 4 .nf -[app] (property=expr) ... {number} +[app] (property=expr) \.\.\. {number} .fi .RE Property can be one of the following tags: .sp o name \- the name of the window (the first field of WM_CLASS) o class \- class of the window (the second field of WM_CLASS) o title \- title of the window ( WM_NAME property) o role \- role of the window (the WM_WINDOW_ROLE property) .sp -If no `property' is specified, the name property is assumed. You can find out the value for these fields for a particular window by running xprop(1). +If no `property\' is specified, the name property is assumed\. You can find out the value for these fields for a particular window by running xprop(1)\. .sp -You can also place [group] tag around several [app] tags, with an [end] tag to indicate the end of the group. If you place (workspace) after the [group] tag, a new window will only get grouped with other windows on the current workspace. You can also specify dimensions, positions, etc. for the group as for normal app entries. Here is a short example of an `apps' file: +You can also place [group] tag around several [app] tags, with an [end] tag to indicate the end of the group\. If you place (workspace) after the [group] tag, a new window will only get grouped with other windows on the current workspace\. You can also specify dimensions, positions, etc\. for the group as for normal app entries\. Here is a short example of an `apps\' file: .sp .sp .RS 4 .nf [startup] {xterm} # match anything ending with term, up to 2 instances - [app] (.*[tT]erm) {2} - # match anything with `gaim' in the title - [app] (title=.*gaim.*) + [app] (\.*[tT]erm) {2} + # match anything with `gaim\' in the title + [app] (title=\.*gaim\.*) [app] (kate) [Dimensions] {1022 747} [Position] (WINCENTER) {0 0}@@ -1713,14 +1431,44 @@ [Layer] {4}
[end] .fi .RE -Parameters in the `apps' file are case\-sensitive. Application names are taken from the first X window WM_CLASS attribute by default (WM_NAME = title, WM_WINDOW_ROLE = role). You can see this attribute by using the xprop command. Transient windows are not affected by application settings. Take care when using regular expressions. If you are not familiar with regular expressions you can disable this feature by specifying \-\-disable\-regexp during configure. Plain strings will then be matched. +Parameters in the `apps\' file are case\-sensitive\. Application names are taken from the first X window WM_CLASS attribute by default (WM_NAME = title, WM_WINDOW_ROLE = role)\. You can see this attribute by using the xprop command\. Transient windows are not affected by application settings\. Take care when using regular expressions\. If you are not familiar with regular expressions you can disable this feature by specifying \-\-disable\-regexp during configure\. Plain strings will then be matched\. +.sp +.SH "GROUPS" +Since version 0\.1\.11, fluxbox has a feature called autogrouping, that is apps are automatically grouped together if they are in the same group\. NOTE: this feature is deprecated since version 0\.9\.1 in favor of grouping using the `apps\' file, since it is much more powerful\. +.sp +You can create groups simply by editing the ~/\.fluxbox/groups file\. This file takes the format of: +.sp +.sp +.RS 4 +.nf +<app1> <app2> <app3> <\.\.\.> <appN> +.fi +.RE +where elements can be found with this command: +.sp +.sp +.RS 4 +.nf +$> xprop WM_CLASS +.fi +.RE +Just type this command into a terminal and use the mouse to click on the desired app and it will tell you what to write as an element (use the first of the two names returned)\. Each line forms a different group, e\.g\.: +.sp +.sp +.RS 4 +.nf +Navigator nedit +xterm +.fi +.RE +This will create two groups, one with netscape and nedit, and one with xterm\. The new window will only group itself to other windows on the same workspace and to the last window that was focused\. .sp .SH "THE SLIT" -The slit is a special fluxbox window frame that can contain dockable applications, e.g. \fIbbtools\fR or \fIwmapps\fR. +The slit is a special fluxbox window frame that can contain dockable applications, e\.g\. \fIbbtools\fR or \fIwmapps\fR\. .sp -When applications are run in the slit they have no window borders of their own; instead they are framed in the slit, and they are always visible in the current workspace. +When applications are run in the slit they have no window borders of their own; instead they are framed in the slit, and they are always visible in the current workspace\. .sp -Most dockable applications use the \-w option to run in the slit. For example, you could put in your ~/.xinitrc: +Most dockable applications use the \-w option to run in the slit\. For example, you could put in your ~/\.xinitrc: .sp .sp .RS 4@@ -1731,70 +1479,72 @@ wmdrawer &
exec fluxbox .fi .RE -NOTE: You can also put all of these in the startfluxbox(8) script. This way you would only need to specify: exec startfluxbox in your ~/.xinitrc. +NOTE: You can also put all of these in the startfluxbox(8) script\. This way you would only need to specify: exec startfluxbox in your ~/\.xinitrc\. .sp -To use the slit you must have it compiled into fluxbox. This is the default setting. +To use the slit you must have it compiled into fluxbox\. This is the default setting\. .sp .SH "SLIT MENU" -You can right click on the edge of the slit window to get a menu to configure its position, whether its contained applications should be grouped horizontally or vertically and whether the slit should hide itself when the mouse moves away. The slit menu items are described in more detail below: +You can right click on the edge of the slit window to get a menu to configure its position, whether its contained applications should be grouped horizontally or vertically and whether the slit should hide itself when the mouse moves away\. The slit menu items are described in more detail below: +.sp +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBPlacement\fR: This lets you set the position of the slit\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBLayer\fR: Look above for the layer priorities\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBAuto hide\fR: If enabled, the slit will disappear after a given amount of time and hide from the view of the user\. You can make it appear if you move the mouse to the edge of the desktop where the slit is positioned\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBMaximize over\fR: If this is enabled, all windows, if you maximize them, will stretch over/under the slit\. Otherwise the will be limited to the slit\'s edge\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBAlpha\fR: By changing the value the slit (only the decoration not the apps in the slit) will become transparent\. 0 (transparent) \- 255 (opaque) +.RE .sp -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBPlacement\fR: This lets you set the position of the slit. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBLayer\fR: Look above for the layer priorities. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBAuto hide\fR: If enabled, the slit will disappear after a given amount of time and hide from the view of the user. You can make it appear if you move the mouse to the edge of the desktop where the slit is positioned. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBMaximize over\fR: If this is enabled, all windows, if you maximize them, will stretch over/under the slit. Otherwise the will be limited to the slit's edge. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBAlpha\fR: By changing the value the slit (only the decoration not the apps in the slit) will become transparent. 0 (transparent) \- 255 (opaque) -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBSlit direction\fR: Changing the value will set the slit's direction for ordering apps sitting in the slit. There is no effect with only on application. -.TP 4 -\(bu - -\fBClients\fR: This submenu lets you reorder the the applications running in the slit. You are able to hide apps from the slit by unselecting them in the list showing. This will not kill the app. You can make them appear by selecting them in the list. The "Save SlitList" option saves the new order to you slitlist located in ~/.fluxbox (useful if you reordered the apps with the cycle option). +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03' +\fBClients\fR: This submenu lets you reorder the the applications running in the slit\. You are able to hide apps from the slit by unselecting them in the list showing\. This will not kill the app\. You can make them appear by selecting them in the list\. The "Save SlitList" option saves the new order to you slitlist located in ~/\.fluxbox (useful if you reordered the apps with the cycle option)\. +.RE .SH "SLITLIST FILE" -fluxbox's slitlist file is available for those that use dockapps in the slit. This file helps fluxbox keep track of the \fBorder\fR of the dockapps when in the slit. The file is generally located at ~/.fluxbox/slitlist +fluxbox\'s slitlist file is available for those that use dockapps in the slit\. This file helps fluxbox keep track of the \fBorder\fR of the dockapps when in the slit\. The file is generally located at ~/\.fluxbox/slitlist .sp -A simple procedure for getting the slit sequences the way you like it is: 1. Run fluxbox with no pre\-loaded dockapps 2. Run dockapps individually in the order you want them 3. Add dockapps to your auto\-run script, or better yet your startfluxbox(8) script. +A simple procedure for getting the slit sequences the way you like it is: 1\. Run fluxbox with no pre\-loaded dockapps 2\. Run dockapps individually in the order you want them 3\. Add dockapps to your auto\-run script, or better yet your startfluxbox(8) script\. .sp -This sequence will be saved by default to ~/.fluxbox/slitlist and will be remembered for future instances of fluxbox. +This sequence will be saved by default to ~/\.fluxbox/slitlist and will be remembered for future instances of fluxbox\. .sp -Users are free to manually edit the slitlist file. It is a simple list of window names, as given by xprop(1), one per dockapp. Similar to the init file it should not be edited while fluxbox is running. Otherwise changes may get overwritten. +Users are free to manually edit the slitlist file\. It is a simple list of window names, as given by xprop(1), one per dockapp\. Similar to the init file it should not be edited while fluxbox is running\. Otherwise changes may get overwritten\. .sp -The user also has the option of choosing a different path for the slitlist file. The following is the init file component that needs to be changed: +The user also has the option of choosing a different path for the slitlist file\. The following is the init file component that needs to be changed: .sp .sp .RS 4 .nf -session.session0.slitlistFile: <filename> +session\.session0\.slitlistFile: <filename> .fi .RE .SH "ENVIRONMENT" .PP HOME .RS 4 -fluxbox uses HOME to find the .fluxbox/init file and to resolve style file and \-directory names. +fluxbox uses HOME to find the \.fluxbox/init file and to resolve style file and \-directory names\. .RE .PP DISPLAY .RS 4 -When no other display was given on the command line, fluxbox will start on the display specified by this variable. +When no other display was given on the command line, fluxbox will start on the display specified by this variable\. .RE -fluxbox can also take advantage of other environment variables if they are set before fluxbox is started. For example, if $TERM is set, then it will be available whenever fluxbox uses the shell, such as certain commands in the keys and menu files. So one can do: +fluxbox can also take advantage of other environment variables if they are set before fluxbox is started\. For example, if $TERM is set, then it will be available whenever fluxbox uses the shell, such as certain commands in the keys and menu files\. So one can do: .sp .sp .RS 4@@ -1802,50 +1552,61 @@ .nf
Mod1 x ExecCommand :$TERM .fi .RE -For more information about environment variables, see your shell's manual. +For more information about environment variables, see your shell\'s manual\. .sp .SH "SIGNALS" fluxbox responds to the following signals: .sp -.TP 4 -\(bu -SIGHUP fluxbox loads the configuration. -.TP 4 -\(bu -SIGUSR1 Forces reloading of configuration. -.TP 4 -\(bu -SIGUSR2 Forces reloading of menu file. +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'SIGHUP fluxbox loads the configuration\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'SIGUSR1 Forces reloading of configuration\. +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'SIGUSR2 Forces reloading of menu file\. +.RE .SH "AUTHOR AND CREDITS" -fluxbox is written and maintained by Henrik Kinnunen <fluxgen at fluxbox org>, Simon Bowden <rathnor at fluxbox org>, Mathias Gumz <akira at fluxbox org>, and Mark Tiefenbruck <mark at fluxbox org>, with contributions and patches merged from many individuals around the world. +fluxbox is written and maintained by Henrik Kinnunen <fluxgen at fluxbox org>, Simon Bowden <rathnor at fluxbox org>, Mathias Gumz <akira at fluxbox org>, and Mark Tiefenbruck <mark at fluxbox org>, with contributions and patches merged from many individuals around the world\. .sp -Blackbox was written and maintained by Brad Hughes <blackbox at alug org> and Jeff Raven <jraven at psu edu>. +Blackbox was written and maintained by Brad Hughes <blackbox at alug org> and Jeff Raven <jraven at psu edu>\. +.sp +The Official fluxbox website: http://www\.fluxbox\.org .sp -The Official fluxbox website: http://www.fluxbox.org +Many compatible themes: \- http://boxwhore\.org \- http://themes\.freshmeat\.net/ .sp This manpage is the combined work of: .sp -.TP 4 -\(bu -Curt Micol <asenchi at asenchi com> (>fluxbox\-0.9.11) -.TP 4 -\(bu -Tobias Klausmann <klausman at users sourceforge net> (<=fluxbox\-0.9.11) -.TP 4 -\(bu -Grubert <grubert at users sourceforge net> (fluxbox) -.TP 4 -\(bu -Matthew Hawkins <matt at mh dropbear id au> (blackbox) -.TP 4 -\(bu -Wilbert Berendsen <wbsoft at xs4all nl> (blackbox) -.TP 4 -\(bu -Numerous other languages could be available if someone jumps in. +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Curt Micol <asenchi at asenchi com> (>fluxbox\-0\.9\.11) +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Tobias Klausmann <klausman at users sourceforge net> (â‡fluxbox\-0\.9\.11) +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Grubert <grubert at users sourceforge net> (fluxbox) +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Matthew Hawkins <matt at mh dropbear id au> (blackbox) +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Wilbert Berendsen <wbsoft at xs4all nl> (blackbox) +.RE +.sp +.RS 4 +\h'-04'\(bu\h'+03'Numerous other languages could be available if someone jumps in\. +.RE .SH "BUGS" -If you find any bugs, please visit the #fluxbox irc channel on irc.freenode.net or submit them to the bug tracker at http://sf.net/projects/fluxbox . Or you may subscribe to one of the mailinglists. More information can be found on the official website. +If you find any bugs, please visit the #fluxbox irc channel on irc\.freenode\.net or submit them to the bug tracker at http://sf\.net/projects/fluxbox \. Or you may subscribe to one of the mailinglists\. More information can be found on the official website\. .sp .SH "SEE ALSO" -bsetroot(1) fbsetbg(1) fbrun(1) fluxstyle(1) +fluxbox\-keys(5) bsetroot(1) fbsetbg(1) fbrun(1) fluxstyle(1) .sp
M
doc/fluxstyle.1.in
→
doc/fluxstyle.1.in
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ .sp
A more complete reference to this can be found in X(7), section \fIRESOURCES\fR. .sp .SH "LOCATION" -There are many places to store your styles, the most common is in your \fI~/.fluxbox/styles\fR directory. The initial installation will place the default styles in \fI@pkg_datadir@/styles\fR providing a basic usable configuration. +There are many places to store your styles, the most common is in your \fI~/.fluxbox/styles\fR directory. The initial installation will place the default styles in \fI@pkgdatadir@/styles\fR providing a basic usable configuration. .sp When creating your own style, create a directory (normally the name of your style) in \fI~/.fluxbox/styles/\fR (If the \fIstyles\fR directory doesn't exist, create that also). While there isn't an official structure, it is common to create a directory named after your style and place your pixmaps directory (if required) in there along with a file called theme.cfg (may also be named style.cfg). This file is where you will construct your style using the components covered later in this manual page. An example of steps taken when beginning a style project of your own may look like: .sp@@ -435,7 +435,7 @@ #000000 (Hexadecimal)
rgb:<0\-255>/<0\-255>/<0\-255> .fi .RE -See /usr/X11R6/lib/X11/rgb.txt for an explaination. +See /usr/share/X11/rgb.txt for an explaination. .sp .SH "AUTHOR AND CREDITS" Blackbox was written and maintained by Brad Hughes <blackbox@alug.org> and Jeff Raven <jraven@psu.edu>.
M
nls/C/Translation.m
→
nls/C/Translation.m
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
1 Clients 2 Cycle Down 3 Cycle Up -4 Slit Direction +4 Slit Direction: 5 Slit Layer 6 Slit on Head 7 Slit Placement@@ -258,6 +258,7 @@ -screen <all|int,int,int>\trun on specified screens only.\n\
-rc <string>\t\t\tuse alternate resource file.\n\ -version\t\t\tdisplay version and exit.\n\ -info\t\t\t\tdisplay some useful information.\n\ +-list-commands\t\t\tlist all valid key commands.\n\ -log <filename>\t\t\tlog output to file.\n\ -help\t\t\t\tdisplay this help text and exit.\n\n 14 warning: couldn't set environment variable 'DISPLAY'
M
nls/Makefile.am
→
nls/Makefile.am
@@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ SUBDIRS = C cs_CZ da_DK es_AR es_ES et_EE fr_FR pt_BR ru_RU \
sv_SE tr_TR it_IT pt_PT bg_BG ja_JP ko_KR \ lv_LV de_DE nl_NL no_NO sl_SI pl_PL vi_VN be_BY \ uk_UA el_GR nb_NO zh_CN fi_FI en_US en_GB de_CH \ - de_AT fr_CH sk_SK zh_TW + de_AT fr_CH sk_SK zh_TW mk_MK MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = Makefile.in fluxbox-nls.hh EXTRA_DIST=fluxbox-nls.hh nlsinfo
M
nls/en_GB/Translation.m
→
nls/en_GB/Translation.m
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
1 Clients 2 Cycle Down 3 Cycle Up -4 Slit Direction +4 Slit Direction: 5 Slit Layer 6 Slit on Head 7 Slit Placement@@ -258,6 +258,7 @@ -screen <all|int,int,int>\trun on specified screens only.\n\
-rc <string>\t\t\tuse alternate resource file.\n\ -version\t\t\tdisplay version and exit.\n\ -info\t\t\t\tdisplay some useful information.\n\ +-list-commands\t\t\tlist all valid key commands.\n\ -log <filename>\t\t\tlog output to file.\n\ -help\t\t\t\tdisplay this help text and exit.\n\n 14 warning: couldn't set environment variable 'DISPLAY'
M
nls/en_GB/generated-ISO-8859-1.m
→
nls/en_GB/generated-ISO-8859-1.m
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
1 Clients 2 Cycle Down 3 Cycle Up -4 Slit Direction +4 Slit Direction: 5 Slit Layer 6 Slit on Head 7 Slit Placement@@ -258,6 +258,7 @@ -screen <all|int,int,int>\trun on specified screens only.\n\
-rc <string>\t\t\tuse alternate resource file.\n\ -version\t\t\tdisplay version and exit.\n\ -info\t\t\t\tdisplay some useful information.\n\ +-list-commands\t\t\tlist all valid key commands.\n\ -log <filename>\t\t\tlog output to file.\n\ -help\t\t\t\tdisplay this help text and exit.\n\n 14 warning: couldn't set environment variable 'DISPLAY'
M
nls/en_GB/generated-UTF-8.m
→
nls/en_GB/generated-UTF-8.m
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
1 Clients 2 Cycle Down 3 Cycle Up -4 Slit Direction +4 Slit Direction: 5 Slit Layer 6 Slit on Head 7 Slit Placement@@ -258,6 +258,7 @@ -screen <all|int,int,int>\trun on specified screens only.\n\
-rc <string>\t\t\tuse alternate resource file.\n\ -version\t\t\tdisplay version and exit.\n\ -info\t\t\t\tdisplay some useful information.\n\ +-list-commands\t\t\tlist all valid key commands.\n\ -log <filename>\t\t\tlog output to file.\n\ -help\t\t\t\tdisplay this help text and exit.\n\n 14 warning: couldn't set environment variable 'DISPLAY'
M
nls/en_US/Translation.m
→
nls/en_US/Translation.m
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
1 Clients 2 Cycle Down 3 Cycle Up -4 Slit Direction +4 Slit Direction: 5 Slit Layer 6 Slit on Head 7 Slit Placement@@ -258,6 +258,7 @@ -screen <all|int,int,int>\trun on specified screens only.\n\
-rc <string>\t\t\tuse alternate resource file.\n\ -version\t\t\tdisplay version and exit.\n\ -info\t\t\t\tdisplay some useful information.\n\ +-list-commands\t\t\tlist all valid key commands.\n\ -log <filename>\t\t\tlog output to file.\n\ -help\t\t\t\tdisplay this help text and exit.\n\n 14 warning: couldn't set environment variable 'DISPLAY'
M
nls/en_US/generated-ISO-8859-1.m
→
nls/en_US/generated-ISO-8859-1.m
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
1 Clients 2 Cycle Down 3 Cycle Up -4 Slit Direction +4 Slit Direction: 5 Slit Layer 6 Slit on Head 7 Slit Placement@@ -258,6 +258,7 @@ -screen <all|int,int,int>\trun on specified screens only.\n\
-rc <string>\t\t\tuse alternate resource file.\n\ -version\t\t\tdisplay version and exit.\n\ -info\t\t\t\tdisplay some useful information.\n\ +-list-commands\t\t\tlist all valid key commands.\n\ -log <filename>\t\t\tlog output to file.\n\ -help\t\t\t\tdisplay this help text and exit.\n\n 14 warning: couldn't set environment variable 'DISPLAY'
M
nls/en_US/generated-UTF-8.m
→
nls/en_US/generated-UTF-8.m
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@
1 Clients 2 Cycle Down 3 Cycle Up -4 Slit Direction +4 Slit Direction: 5 Slit Layer 6 Slit on Head 7 Slit Placement@@ -258,6 +258,7 @@ -screen <all|int,int,int>\trun on specified screens only.\n\
-rc <string>\t\t\tuse alternate resource file.\n\ -version\t\t\tdisplay version and exit.\n\ -info\t\t\t\tdisplay some useful information.\n\ +-list-commands\t\t\tlist all valid key commands.\n\ -log <filename>\t\t\tlog output to file.\n\ -help\t\t\t\tdisplay this help text and exit.\n\n 14 warning: couldn't set environment variable 'DISPLAY'
A
nls/mk_MK/Makefile.am
@@ -0,0 +1,46 @@
+# nls/mk_MK/Makefile.am for Fluxbox - www.fluxbox.org + +THE_LANG = mk_MK +SRC_CODESET = UTF-8 +DEST_CODESETS = UTF-8 + +LOCALE_PATH = @LOCALE_PATH@ +NLSTEST = @NLS@ +MFILES = Translation.m +GENERATED_MFILES = $(patsubst %,generated-%.m,$(DEST_CODESETS)) +MAINTAINERCLEANFILES = Makefile.in $(GENERATED_MFILES) +CATFILES = $(patsubst %,fluxbox-%.cat,$(DEST_CODESETS)) + +# We distribute the generated files so that users don't need iconv +EXTRA_DIST= $(MFILES) $(GENERATED_MFILES) +CLEANFILES = $(CATFILES) + +all-local: $(CATFILES) +install-data-local: $(CATFILES) + @if test x$(NLSTEST) = "x-DNLS"; then \ + for codeset in $(DEST_CODESETS); do \ + echo "Installing catalog in $(DESTDIR)$(LOCALE_PATH)/$(THE_LANG).$${codeset}"; \ + $(mkinstalldirs) $(DESTDIR)$(LOCALE_PATH)/$(THE_LANG).$${codeset}; \ + $(INSTALL_DATA) fluxbox-$${codeset}.cat $(DESTDIR)$(LOCALE_PATH)/$(THE_LANG).$${codeset}/fluxbox.cat; \ + done; \ + fi + +# not part of the normal build process +translations: $(GENERATED_MFILES) + +generated-%.m: Translation.m + iconv -f $(SRC_CODESET) -t $* Translation.m | sed s/$(SRC_CODESET)/$*/ > $@ + +uninstall-local: + @if test x$(NLSTEST) = "x-DNLS"; then \ + for codeset in $(DEST_CODESETS); do \ + rm -f $(DESTDIR)$(LOCALE_PATH)/$(THE_LANG).$${codeset}/fluxbox.cat; \ + rmdir $(DESTDIR)$(LOCALE_PATH)/$(THE_LANG).$${codeset}; \ + done; \ + fi + +fluxbox-%.cat: generated-%.m Translation.m + @if test x$(NLSTEST) = "x-DNLS"; then \ + echo "Creating catfile for $*"; \ + $(gencat_cmd) fluxbox-$*.cat generated-$*.m; \ + fi
A
nls/mk_MK/Translation.m
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+$ codeset=UTF-8 + +$set 1 #Align + +1 Дно Средина +2 Дно Лево +3 Дно ДеÑно +4 Хоринзонтално +5 Лево +6 Лево Дно +7 Лево Средина +8 Лево Горе +9 Приближно +10 ДеÑно +11 ДеÑно Дно +12 ДеÑно Средина +13 Right Top +14 Горе Средина +15 Горе Лево +16 Горе ДеÑно +17 Вертикално + +$set 2 #BaseDisplay + +1 Откажувам... Ñкладирам јадро\n +2 ИÑклучување \n +3 %s: Ñигнал %d е фатен\n + +$set 3 #Common + +1 Ðлфа +2 ÐвтоматÑки кријај +3 СоÑтави +4 Опции на СоÑтавувач +5 СоÑтавувач +6 Верзија на СоÑтавувач +7 приклучување +8 команди +9 Ð½Ð»Ñ +10 мени +11 Ñтил +12 ОÑновни +13 оневозможени +14 Грешки +15 Fluxbox верзија +16 Maximize Over +17 GIT Ðадзор +18 Видлив +19 Во овој Ñтил нема зададено подеÑување на позадината.\nВе молиме Ñоветувајте Ñе Ñо упатÑтвото или ЧПП. + +$set 4 #Configmenu + +1 Одмаглување +2 Ðвто кревање +3 Кликнувањето крева +4 Кликни за Ñ„Ð¾ÐºÑƒÑ +5 УкраÑи ги привремените прозорци +6 Сменување на Раб. површина на тркалце +7 ФокуÑирај прозорец на Ñмена на раб. меÑто +8 ФокуÑен модел +9 ФокуÑирај Ðови Прозорци +10 ЦелоÑно раширување +11 Image Dithering +12 Проѕирно премеÑтување +14 Ð¤Ð¾ÐºÑƒÑ Ð½Ð° глушец +15 Скок до др. Раб. меÑто +16 ПриÑили лажна проѕирноÑÑ‚ +17 Ðлфа на мени +18 ПроѕирноÑÑ‚ +19 ФокуÑиран алфа прозорец +20 дефокуÑиран алфа прозорец +21 МожноÑти на јазиче +22 Јазиче над прозорец +23 Ðадворешна големина на јазиче +24 ФокуÑирај јазиче на клик +25 Ð¤Ð¾ÐºÑƒÑ Ð½Ð° јазиче при движење +26 МожноÑÑ‚ за низцело +27 Игнорирај промена на големина +28 Оневозможи ПремеÑтување +29 Оневозможи Променување големина + +$set 5 #Ewmh + +1 ОпаÑноÑÑ‚: Меморијата е полна, не може да Ñе оддели За EWMH лиÑтата на клиенти + +$set 6 #FbTkError + +1 Предупредување! ВиÑината > 3200, меÑтам ВиÑина = 3200 +2 Предупредување! Ширината > 3200, меÑтам Ширина = 3200 +3 Предупредување: неможам да го вклучам резервниот фонт +4 Грешка при доделување. +5 Грешка во правење на пикÑел +6 Ðеможе да Ñе направи XImage +7 ÐеуÑпех при читање +8 Предупредување: Ðе уÑпеав да пронајдам валиден формат за алфа. +9 Предупредување: Ðе уÑпеав да Ñоздадам алфа Ñлика. +10 Предупредување: Ðе уÑпеав да Ñоздадам алфа икона. +11 Ðе уÑпеав да пронајдам формат за (%d) +12 Меморијата е полна +13 Меморијата на Ñиниот магацин Ñе преполни. +14 Меморијата на зелениот магацин Ñе преполни.. +15 Меморијата на црвениот магацин Ñе преполни.. +16 ÐеуÑпеав да прочитам дел од темата +17 неподдржана графика +18 ПоÑтавување оÑновна вредноÑÑ‚ + +$set 7 #Fluxbox + +1 rc фајлот е невалиден! +2 Ðе уÑпеав да вчитам groupfile +3 Ðе уÑпеав да вчитам датабаза +4 Пробувам Со +5 Предупредување ! Ðеможам да најдам екран за прозорецот да го мапирам! +6 Ðеможе да Ñе направи директориумот %s +7 Ðеможам да пронајдам екрани за управување.\nПогрижете Ñе да немате приклучено уште еден управувач на прозорци. +8 Грешка во раÑленувањето на регуларниот израз +9 КатаÑтрофа! Може Ñамо да има еден примерок од клаÑата на fluxbox. +10 Ðеможам да Ñе поврзам на X Ñерверот.\nПогрижи Ñе да Ñтартува X пред Fluxbox. +11 Предупредување: X Ñерверот не го поддржува одбраниот локал +12 Предупредување: неможам да поÑтавам локални менувачи + +$set 8 #Gnome + +1 ОпаÑноÑÑ‚: Меморијата е полна, не може да Ñе оддели за Гном клиент лиÑтата + +$set 9 #Keys + +1 Команди: Грешки во линијата +2 Команди: Ðе уÑпеав да го Ñпојам дрвото на команди! +3 Команди: Ðевалиден команда/менувач во линијата + +$set 10 #Menu + +1 Конфигурација +2 Fluxbox оÑновно мени +3 Излез +4 Икони +5 Слој... +6 On Head... +7 ПоÑтавување +8 Превчитај конфигурација +9 РеÑтартирај +10 Предупредување: небаланÑирани [кодовни] тагови + +$set 11 #Remember + +1 УкраÑи +2 Димензии +3 Скокни до Раб. меÑто +4 Слој +5 Запамти... +6 МеÑтоположба +7 Сними на затворање +8 ЗаÑенето +9 Лепливо +10 Ðепозната апликациÑка контрола +11 раб. меÑто +12 Глава +13 ПроѕирноÑÑ‚ + +$set 12 #Screen + +1 BScreen::BScreen: Друг управувач на прозорци е активен на Ñите екрани +2 W: %4d x H: %4d +3 BScreen::BScreen: управување на екранот %d Ñо 0x%lx и длабочиња %d\n +4 Ш: %04d x Ð’: %04d + +$set 13 #Slit + +1 Странки +2 Врти Ðадолу +3 Врти Ðагоре +4 Слит Правец +5 Слит Слој +6 Слит на чело +7 Ориентација на Слит +8 Слит +9 Сними лиÑта на Слитови + +$set 14 #Toolbar + +1 Реименувај го работното меÑто +2 Iconbar Mode +3 Сите Прозорци +4 Икони +5 Ðишто +6 Раб. меÑто +7 Раб. меÑто Ñо Икони +8 Слој Ñо Ðлатки +9 Toolbar on Head +10 МеÑтопоположба на Ðлатник +11 Ðлатник +12 Ширина на Ðлатник +13 ЧаÑовник: 24h +14 ЧаÑовник: 12h +15 Уреди приказ на чаÑовник +16 Прикажу икони +17 Без Икони +18 Раб. меÑто без икони + +$set 15 #Window + +1 Ðеименуван + +$set 16 #Windowmenu + +1 Затвори +2 Скриј +3 Слој +4 Спушти +5 Зголеми +6 Крени +7 Прати до ... +8 ЗаÑени +9 Залепи +10 Уништи +11 КориÑти оÑновно + +$set 17 #Workspace + +1 Работното меÑто %d +2 Работни меÑта +3 Ðово Раб. меÑто +4 Избриши поÑледно + +$set 18 #fbsetroot + +1 Грешка: Мора да одберите: -solid, -mod, -gradient\n +2 Ðеможам да направам иконÑки атоми, Ñе откажувам! +3 -display <текÑÑ‚> прикажи поврзување\n\ +-mod <x> <y> модула шема\n\ +-foreground, -fg <боја> модула боја на \n\ +-background, -bg <боја> модула боја на позадина\n\n\ +-gradient <ÑоÑтав> приливен ÑоÑтав\n\ +-from <боја> почетна боја на прилив\n\ +-to <боја> крајна боја на прилив\n\n\ +-solid <боја> еднобојна\n\n\ +-help Ñе прикажува Ñамо овој текÑÑ‚ и Ñе иÑклучува програмата\n + +$set 19 #main + +1 грешка: '-display' бара аргумент +2 Грешно премеÑтување +3 Грешно доделување +4 Ðадвор од домет +5 Runtime error +6 Вообичаен иÑклучок +7 Ðепозната грешка +8 грешка: '-log' бара аргумент +9 ЗапиÑнички фајл +10 Ðајави Ñе +11 грешка: '-rc' бара аргумент +12 грешка: '-screen' бара аргумент +13 Fluxbox %s: (c) %s Henrik Kinnunen\n\ +ВебÑајт: http://www.fluxbox.org/\n\n\ +-display <string>\t\tuse display connection.\n\ +-screen <all|int,int,int>\trun on specified screens only.\n\ +-rc <string>\t\t\tuse alternate resource file.\n\ +-version\t\t\tприкажува верзија на Ñофтверот и Ñе иÑклучува.\n\ +-info\t\t\t\tприкажува кориÑни податоци.\n\ +-log <filename>\t\t\tводи запиÑник во фајл.\n\ +-help\t\t\t\tја прикажува оваа текÑÑ‚ помош и Ñе иÑклучува .\n\n +14 предупредување: неможам да ја намеÑтам околинÑката променлива 'DISPLAY' + +$set 20 #layers + +1 Ðад котва +2 Дно +3 Работна површина +4 Котва +5 Ðормално +6 Ðад Ñе
A
nls/mk_MK/generated-UTF-8.m
@@ -0,0 +1,272 @@
+$ codeset=UTF-8 + +$set 1 #Align + +1 Дно Средина +2 Дно Лево +3 Дно ДеÑно +4 Хоринзонтално +5 Лево +6 Лево Дно +7 Лево Средина +8 Лево Горе +9 Приближно +10 ДеÑно +11 ДеÑно Дно +12 ДеÑно Средина +13 Right Top +14 Горе Средина +15 Горе Лево +16 Горе ДеÑно +17 Вертикално + +$set 2 #BaseDisplay + +1 Откажувам... Ñкладирам јадро\n +2 ИÑклучување \n +3 %s: Ñигнал %d е фатен\n + +$set 3 #Common + +1 Ðлфа +2 ÐвтоматÑки кријај +3 СоÑтави +4 Опции на СоÑтавувач +5 СоÑтавувач +6 Верзија на СоÑтавувач +7 приклучување +8 команди +9 Ð½Ð»Ñ +10 мени +11 Ñтил +12 ОÑновни +13 оневозможени +14 Грешки +15 Fluxbox верзија +16 Maximize Over +17 GIT Ðадзор +18 Видлив +19 Во овој Ñтил нема зададено подеÑување на позадината.\nВе молиме Ñоветувајте Ñе Ñо упатÑтвото или ЧПП. + +$set 4 #Configmenu + +1 Одмаглување +2 Ðвто кревање +3 Кликнувањето крева +4 Кликни за Ñ„Ð¾ÐºÑƒÑ +5 УкраÑи ги привремените прозорци +6 Сменување на Раб. површина на тркалце +7 ФокуÑирај прозорец на Ñмена на раб. меÑто +8 ФокуÑен модел +9 ФокуÑирај Ðови Прозорци +10 ЦелоÑно раширување +11 Image Dithering +12 Проѕирно премеÑтување +14 Ð¤Ð¾ÐºÑƒÑ Ð½Ð° глушец +15 Скок до др. Раб. меÑто +16 ПриÑили лажна проѕирноÑÑ‚ +17 Ðлфа на мени +18 ПроѕирноÑÑ‚ +19 ФокуÑиран алфа прозорец +20 дефокуÑиран алфа прозорец +21 МожноÑти на јазиче +22 Јазиче над прозорец +23 Ðадворешна големина на јазиче +24 ФокуÑирај јазиче на клик +25 Ð¤Ð¾ÐºÑƒÑ Ð½Ð° јазиче при движење +26 МожноÑÑ‚ за низцело +27 Игнорирај промена на големина +28 Оневозможи ПремеÑтување +29 Оневозможи Променување големина + +$set 5 #Ewmh + +1 ОпаÑноÑÑ‚: Меморијата е полна, не може да Ñе оддели За EWMH лиÑтата на клиенти + +$set 6 #FbTkError + +1 Предупредување! ВиÑината > 3200, меÑтам ВиÑина = 3200 +2 Предупредување! Ширината > 3200, меÑтам Ширина = 3200 +3 Предупредување: неможам да го вклучам резервниот фонт +4 Грешка при доделување. +5 Грешка во правење на пикÑел +6 Ðеможе да Ñе направи XImage +7 ÐеуÑпех при читање +8 Предупредување: Ðе уÑпеав да пронајдам валиден формат за алфа. +9 Предупредување: Ðе уÑпеав да Ñоздадам алфа Ñлика. +10 Предупредување: Ðе уÑпеав да Ñоздадам алфа икона. +11 Ðе уÑпеав да пронајдам формат за (%d) +12 Меморијата е полна +13 Меморијата на Ñиниот магацин Ñе преполни. +14 Меморијата на зелениот магацин Ñе преполни.. +15 Меморијата на црвениот магацин Ñе преполни.. +16 ÐеуÑпеав да прочитам дел од темата +17 неподдржана графика +18 ПоÑтавување оÑновна вредноÑÑ‚ + +$set 7 #Fluxbox + +1 rc фајлот е невалиден! +2 Ðе уÑпеав да вчитам groupfile +3 Ðе уÑпеав да вчитам датабаза +4 Пробувам Со +5 Предупредување ! Ðеможам да најдам екран за прозорецот да го мапирам! +6 Ðеможе да Ñе направи директориумот %s +7 Ðеможам да пронајдам екрани за управување.\nПогрижете Ñе да немате приклучено уште еден управувач на прозорци. +8 Грешка во раÑленувањето на регуларниот израз +9 КатаÑтрофа! Може Ñамо да има еден примерок од клаÑата на fluxbox. +10 Ðеможам да Ñе поврзам на X Ñерверот.\nПогрижи Ñе да Ñтартува X пред Fluxbox. +11 Предупредување: X Ñерверот не го поддржува одбраниот локал +12 Предупредување: неможам да поÑтавам локални менувачи + +$set 8 #Gnome + +1 ОпаÑноÑÑ‚: Меморијата е полна, не може да Ñе оддели за Гном клиент лиÑтата + +$set 9 #Keys + +1 Команди: Грешки во линијата +2 Команди: Ðе уÑпеав да го Ñпојам дрвото на команди! +3 Команди: Ðевалиден команда/менувач во линијата + +$set 10 #Menu + +1 Конфигурација +2 Fluxbox оÑновно мени +3 Излез +4 Икони +5 Слој... +6 On Head... +7 ПоÑтавување +8 Превчитај конфигурација +9 РеÑтартирај +10 Предупредување: небаланÑирани [кодовни] тагови + +$set 11 #Remember + +1 УкраÑи +2 Димензии +3 Скокни до Раб. меÑто +4 Слој +5 Запамти... +6 МеÑтоположба +7 Сними на затворање +8 ЗаÑенето +9 Лепливо +10 Ðепозната апликациÑка контрола +11 раб. меÑто +12 Глава +13 ПроѕирноÑÑ‚ + +$set 12 #Screen + +1 BScreen::BScreen: Друг управувач на прозорци е активен на Ñите екрани +2 W: %4d x H: %4d +3 BScreen::BScreen: управување на екранот %d Ñо 0x%lx и длабочиња %d\n +4 Ш: %04d x Ð’: %04d + +$set 13 #Slit + +1 Странки +2 Врти Ðадолу +3 Врти Ðагоре +4 Слит Правец +5 Слит Слој +6 Слит на чело +7 Ориентација на Слит +8 Слит +9 Сними лиÑта на Слитови + +$set 14 #Toolbar + +1 Реименувај го работното меÑто +2 Iconbar Mode +3 Сите Прозорци +4 Икони +5 Ðишто +6 Раб. меÑто +7 Раб. меÑто Ñо Икони +8 Слој Ñо Ðлатки +9 Toolbar on Head +10 МеÑтопоположба на Ðлатник +11 Ðлатник +12 Ширина на Ðлатник +13 ЧаÑовник: 24h +14 ЧаÑовник: 12h +15 Уреди приказ на чаÑовник +16 Прикажу икони +17 Без Икони +18 Раб. меÑто без икони + +$set 15 #Window + +1 Ðеименуван + +$set 16 #Windowmenu + +1 Затвори +2 Скриј +3 Слој +4 Спушти +5 Зголеми +6 Крени +7 Прати до ... +8 ЗаÑени +9 Залепи +10 Уништи +11 КориÑти оÑновно + +$set 17 #Workspace + +1 Работното меÑто %d +2 Работни меÑта +3 Ðово Раб. меÑто +4 Избриши поÑледно + +$set 18 #fbsetroot + +1 Грешка: Мора да одберите: -solid, -mod, -gradient\n +2 Ðеможам да направам иконÑки атоми, Ñе откажувам! +3 -display <текÑÑ‚> прикажи поврзување\n\ +-mod <x> <y> модула шема\n\ +-foreground, -fg <боја> модула боја на \n\ +-background, -bg <боја> модула боја на позадина\n\n\ +-gradient <ÑоÑтав> приливен ÑоÑтав\n\ +-from <боја> почетна боја на прилив\n\ +-to <боја> крајна боја на прилив\n\n\ +-solid <боја> еднобојна\n\n\ +-help Ñе прикажува Ñамо овој текÑÑ‚ и Ñе иÑклучува програмата\n + +$set 19 #main + +1 грешка: '-display' бара аргумент +2 Грешно премеÑтување +3 Грешно доделување +4 Ðадвор од домет +5 Runtime error +6 Вообичаен иÑклучок +7 Ðепозната грешка +8 грешка: '-log' бара аргумент +9 ЗапиÑнички фајл +10 Ðајави Ñе +11 грешка: '-rc' бара аргумент +12 грешка: '-screen' бара аргумент +13 Fluxbox %s: (c) %s Henrik Kinnunen\n\ +ВебÑајт: http://www.fluxbox.org/\n\n\ +-display <string>\t\tuse display connection.\n\ +-screen <all|int,int,int>\trun on specified screens only.\n\ +-rc <string>\t\t\tuse alternate resource file.\n\ +-version\t\t\tприкажува верзија на Ñофтверот и Ñе иÑклучува.\n\ +-info\t\t\t\tприкажува кориÑни податоци.\n\ +-log <filename>\t\t\tводи запиÑник во фајл.\n\ +-help\t\t\t\tја прикажува оваа текÑÑ‚ помош и Ñе иÑклучува .\n\n +14 предупредување: неможам да ја намеÑтам околинÑката променлива 'DISPLAY' + +$set 20 #layers + +1 Ðад котва +2 Дно +3 Работна површина +4 Котва +5 Ðормално +6 Ðад Ñе
M
nls/translators.txt
→
nls/translators.txt
@@ -16,12 +16,12 @@ 7. run ./configure
Details regarding the meaning of all of the positions & default values - are listed in Translation.m.desc + would be listed in Translation.m.desc, if you're kind enough to write it. -List of translators contrubutors +List of translators contributors -------------------------------- -ru_RU: php-coder <php-coder@ngs.ru> +ru_RU: Slava Semushin <php-coder@altlinux.ru> ko_KR: Jo Hyunseok <ttrand@gmail.com> pl_PL: Meltir and Cheester <meltir@wp.pl> <czester@gmail.com>, offtza@gazeta.pl nl_NL: Han Boetes <han@mijncomputer.nl>
M
src/AlphaMenu.cc
→
src/AlphaMenu.cc
@@ -23,10 +23,8 @@
#include "AlphaMenu.hh" #include "Window.hh" -#include "WindowCmd.hh" #include "Screen.hh" #include "Workspace.hh" -#include "WindowCmd.hh" #include "fluxbox.hh" #include "Layer.hh" #include "FbTk/IntMenuItem.hh"@@ -39,10 +37,10 @@ FbTk::ImageControl &imgctrl, FbTk::XLayer &layer):
ToggleMenu(tm, imgctrl, layer) { - static WindowAccessor<int> m_focused_alpha((WindowAccessor<int>::Getter)&FluxboxWindow::getFocusedAlpha, - (WindowAccessor<int>::Setter)&FluxboxWindow::setFocusedAlpha, 255); - static WindowAccessor<int> m_unfocused_alpha((WindowAccessor<int>::Getter)&FluxboxWindow::getUnfocusedAlpha, - (WindowAccessor<int>::Setter)&FluxboxWindow::setUnfocusedAlpha, 255); + static WindowMenuAccessor<int> m_focused_alpha((WindowMenuAccessor<int>::Getter)&FluxboxWindow::getFocusedAlpha, + (WindowMenuAccessor<int>::Setter)&FluxboxWindow::setFocusedAlpha, 255); + static WindowMenuAccessor<int> m_unfocused_alpha((WindowMenuAccessor<int>::Getter)&FluxboxWindow::getUnfocusedAlpha, + (WindowMenuAccessor<int>::Setter)&FluxboxWindow::setUnfocusedAlpha, 255); _FB_USES_NLS;
M
src/AlphaMenu.hh
→
src/AlphaMenu.hh
@@ -25,6 +25,7 @@ #define ALPHAMENU_HH
#include "ToggleMenu.hh" #include "WindowCmd.hh" +#include "WindowMenuAccessor.hh" #include "FbTk/MenuItem.hh" class AlphaMenu : public ToggleMenu {@@ -47,7 +48,7 @@ setCloseOnClick(false);
} bool isSelected() const { - static ConstWindowAccessor<bool> s_is_default(&FluxboxWindow::getUseDefaultAlpha, true); + static ConstWindowMenuAccessor<bool> s_is_default(&FluxboxWindow::getUseDefaultAlpha, true); return s_is_default; } void click(int button, int time, unsigned int mods) {
M
src/AttentionNoticeHandler.cc
→
src/AttentionNoticeHandler.cc
@@ -119,6 +119,11 @@ fbwin->stateSig().notify();
} -bool AttentionNoticeHandler::isDemandingAttention(Focusable &client) { - return m_attentions.find(&client) != m_attentions.end(); +bool AttentionNoticeHandler::isDemandingAttention(const Focusable &client) { + NoticeMap::iterator it = m_attentions.begin(), it_end = m_attentions.end(); + for (; it != it_end; ++it) { + if (it->first == &client) + return true; + } + return false; }
M
src/AttentionNoticeHandler.hh
→
src/AttentionNoticeHandler.hh
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ void addAttention(Focusable &client);
/// removes the client from the attention map void update(FbTk::Subject *subj); - bool isDemandingAttention(Focusable &client); + bool isDemandingAttention(const Focusable &client); private: NoticeMap m_attentions;
M
src/ClientPattern.cc
→
src/ClientPattern.cc
@@ -22,6 +22,7 @@ // DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
#include "ClientPattern.hh" +#include "fluxbox.hh" #include "FocusControl.hh" #include "Layer.hh" #include "Screen.hh"@@ -132,6 +133,8 @@ } else if (strcasecmp(memstr.c_str(), "head") == 0) {
prop = HEAD; } else if (strcasecmp(memstr.c_str(), "layer") == 0) { prop = LAYER; + } else if (strcasecmp(memstr.c_str(), "urgent") == 0) { + prop = URGENT; } else { prop = NAME; expr = match;@@ -244,6 +247,8 @@ break;
case LAYER: pat.append("layer="); break; + case URGENT: + pat.append("urgent="); } pat.append((*it)->orig);@@ -402,6 +407,10 @@ break;
} case LAYER: return fbwin ? ::Layer::getString(fbwin->layerNum()) : ""; + break; + case URGENT: + return Fluxbox::instance()->attentionHandler() + .isDemandingAttention(client) ? "yes" : "no"; break; } return client.getWMClassName();
M
src/ClientPattern.hh
→
src/ClientPattern.hh
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
enum WinProperty { TITLE, CLASS, NAME, ROLE, TRANSIENT, MAXIMIZED, MINIMIZED, SHADED, STUCK, FOCUSHIDDEN, ICONHIDDEN, - WORKSPACE, WORKSPACENAME, HEAD, LAYER + WORKSPACE, WORKSPACENAME, HEAD, LAYER, URGENT }; /// Does this client match this pattern?
M
src/CommandDialog.cc
→
src/CommandDialog.cc
@@ -167,8 +167,8 @@ XBell(FbTk::App::instance()->display(), 0);
return; } - FbTk::ObjectRegistry<FbTk::CommandParser<void>::Creator>::CreatorMap::const_iterator it = FbTk::ObjectRegistry<FbTk::CommandParser<void>::Creator>::instance().creatorMap().begin(); - const FbTk::ObjectRegistry<FbTk::CommandParser<void>::Creator>::CreatorMap::const_iterator it_end = FbTk::ObjectRegistry<FbTk::CommandParser<void>::Creator>::instance().creatorMap().end(); + FbTk::CommandParser<void>::CreatorMap::const_iterator it = FbTk::CommandParser<void>::instance().creatorMap().begin(); + const FbTk::CommandParser<void>::CreatorMap::const_iterator it_end = FbTk::CommandParser<void>::instance().creatorMap().end(); vector<string> matches; for (; it != it_end; ++it) { if ((*it).first.find(prefix) == 0) {
M
src/CurrentWindowCmd.cc
→
src/CurrentWindowCmd.cc
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@
#include "CurrentWindowCmd.hh" #include "fluxbox.hh" +#include "Layer.hh" #include "Window.hh" #include "WindowCmd.hh" #include "Screen.hh"@@ -55,8 +56,6 @@ else if (command == "lower")
return new CurrentWindowCmd(&FluxboxWindow::lower); else if (command == "lowerlayer") return new CurrentWindowCmd(&FluxboxWindow::lowerLayer); - else if (command == "activate" || command == "focus") - return new CurrentWindowCmd((void (FluxboxWindow::*)())&FluxboxWindow::focus); else if (command == "close") return new CurrentWindowCmd(&FluxboxWindow::close); else if (command == "killwindow" || command == "kill")@@ -97,8 +96,6 @@ REGISTER_COMMAND_PARSER(raise, createCurrentWindowCmd, void);
REGISTER_COMMAND_PARSER(raiselayer, createCurrentWindowCmd, void); REGISTER_COMMAND_PARSER(lower, createCurrentWindowCmd, void); REGISTER_COMMAND_PARSER(lowerlayer, createCurrentWindowCmd, void); -REGISTER_COMMAND_PARSER(activate, createCurrentWindowCmd, void); -REGISTER_COMMAND_PARSER(focus, createCurrentWindowCmd, void); REGISTER_COMMAND_PARSER(close, createCurrentWindowCmd, void); REGISTER_COMMAND_PARSER(killwindow, createCurrentWindowCmd, void); REGISTER_COMMAND_PARSER(kill, createCurrentWindowCmd, void);@@ -251,6 +248,18 @@
(*it)->focus(); } +REGISTER_COMMAND_WITH_ARGS(activate, FocusCmd, void); +REGISTER_COMMAND_WITH_ARGS(focus, FocusCmd, void); + +void FocusCmd::real_execute() { + Focusable *win = 0; + if (!m_pat.error()) + win = fbwindow().screen().focusControl().focusedOrderWinList().find(m_pat); + if (!win) + win = &fbwindow(); + win->focus(); +} + REGISTER_COMMAND(startmoving, StartMovingCmd, void); void StartMovingCmd::real_execute() {@@ -477,6 +486,18 @@
FullscreenCmd::FullscreenCmd() { } void FullscreenCmd::real_execute() { fbwindow().setFullscreen(!fbwindow().isFullscreen()); +} + +FbTk::Command<void> *SetLayerCmd::parse(const string &command, + const string &args, bool trusted) { + int l = Layer::getNumFromString(args); + return (l == -1) ? 0 : new SetLayerCmd(l); +} + +REGISTER_COMMAND_PARSER(setlayer, SetLayerCmd::parse, void); + +void SetLayerCmd::real_execute() { + fbwindow().moveToLayer(m_layer); } FbTk::Command<void> *SetAlphaCmd::parse(const string &command, const string &args,
M
src/CurrentWindowCmd.hh
→
src/CurrentWindowCmd.hh
@@ -137,6 +137,16 @@ private:
const int m_tab_num; }; +// focus the window +class FocusCmd: public WindowHelperCmd { +public: + explicit FocusCmd(const std::string &pat): m_pat(pat.c_str()) { } +protected: + void real_execute(); +private: + const ClientPattern m_pat; +}; + // begin moving with mouse class StartMovingCmd: public WindowHelperCmd { public:@@ -245,6 +255,17 @@ void real_execute();
private: int m_focus, m_unfocus; int m_relative, m_un_relative; +}; + +class SetLayerCmd: public WindowHelperCmd { +public: + explicit SetLayerCmd(int layer): m_layer(layer) { } + static FbTk::Command<void> *parse(const std::string &command, + const std::string &args, bool trusted); +protected: + void real_execute(); +private: + int m_layer; }; class MatchCmd: public WindowHelperBoolCmd {
M
src/Ewmh.cc
→
src/Ewmh.cc
@@ -75,7 +75,8 @@ *
* This is an array of 32bit packed CARDINAL ARGB with high byte being A, low * byte being B. The first two cardinals are width, height. Data is in rows, * left to right and top to bottom. - */ + * + * TODO: maybe move the pixmap-creation code to FbTk? */ void extractNetWmIcon(Atom net_wm_icon, WinClient& winclient) { typedef std::pair<int, int> Size;@@ -155,12 +156,13 @@ return;
} // allocate some memory for the icons at client side - img_pm->data = new char[img_pm->bytes_per_line * height]; - img_mask->data = new char[img_mask->bytes_per_line * height]; + img_pm->data = static_cast<char*>(malloc(img_pm->bytes_per_line * height)); + img_mask->data = static_cast<char*>(malloc(img_mask->bytes_per_line * height)); const unsigned long* src = icon_data.begin()->second; - unsigned int pixel; + unsigned int rgba; + unsigned long pixel; int x; int y; unsigned char r, g, b, a;@@ -168,15 +170,40 @@
for (y = 0; y < height; y++) { for (x = 0; x < width; x++, src++) { - pixel = *src; // use only 32bit + rgba = *src; // use only 32bit + + a = ( rgba & 0xff000000 ) >> 24; + r = ( rgba & 0x00ff0000 ) >> 16; + g = ( rgba & 0x0000ff00 ) >> 8; + b = ( rgba & 0x000000ff ); - a = ( pixel & 0xff000000 ) >> 24; - r = ( pixel & 0x00ff0000 ) >> 16; - g = ( pixel & 0x0000ff00 ) >> 8; - b = ( pixel & 0x000000ff ); + // 15 bit display, 5R 5G 5B + if (img_pm->red_mask == 0x7c00 + && img_pm->green_mask == 0x03e0 + && img_pm->blue_mask == 0x1f) { - // transfer color data - XPutPixel(img_pm, x, y, pixel & 0x00ffffff ); // TODO: this only works in 24bit depth + pixel = ((r << 7) & 0x7c00) | ((g << 2) & 0x03e0) | ((b >> 3) & 0x001f); + + // 16 bit display, 5R 6G 5B + } else if (img_pm->red_mask == 0xf800 + && img_pm->green_mask == 0x07e0 + && img_pm->blue_mask == 0x1f) { + + pixel = ((r << 8) & 0xf800) | ((g << 3) & 0x07e0) | ((b >> 3) & 0x001f); + + // 24/32 bit display, 8R 8G 8B + } else if (img_pm->red_mask == 0xff0000 + && img_pm->green_mask == 0xff00 + && img_pm->blue_mask == 0xff) { + + pixel = rgba & 0x00ffffff; + + } else { + pixel = 0; + } + + // transfer rgb data + XPutPixel(img_pm, x, y, pixel); // transfer mask data XPutPixel(img_mask, x, y, a > 127 ? 0 : 1);@@ -194,8 +221,8 @@
XPutImage(dpy, icon.pixmap().drawable(), gc_pm.gc(), img_pm, 0, 0, 0, 0, width, height); XPutImage(dpy, icon.mask().drawable(), gc_mask.gc(), img_mask, 0, 0, 0, 0, width, height); - XDestroyImage(img_pm); // also frees img_pm->data - XDestroyImage(img_mask); // also frees img_mask->data + XDestroyImage(img_pm); // frees img_pm->data as well + XDestroyImage(img_mask); // frees img_mask->data as well XFree(raw_data);@@ -1126,8 +1153,8 @@ if (!screen)
return true; FbTk::ThemeProxy<FbWinFrameTheme> &theme = screen->focusedWinFrameTheme(); unsigned int bw = theme->border().width(); - long title_h = theme->titleHeight() || - theme->font().height() + 2*theme->bevelWidth() + 2 + 2*bw; + long title_h = theme->titleHeight() ? theme->titleHeight() + 2*bw : + theme->font().height() + 2*theme->bevelWidth() + 2 + 2*bw; long handle_h = theme->handleWidth() + 2*bw; long extents[4]; // our frames currently don't protrude from left/right@@ -1438,7 +1465,7 @@ FluxboxWindow::ClientList::iterator it_end = win.clientList().end();
for (; it != it_end; ++it) { long extents[4]; // our frames currently don't protrude from left/right - int bw = win.frame().window().borderWidth() - (*it)->old_bw; + int bw = win.frame().window().borderWidth(); extents[0] = bw; extents[1] = bw; extents[2] = win.frame().titlebarHeight() + bw;
M
src/FbCommands.cc
→
src/FbCommands.cc
@@ -73,17 +73,14 @@ namespace {
void showMenu(const BScreen &screen, FbTk::Menu &menu) { - // special case for root menu - if (&menu == &screen.rootMenu()) { - Fluxbox* fb = Fluxbox::instance(); - if(fb->menuTimestampsChanged()) { - // we dont show the menu here because fluxbox - // will bring up the rootmenu after the timed - // reread of the menu - fb->rereadMenu(true); - return; - } + // check if menu has changed + if (typeid(menu) == typeid(FbMenu)) { + FbMenu *fbmenu = static_cast<FbMenu *>(&menu); + if (fbmenu->reloadHelper()) + fbmenu->reloadHelper()->checkReload(); } + + FbMenu::setWindow(FocusControl::focusedFbWindow()); Window root_ret; // not used Window window_ret; // not used@@ -246,7 +243,14 @@ void SaveResources::execute() {
Fluxbox::instance()->save_rc(); } -REGISTER_UNTRUSTED_COMMAND_WITH_ARGS(restart, FbCommands::RestartFluxboxCmd, void); +REGISTER_COMMAND_PARSER(restart, RestartFluxboxCmd::parse, void); + +FbTk::Command<void> *RestartFluxboxCmd::parse(const string &command, + const string &args, bool trusted) { + if (!trusted && !args.empty()) + return 0; + return new RestartFluxboxCmd(args); +} RestartFluxboxCmd::RestartFluxboxCmd(const string &cmd):m_cmd(cmd){ }@@ -279,10 +283,11 @@
} void SetStyleCmd::execute() { - Fluxbox::instance()->saveStyleFilename(m_filename.c_str()); - Fluxbox::instance()->save_rc(); - FbTk::ThemeManager::instance().load(m_filename, - Fluxbox::instance()->getStyleOverlayFilename()); + if (FbTk::ThemeManager::instance().load(m_filename, + Fluxbox::instance()->getStyleOverlayFilename())) { + Fluxbox::instance()->saveStyleFilename(m_filename.c_str()); + Fluxbox::instance()->save_rc(); + } } REGISTER_COMMAND_WITH_ARGS(keymode, FbCommands::KeyModeCmd, void);@@ -335,8 +340,8 @@ if (typeid(**it) == typeid(FluxboxWindow) && m_pat.match(**it))
m_list.push_back(static_cast<FluxboxWindow *>(*it)); } - m_menu = new ClientMenu(*screen, m_list, 0); - ::showMenu(*screen, **m_menu); + m_menu.reset(new ClientMenu(*screen, m_list, 0)); + ::showMenu(*screen, *m_menu.get()); } REGISTER_COMMAND_WITH_ARGS(custommenu, FbCommands::ShowCustomMenuCmd, void);@@ -347,11 +352,22 @@ void ShowCustomMenuCmd::execute() {
BScreen *screen = Fluxbox::instance()->mouseScreen(); if (screen == 0) return; - m_menu = MenuCreator::createFromFile(custom_menu_file, - screen->screenNumber(), true); - if (!m_menu.get()) - return; - ::showMenu(*screen, **m_menu); + + if (!m_menu.get() || screen->screenNumber() != m_menu->screenNumber()) { + m_menu.reset(screen->createMenu("")); + m_menu->setReloadHelper(new FbTk::AutoReloadHelper()); + m_menu->reloadHelper()->setReloadCmd(FbTk::RefCount<FbTk::Command<void> >(new FbTk::SimpleCommand<ShowCustomMenuCmd>(*this, &ShowCustomMenuCmd::reload))); + m_menu->reloadHelper()->setMainFile(custom_menu_file); + } else + m_menu->reloadHelper()->checkReload(); + + ::showMenu(*screen, *m_menu.get()); +} + +void ShowCustomMenuCmd::reload() { + m_menu->removeAll(); + m_menu->setLabel(""); + MenuCreator::createFromFile(custom_menu_file, *m_menu.get(), m_menu->reloadHelper()); } REGISTER_COMMAND(rootmenu, FbCommands::ShowRootMenuCmd, void);@@ -556,4 +572,4 @@ break;
}; } -}; // end namespace FbCommands +} // end namespace FbCommands
M
src/FbCommands.hh
→
src/FbCommands.hh
@@ -25,7 +25,8 @@ #ifndef FBCOMMANDS_HH
#define FBCOMMANDS_HH #include "FbTk/Command.hh" -#include "FbTk/RefCount.hh" + +#include <memory> #include "ClientMenu.hh" #include "ClientPattern.hh"@@ -76,6 +77,8 @@ class RestartFluxboxCmd: public FbTk::Command<void> {
public: RestartFluxboxCmd(const std::string &cmd); void execute(); + static FbTk::Command<void> *parse(const std::string &command, + const std::string &args, bool trusted); private: std::string m_cmd; };@@ -124,16 +127,17 @@ private:
const int m_option; const ClientPattern m_pat; std::list<FluxboxWindow *> m_list; - FbTk::RefCount<ClientMenu> m_menu; + std::auto_ptr<ClientMenu> m_menu; }; class ShowCustomMenuCmd: public FbTk::Command<void> { public: explicit ShowCustomMenuCmd(const std::string &arguments); void execute(); + void reload(); private: std::string custom_menu_file; - FbTk::RefCount<FbTk::Menu> m_menu; + std::auto_ptr<FbMenu> m_menu; }; class ShowRootMenuCmd: public FbTk::Command<void> {
M
src/FbMenu.hh
→
src/FbMenu.hh
@@ -22,8 +22,11 @@
#ifndef FBMENU_HH #define FBMENU_HH +#include <memory> + #include "FbTk/Menu.hh" #include "FbTk/XLayerItem.hh" +#include "FbTk/AutoReloadHelper.hh" class FluxboxWindow;@@ -44,11 +47,15 @@ void buttonPressEvent(XButtonEvent &be);
void buttonReleaseEvent(XButtonEvent &be); void keyPressEvent(XKeyEvent &ke); + void setReloadHelper(FbTk::AutoReloadHelper *helper) { m_reloader.reset(helper); } + FbTk::AutoReloadHelper *reloadHelper() { return m_reloader.get(); } + static void setWindow(FluxboxWindow *win) { s_window = win; } static FluxboxWindow *window() { return s_window; } private: FbTk::XLayerItem m_layeritem; + std::auto_ptr<FbTk::AutoReloadHelper> m_reloader; static FluxboxWindow *s_window; };
M
src/FbTk/Accessor.hh
→
src/FbTk/Accessor.hh
@@ -81,6 +81,6 @@ const Receiver &m_receiver;
Getter m_getter; }; -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk #endif // FBTK_ACCESSOR_HH
M
src/FbTk/App.cc
→
src/FbTk/App.cc
@@ -81,4 +81,4 @@ void App::end() {
m_done = true; //end loop in App::eventLoop } -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
A
src/FbTk/AutoReloadHelper.cc
@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+// AutoReloadHelper.cc +// Copyright (c) 2008 Fluxbox Team (fluxgen at fluxbox dot org) +// +// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a +// copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), +// to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation +// the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, +// and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the +// Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +// +// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +// all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +// +// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +// THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING +// FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER +// DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + +#include "AutoReloadHelper.hh" + +#include "FileUtil.hh" +#include "StringUtil.hh" + +namespace FbTk { + +void AutoReloadHelper::checkReload() { + if (!m_reload_cmd.get()) + return; + TimestampMap::const_iterator it = m_timestamps.begin(); + TimestampMap::const_iterator it_end = m_timestamps.end(); + for (; it != it_end; ++it) { + if (FileUtil::getLastStatusChangeTimestamp(it->first.c_str()) != + it->second) { + reload(); + return; + } + } +} + +void AutoReloadHelper::setMainFile(std::string file) { + file = StringUtil::expandFilename(file); + if (file == m_main_file) + return; + m_main_file = file; + reload(); +} + +void AutoReloadHelper::addFile(std::string file) { + if (file.empty()) + return; + file = StringUtil::expandFilename(file); + m_timestamps[file] = FileUtil::getLastStatusChangeTimestamp(file.c_str()); +} + +void AutoReloadHelper::reload() { + if (!m_reload_cmd.get()) + return; + m_timestamps.clear(); + addFile(m_main_file); + m_reload_cmd->execute(); +} + +} // end namespace FbTk
A
src/FbTk/AutoReloadHelper.hh
@@ -0,0 +1,54 @@
+// AutoReloadHelper.hh +// Copyright (c) 2008 Fluxbox Team (fluxgen at fluxbox dot org) +// +// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a +// copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), +// to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation +// the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, +// and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the +// Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +// +// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +// all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +// +// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +// THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING +// FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER +// DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + +#ifndef AUTORELOADHELPER_HH +#define AUTORELOADHELPER_HH + +#include <map> +#include <string> +#include <sys/types.h> + +#include "Command.hh" +#include "RefCount.hh" + +namespace FbTk { + +class AutoReloadHelper { +public: + + void setMainFile(std::string filename); + void addFile(std::string filename); + void setReloadCmd(RefCount<Command<void> > cmd) { m_reload_cmd = cmd; } + + void checkReload(); + void reload(); + +private: + RefCount<Command<void> > m_reload_cmd; + std::string m_main_file; + + typedef std::map<std::string, time_t> TimestampMap; + TimestampMap m_timestamps; +}; + +} // end namespace FbTk + +#endif // AUTORELOADHELPER_HH
M
src/FbTk/BoolMenuItem.hh
→
src/FbTk/BoolMenuItem.hh
@@ -58,6 +58,6 @@ private:
Accessor<bool> &m_item; }; -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk #endif // FBTK_BOOLMENUITEM_HH
M
src/FbTk/BorderTheme.cc
→
src/FbTk/BorderTheme.cc
@@ -33,4 +33,4 @@ *m_width = 0;
m_color->setFromString("black", theme.screenNum()); } -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/BorderTheme.hh
→
src/FbTk/BorderTheme.hh
@@ -42,6 +42,6 @@ ThemeItem<int> m_width;
ThemeItem<Color> m_color; }; -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk #endif // FBTK_BORDERTHEME_HH
M
src/FbTk/Button.cc
→
src/FbTk/Button.cc
@@ -30,7 +30,8 @@
Button::Button(int screen_num, int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height): FbWindow(screen_num, x, y, width, height, - ExposureMask | ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask), + ExposureMask | ButtonPressMask | EnterWindowMask | + LeaveWindowMask | ButtonReleaseMask), m_background_pm(0), m_pressed_pm(0), m_pressed_color(),@@ -45,7 +46,8 @@
Button::Button(const FbWindow &parent, int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height): FbWindow(parent, x, y, width, height, - ExposureMask | ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask), + ExposureMask | ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask | + EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask), m_background_pm(0), m_pressed_pm(0), m_pressed_color(),@@ -90,6 +92,14 @@ m_background_pm = pm;
FbTk::FbWindow::setBackgroundPixmap(pm); } + +void Button::enterNotifyEvent(XCrossingEvent &ce){ + +} +void Button::leaveNotifyEvent(XCrossingEvent &ce){ + +} + void Button::buttonPressEvent(XButtonEvent &event) { bool update = false; if (m_pressed_pm != 0) {@@ -146,4 +156,4 @@ void Button::exposeEvent(XExposeEvent &event) {
clearArea(event.x, event.y, event.width, event.height); } -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/Button.hh
→
src/FbTk/Button.hh
@@ -61,6 +61,8 @@ */
//@{ virtual void buttonPressEvent(XButtonEvent &event); virtual void buttonReleaseEvent(XButtonEvent &event); + virtual void enterNotifyEvent(XCrossingEvent &ce); + virtual void leaveNotifyEvent(XCrossingEvent &ce); virtual void exposeEvent(XExposeEvent &event); //@}
M
src/FbTk/CommandParser.hh
→
src/FbTk/CommandParser.hh
@@ -22,8 +22,10 @@
#ifndef CommandParser_HH #define CommandParser_HH -#include "ObjectRegistry.hh" #include "StringUtil.hh" + +#include <string> +#include <map> using std::string;@@ -86,6 +88,7 @@ template <typename Type>
class CommandParser { public: typedef Command<Type> *(*Creator)(const string &, const string &, bool); + typedef std::map<std::string, Creator> CreatorMap; static CommandParser<Type> &instance() { static CommandParser<Type> s_instance;@@ -93,9 +96,9 @@ return s_instance;
} Command<Type> *parse(const string &name, const string &args, - bool trusted = true) const { + bool trusted = true) const { string lc = StringUtil::toLower(name); - Creator creator = ObjectRegistry<Creator>::instance().lookup(lc); + Creator creator = lookup(lc); if (creator) return creator(lc, args, trusted); return 0;@@ -114,13 +117,24 @@ }
bool registerCommand(string name, Creator creator) { name = StringUtil::toLower(name); - return ObjectRegistry<Creator>::instance().registerObject(name, - creator); + m_creators[name] = creator; + return true; } + Creator lookup(const std::string &name) const { + typename CreatorMap::const_iterator it = m_creators.find(name); + if (it == m_creators.end()) + return 0; + return it->second; + } + + const CreatorMap &creatorMap() const { return m_creators; } + private: CommandParser() {} ~CommandParser() {} + + CreatorMap m_creators; }; } // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/Container.cc
→
src/FbTk/Container.cc
@@ -491,4 +491,4 @@ }
} -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/Container.hh
→
src/FbTk/Container.hh
@@ -109,6 +109,6 @@ ItemList m_item_list;
bool m_update_lock; }; -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk #endif // FBTK_CONTAINER_HH
M
src/FbTk/DefaultValue.hh
→
src/FbTk/DefaultValue.hh
@@ -51,6 +51,6 @@ Ret m_actual;
bool m_use_default; }; -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk #endif // FBTK_DEFAULTVALUE_HH
M
src/FbTk/EventManager.cc
→
src/FbTk/EventManager.cc
@@ -221,4 +221,4 @@ }
} -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/FbDrawable.cc
→
src/FbTk/FbDrawable.cc
@@ -166,4 +166,4 @@ AllPlanes, // plane mask
ZPixmap); } -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/FbPixmap.cc
→
src/FbTk/FbPixmap.cc
@@ -506,4 +506,4 @@ m_height = height;
m_depth = depth; } -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/FbString.cc
→
src/FbTk/FbString.cc
@@ -239,7 +239,7 @@ return false;
} -}; // end namespace StringUtil +} // end namespace StringUtil StringConvertor::StringConvertor(EncodingTarget target): #ifdef HAVE_ICONV@@ -289,4 +289,4 @@ return src;
#endif } -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/FbString.hh
→
src/FbTk/FbString.hh
@@ -67,6 +67,8 @@
bool setSource(const std::string &encoding); void reset() { #ifdef HAVE_ICONV + if (m_iconv != ((iconv_t)-1)) + iconv_close(m_iconv); m_iconv = ((iconv_t)(-1)); #endif }
M
src/FbTk/FbWindow.cc
→
src/FbTk/FbWindow.cc
@@ -43,21 +43,28 @@ #endif
namespace FbTk { -FbWindow::FbWindow():FbDrawable(), m_parent(0), m_screen_num(0), m_window(0), m_x(0), m_y(0), - m_width(0), m_height(0), m_border_width(0), m_depth(0), m_destroy(true), - m_lastbg_color_set(false), m_lastbg_color(0), m_lastbg_pm(0), m_renderer(0) { +FbWindow::FbWindow(): + FbDrawable(), + m_parent(0), m_screen_num(0), m_window(0), + m_x(0), m_y(0), m_width(0), m_height(0), + m_border_width(0), m_border_color(0), + m_depth(0), m_destroy(true), + m_lastbg_color_set(false), m_lastbg_color(0), m_lastbg_pm(0), + m_renderer(0) { } -FbWindow::FbWindow(const FbWindow& the_copy):FbDrawable(), - m_parent(the_copy.parent()), - m_screen_num(the_copy.screenNumber()), m_window(the_copy.window()), - m_x(the_copy.x()), m_y(the_copy.y()), - m_width(the_copy.width()), m_height(the_copy.height()), - m_border_width(the_copy.borderWidth()), - m_depth(the_copy.depth()), m_destroy(true), - m_lastbg_color_set(false), m_lastbg_color(0), - m_lastbg_pm(0), m_renderer(the_copy.m_renderer) { +FbWindow::FbWindow(const FbWindow& the_copy): + FbDrawable(), + m_parent(the_copy.parent()), + m_screen_num(the_copy.screenNumber()), m_window(the_copy.window()), + m_x(the_copy.x()), m_y(the_copy.y()), + m_width(the_copy.width()), m_height(the_copy.height()), + m_border_width(the_copy.borderWidth()), + m_border_color(the_copy.borderColor()), + m_depth(the_copy.depth()), m_destroy(true), + m_lastbg_color_set(false), m_lastbg_color(0), m_lastbg_pm(0), + m_renderer(the_copy.m_renderer) { the_copy.m_window = 0; }@@ -100,17 +107,14 @@
}; -FbWindow::FbWindow(Window client):FbDrawable(), m_parent(0), - m_screen_num(0), - m_window(0), - m_x(0), m_y(0), - m_width(1), m_height(1), - m_border_width(0), - m_depth(0), - m_destroy(false), // don't destroy this window - m_lastbg_color_set(false), m_lastbg_color(0), - m_lastbg_pm(0), m_renderer(0) { - +FbWindow::FbWindow(Window client): + FbDrawable(), + m_parent(0), m_screen_num(0), m_window(0), + m_x(0), m_y(0), m_width(1), m_height(1), + m_border_width(0), m_border_color(0), + m_depth(0), m_destroy(false), // don't destroy this window + m_lastbg_color_set(false), m_lastbg_color(0), m_lastbg_pm(0), + m_renderer(0) { setNew(client); }@@ -235,6 +239,7 @@ }
void FbWindow::setBorderColor(const FbTk::Color &border_color) { XSetWindowBorder(display(), m_window, border_color.pixel()); + m_border_color = border_color.pixel(); } void FbWindow::setBorderWidth(unsigned int size) {@@ -373,6 +378,7 @@ m_y = win.y();
m_width = win.width(); m_height = win.height(); m_border_width = win.borderWidth(); + m_border_color = win.borderColor(); m_depth = win.depth(); // take over this window win.m_window = 0;@@ -601,6 +607,7 @@ bool save_unders, unsigned int depth, int class_type) {
m_border_width = 0; + m_border_color = 0; long valmask = CWEventMask; XSetWindowAttributes values;
M
src/FbTk/FbWindow.hh
→
src/FbTk/FbWindow.hh
@@ -177,6 +177,7 @@ int y() const { return m_y; }
unsigned int width() const { return m_width; } unsigned int height() const { return m_height; } unsigned int borderWidth() const { return m_border_width; } + unsigned long borderColor() const { return m_border_color; } unsigned int depth() const { return m_depth; } unsigned char alpha() const; int screenNumber() const;@@ -225,6 +226,7 @@ mutable Window m_window; ///< the X window
int m_x, m_y; ///< position of window unsigned int m_width, m_height; ///< size of window unsigned int m_border_width; ///< border size + unsigned long m_border_color; ///< border color unsigned int m_depth; ///< bit depth bool m_destroy; ///< wheter the x window was created before std::auto_ptr<FbTk::Transparent> m_transparent;
M
src/FbTk/FileUtil.cc
→
src/FbTk/FileUtil.cc
@@ -145,4 +145,4 @@ return true;
} -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/Font.cc
→
src/FbTk/Font.cc
@@ -73,11 +73,12 @@ using std::string;
using std::map; using std::list; -namespace { #ifdef HAVE_SETLOCALE #include <locale.h> #endif //HAVE_SETLOCALE + +namespace { // use to map <font1>|<font2>|<font3> => <fontthatworks> typedef map<string, string> StringMap;
M
src/FbTk/FontImp.hh
→
src/FbTk/FontImp.hh
@@ -53,6 +53,6 @@ protected:
FontImp() { } }; -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk #endif // FBTK_FONTIMP_HH
M
src/FbTk/I18n.cc
→
src/FbTk/I18n.cc
@@ -195,4 +195,4 @@ #endif // NLS && HAVE_CATGETS
return default_message; } -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/I18n.hh
→
src/FbTk/I18n.hh
@@ -123,6 +123,6 @@ };
void NLSInit(const char *); -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk #endif // I18N_HH
M
src/FbTk/Image.cc
→
src/FbTk/Image.cc
@@ -160,4 +160,4 @@ void Image::removeAllSearchPaths() {
s_search_paths.clear(); } -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/ImageControl.cc
→
src/FbTk/ImageControl.cc
@@ -104,9 +104,8 @@ unsigned int count, width, height;
unsigned long pixel1, pixel2, texture; }; -ImageControl::ImageControl(int screen_num, bool dither, +ImageControl::ImageControl(int screen_num, int cpc, unsigned long cache_timeout, unsigned long cmax): - m_dither(dither), m_colors(0), m_num_colors(0), m_colors_per_channel(cpc) {@@ -318,13 +317,6 @@ if (gbit) *gbit = green_bits;
if (bbit) *bbit = blue_bits; } -#ifdef NOT_USED -void ImageControl::getXColorTable(XColor **c, int *n) { - if (c) *c = m_colors; - if (n) *n = m_num_colors; -} -#endif - void ImageControl::getGradientBuffers(unsigned int w, unsigned int h, unsigned int **xbuf,@@ -380,15 +372,6 @@
XUngrabServer(disp); } -#ifdef NOT_USED -void ImageControl::setColorsPerChannel(int cpc) { - if (cpc < 2) cpc = 2; - if (cpc > 6) cpc = 6; - - m_colors_per_channel = cpc; -} -#endif - unsigned long ImageControl::getSqrt(unsigned int x) const { if (! sqrt_table) { // build sqrt table for use with elliptic gradient@@ -449,8 +432,6 @@ }
if (bits_per_pixel == 0) bits_per_pixel = m_screen_depth; - if (bits_per_pixel >= 24) - setDither(false); red_offset = green_offset = blue_offset = 0;@@ -501,12 +482,7 @@ }
m_colors = new XColor[m_num_colors]; - int bits = 256 / m_colors_per_channel; - -#ifndef ORDEREDPSEUDO - bits = 255 / (m_colors_per_channel - 1); -#endif // ORDEREDPSEUDO - + int bits = 255 / (m_colors_per_channel - 1); red_bits = green_bits = blue_bits = bits; for (unsigned int i = 0; i < 256; i++) {@@ -672,4 +648,4 @@ break;
} } -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/ImageControl.hh
→
src/FbTk/ImageControl.hh
@@ -39,14 +39,10 @@
/// Holds screen info, color tables and caches textures class ImageControl: private NotCopyable { public: - ImageControl(int screen_num, bool dither = false, int colors_per_channel = 4, + ImageControl(int screen_num, int colors_per_channel = 4, unsigned long cache_timeout = 300000l, unsigned long cache_max = 200l); virtual ~ImageControl(); - bool doDither() const { return m_dither; } -#ifdef NOT_USED - int bitsPerPixel() const { return bits_per_pixel; } -#endif int depth() const { return m_screen_depth; } int colorsPerChannel() const { return m_colors_per_channel; } int screenNumber() const { return m_screen_num; }@@ -68,15 +64,8 @@ void installRootColormap();
void removeImage(Pixmap thepix); void colorTables(const unsigned char **, const unsigned char **, const unsigned char **, int *, int *, int *, int *, int *, int *) const; -#ifdef NOT_USED - void getXColorTable(XColor **, int *); -#endif void getGradientBuffers(unsigned int, unsigned int, unsigned int **, unsigned int **); - void setDither(bool d) { m_dither = d; } -#ifdef NOT_USED - void setColorsPerChannel(int cpc); -#endif void cleanCache(); private:
M
src/FbTk/IntMenuItem.hh
→
src/FbTk/IntMenuItem.hh
@@ -96,6 +96,6 @@ const int m_min; ///< minimum value the integer can have
Accessor<int> &m_res; ///< resource item to be changed }; -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk #endif // FBTK_INTMENUITEM_HH
M
src/FbTk/LogicCommands.cc
→
src/FbTk/LogicCommands.cc
@@ -153,4 +153,4 @@ ret ^= m_commandlist[i]->execute();
return ret; } -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/MacroCommand.cc
→
src/FbTk/MacroCommand.cc
@@ -97,6 +97,6 @@ if (++m_state >= m_commandlist.size())
m_state = 0; } -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/Makefile.am
→
src/FbTk/Makefile.am
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ imlib2_SOURCE= ImageImlib2.hh ImageImlib2.cc
endif libFbTk_a_SOURCES = App.hh App.cc Color.cc Color.hh Command.hh \ - ObjectRegistry.hh Accessor.hh DefaultValue.hh \ + Accessor.hh DefaultValue.hh \ FileUtil.hh FileUtil.cc \ EventHandler.hh EventManager.hh EventManager.cc \ FbWindow.hh FbWindow.cc Font.cc Font.hh FontImp.hh \@@ -44,7 +44,8 @@ Resource.hh Resource.cc \
StringUtil.hh StringUtil.cc Parser.hh Parser.cc \ RegExp.hh RegExp.cc \ FbString.hh FbString.cc \ - Subject.hh Subject.cc Observer.hh Observer.cc \ + Subject.hh Subject.cc Observer.hh Observer.cc SimpleObserver.hh \ + AutoReloadHelper.hh AutoReloadHelper.cc \ Transparent.hh Transparent.cc \ FbPixmap.hh FbPixmap.cc \ FbDrawable.hh FbDrawable.cc \
M
src/FbTk/Menu.cc
→
src/FbTk/Menu.cc
@@ -243,6 +243,8 @@ Menuitems::iterator it = menuitems.begin() + index;
MenuItem *item = (*it); if (item) { + if (!m_matches.empty()) + resetTypeAhead(); menuitems.erase(it); // avoid O(n^2) algorithm with removeAll() if (index != menuitems.size())@@ -511,6 +513,7 @@ if (m_need_update)
updateMenu(); m_type_ahead.reset(); + m_matches.clear(); menu.window.showSubwindows(); menu.window.show();@@ -1300,4 +1303,4 @@ if (shown)
shown->hide(); } -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/MenuItem.cc
→
src/FbTk/MenuItem.cc
@@ -354,4 +354,4 @@ if (submenu() != 0)
submenu()->show(); } -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/MenuTheme.cc
→
src/FbTk/MenuTheme.cc
@@ -177,4 +177,4 @@ void ThemeItem<MenuTheme::BulletType>::load(const std::string *name, const std::string *altname) {
// do nothing, we don't have anything extra to load } -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
D
src/FbTk/ObjectRegistry.hh
@@ -1,63 +0,0 @@
-// ObjectRegistry.hh for FbTk -// Copyright (c) 2007 Fluxbox Team (fluxgen at fluxbox dot org) -// -// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a -// copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), -// to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation -// the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, -// and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the -// Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: -// -// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in -// all copies or substantial portions of the Software. -// -// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR -// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, -// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL -// THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER -// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING -// FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER -// DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. - -#ifndef OBJECTREGISTRY_HH -#define OBJECTREGISTRY_HH - -#include <map> -#include <string> - -namespace FbTk { - -template <typename Creator> -class ObjectRegistry { -public: - typedef std::map<std::string, Creator> CreatorMap; - - static ObjectRegistry<Creator> &instance() { - static ObjectRegistry<Creator> s_instance; - return s_instance; - } - - Creator lookup(const std::string &name) { - typename CreatorMap::const_iterator it = m_creators.find(name); - if (it == m_creators.end()) - return 0; - return it->second; - } - - bool registerObject(const std::string &name, Creator creator) { - m_creators[name] = creator; - return true; - } - - const CreatorMap creatorMap() const { return m_creators; } - -private: - ObjectRegistry() {} - ~ObjectRegistry() {} - - CreatorMap m_creators; -}; - -}; // end namespace FbTk - -#endif // OBJECTREGISTRY_HH
M
src/FbTk/Parser.hh
→
src/FbTk/Parser.hh
@@ -47,6 +47,6 @@ virtual Item nextItem() = 0;
}; -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk #endif // FBTK_PARSER_HH
A
src/FbTk/RadioMenuItem.hh
@@ -0,0 +1,63 @@
+// RadioMenuItem.hh +// Copyright (c) 2008 Fluxbox Team (fluxgen at fluxbox dot org) +// +// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a +// copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), +// to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation +// the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, +// and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the +// Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +// +// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +// all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +// +// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +// THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING +// FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER +// DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + +#ifndef FBTK_RADIOMENUITEM_HH +#define FBTK_RADIOMENUITEM_HH + +#include "MenuItem.hh" + +namespace FbTk { + +class RadioMenuItem: public MenuItem { +public: + RadioMenuItem(): MenuItem() { setToggleItem(true); } + + explicit RadioMenuItem(const FbString &label): + MenuItem(label) { + setToggleItem(true); + } + + RadioMenuItem(const FbString &label, Menu &host_menu): + MenuItem(label, host_menu) { + setToggleItem(true); + } + + /// create a menu item with a specific command to be executed on click + RadioMenuItem(const FbString &label, RefCount<Command<void> > &cmd, + Menu *menu = 0): + MenuItem(label, cmd, menu) { + setToggleItem(true); + } + + RadioMenuItem(const FbString &label, Menu *submenu, Menu *host_menu = 0): + MenuItem(label, submenu, host_menu) { + setToggleItem(true); + } + + virtual ~RadioMenuItem() { } + + virtual bool isSelected() const = 0; + bool isEnabled() const { return !isSelected(); } +}; + +} // end namespace FbTk + +#endif // FBTK_RADIOMENUITEM_HH
M
src/FbTk/RegExp.cc
→
src/FbTk/RegExp.cc
@@ -92,4 +92,4 @@ return m_str == "";
#endif // USE_REGEXP } -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/RegExp.hh
→
src/FbTk/RegExp.hh
@@ -61,6 +61,6 @@ #endif // USE_REGEXP
}; -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk #endif // FBTK_REGEXP_HH
M
src/FbTk/Resource.cc
→
src/FbTk/Resource.cc
@@ -230,4 +230,4 @@ m_database = 0;
} } -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/Resource.hh
→
src/FbTk/Resource.hh
@@ -145,6 +145,7 @@ int m_db_lock;
private: static bool m_init; + ResourceList m_resourcelist; XrmDatabaseHelper *m_database;
M
src/FbTk/STLUtil.hh
→
src/FbTk/STLUtil.hh
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ delete it->second;
a.clear(); } -}; // end namespace STLUtil -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace STLUtil +} // end namespace FbTk #endif // STLUTIL_Hh
M
src/FbTk/Shape.cc
→
src/FbTk/Shape.cc
@@ -372,4 +372,4 @@
return (shaped != 0 ? true : false); } -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/Shape.hh
→
src/FbTk/Shape.hh
@@ -69,6 +69,6 @@
int m_shapeplaces; ///< places to shape }; -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk #endif // SHAPE_HH
A
src/FbTk/SimpleObserver.hh
@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+// SimpleObserver.hh +// Copyright (c) 2008 Fluxbox Team (fluxgen at fluxbox dot org) +// +// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a +// copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), +// to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation +// the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, +// and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the +// Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +// +// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +// all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +// +// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +// THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING +// FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER +// DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + +#include "Observer.hh" +#include "SimpleCommand.hh" + +namespace FbTk { + +/** Functor for observers, instead of using this directly use makeObserver. + * Usage: + * @code + * class SomeClass { + * public: + * void doAction(); + * }; + * + * SomeClass some; + * + * Observer* obs = makeProxyObserver(some, &SomeClass::doAction); + * SomeSubject subj; + * subj.attach(obs); + * @endcode + */ +template <typename Receiver> +class SimpleObserver: public Observer { +public: + typedef void (Receiver::* Action)(); + SimpleObserver(Receiver &r, Action a): + m_receiver(r), m_action(a) { + + } + void update(Subject *changedSubj) { + (m_receiver.*m_action)(); + } +private: + Receiver &m_receiver; + Action m_action; +}; + +// Helpers +/** Creates an observer that takes no arguments. + * @param receiver The receiving instance. + * @param action A function in the receiving class. + * @return allocated simple observer. @see SimpleObserver + */ +template <typename Receiver, typename Action> +Observer *makeObserver(Receiver &receiver, Action action) { + return new SimpleObserver<Receiver>( receiver, action ); +} + +} +
M
src/FbTk/StringUtil.cc
→
src/FbTk/StringUtil.cc
@@ -236,6 +236,6 @@ word.erase(second_pos);
} } -}; // end namespace StringUtil +} // end namespace StringUtil -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/Subject.cc
→
src/FbTk/Subject.cc
@@ -82,4 +82,4 @@ std::bind2nd(std::mem_fun(&Subject::detach), obj));
} -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/TextBox.cc
→
src/FbTk/TextBox.cc
@@ -464,4 +464,4 @@ else
adjustStartPos(); } -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/TextButton.cc
→
src/FbTk/TextButton.cc
@@ -158,11 +158,9 @@ unsigned int textw = width(), texth = height();
translateSize(m_orientation, textw, texth); int align_x = FbTk::doAlignment(textw - x_offset - m_left_padding - m_right_padding, - bevel(), - justify(), - font(), + bevel(), justify(), font(), text().data(), text().size(), - textlen); // return new text lne + textlen); // return new text len // center text by default int center_pos = texth/2 + font().ascent()/2 - 1;@@ -183,8 +181,25 @@ text().data(), textlen, // string and string size
textx, texty, m_orientation); // position } + +bool TextButton::textExceeds(int x_offset) { + + unsigned int textlen = text().size(); + // do text alignment + + unsigned int textw = width(), texth = height(); + translateSize(m_orientation, textw, texth); + + FbTk::doAlignment(textw - x_offset - m_left_padding - m_right_padding, + bevel(), justify(), font(), text().data(), text().size(), + textlen); // return new text len + + return text().size()>textlen; + +} + void TextButton::exposeEvent(XExposeEvent &event) { clearArea(event.x, event.y, event.width, event.height, false); } -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/TextButton.hh
→
src/FbTk/TextButton.hh
@@ -80,6 +80,8 @@ void renderForeground(FbWindow &win, FbDrawable &drawable);
protected: virtual void drawText(int x_offset, int y_offset, FbDrawable *drawable_override); + // return true if the text will be truncated + bool textExceeds(int x_offset); private: FbTk::Font *m_font;
M
src/FbTk/TextTheme.cc
→
src/FbTk/TextTheme.cc
@@ -45,4 +45,4 @@ void TextTheme::updateTextColor() {
m_text_gc.setForeground(*m_text_color); } -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/TextTheme.hh
→
src/FbTk/TextTheme.hh
@@ -50,6 +50,6 @@ ThemeItem<Justify> m_justify;
GContext m_text_gc; }; -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk #endif // FBTK_TEXTTHEME_HH
M
src/FbTk/TextUtils.cc
→
src/FbTk/TextUtils.cc
@@ -84,4 +84,4 @@ template <>
void ThemeItem<FbTk::Justify>::load(const std::string *name, const std::string *altname) { } -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/Texture.cc
→
src/FbTk/Texture.cc
@@ -147,4 +147,4 @@
m_locolor.setPixel(xcol.pixel); } -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/Texture.hh
→
src/FbTk/Texture.hh
@@ -41,14 +41,14 @@ // why are we not using the lowest-order bit?
FLAT = 0x00002, SUNKEN = 0x00004, RAISED = 0x00008, - DEFAULT_BEVEL = FLAT, + DEFAULT_BEVEL = FLAT }; enum Textures { NONE = 0x00000, SOLID = 0x00010, GRADIENT = 0x00020, - DEFAULT_TEXTURE = SOLID, + DEFAULT_TEXTURE = SOLID }; enum Gradients {
M
src/FbTk/TextureRender.cc
→
src/FbTk/TextureRender.cc
@@ -340,280 +340,13 @@
image->data = 0; unsigned char *d = new unsigned char[image->bytes_per_line * (height + 1)]; - register unsigned int x, y, dithx, dithy, r, g, b, o, er, eg, eb, offset; + register unsigned int x, y, r, g, b, o, offset; unsigned char *pixel_data = d, *ppixel_data = d; unsigned long pixel; o = image->bits_per_pixel + ((image->byte_order == MSBFirst) ? 1 : 0); - if (control.doDither()) { - unsigned char dither4[4][4] = { - {0, 4, 1, 5}, - {6, 2, 7, 3}, - {1, 5, 0, 4}, - {7, 3, 6, 2} }; - -#ifdef ORDEREDPSEUDO - unsigned char dither8[8][8] = { - { 0, 32, 8, 40, 2, 34, 10, 42 }, - { 48, 16, 56, 24, 50, 18, 58, 26 }, - { 12, 44, 4, 36, 14, 46, 6, 38 }, - { 60, 28, 52, 20, 62, 30, 54, 22 }, - { 3, 35, 11, 43, 1, 33, 9, 41 }, - { 51, 19, 59, 27, 49, 17, 57, 25 }, - { 15, 47, 7, 39, 13, 45, 5, 37 }, - { 63, 31, 55, 23, 61, 29, 53, 21 } }; -#endif // ORDEREDPSEUDO - - switch (control.visual()->c_class) { - case TrueColor: - // algorithm: ordered dithering... many many thanks to rasterman - // (raster@rasterman.com) for telling me about this... portions of this - // code is based off of his code in Imlib - for (y = 0, offset = 0; y < height; y++) { - dithy = y & 0x3; - - for (x = 0; x < width; x++, offset++) { - dithx = x & 0x3; - r = red[offset]; - g = green[offset]; - b = blue[offset]; - - er = r & (red_bits - 1); - eg = g & (green_bits - 1); - eb = b & (blue_bits - 1); - - r = red_table[r]; - g = green_table[g]; - b = blue_table[b]; - - if ((dither4[dithy][dithx] < er) && (r < red_table[255])) r++; - if ((dither4[dithy][dithx] < eg) && (g < green_table[255])) g++; - if ((dither4[dithy][dithx] < eb) && (b < blue_table[255])) b++; - - pixel = (r << red_offset) | (g << green_offset) | (b << blue_offset); - - switch (o) { - case 8: // 8bpp - *pixel_data++ = pixel; - break; - - case 16: // 16bpp LSB - *pixel_data++ = pixel; - *pixel_data++ = pixel >> 8; - break; - - case 17: // 16bpp MSB - *pixel_data++ = pixel >> 8; - *pixel_data++ = pixel; - break; - - case 24: // 24bpp LSB - *pixel_data++ = pixel; - *pixel_data++ = pixel >> 8; - *pixel_data++ = pixel >> 16; - break; - - case 25: // 24bpp MSB - *pixel_data++ = pixel >> 16; - *pixel_data++ = pixel >> 8; - *pixel_data++ = pixel; - break; - - case 32: // 32bpp LSB - *pixel_data++ = pixel; - *pixel_data++ = pixel >> 8; - *pixel_data++ = pixel >> 16; - *pixel_data++ = pixel >> 24; - break; - - case 33: // 32bpp MSB - *pixel_data++ = pixel >> 24; - *pixel_data++ = pixel >> 16; - *pixel_data++ = pixel >> 8; - *pixel_data++ = pixel; - break; - } - } - - pixel_data = (ppixel_data += image->bytes_per_line); - } - - break; - - case StaticColor: - case PseudoColor: { -#ifndef ORDEREDPSEUDO - short *terr, - *rerr = new short[width + 2], - *gerr = new short[width + 2], - *berr = new short[width + 2], - *nrerr = new short[width + 2], - *ngerr = new short[width + 2], - *nberr = new short[width + 2]; - int rr, gg, bb, rer, ger, ber; - int dd = 255 / control.colorsPerChannel(); - - for (x = 0; x < width; x++) { - *(rerr + x) = *(red + x); - *(gerr + x) = *(green + x); - *(berr + x) = *(blue + x); - } - - *(rerr + x) = *(gerr + x) = *(berr + x) = 0; -#endif // ORDEREDPSEUDO - - for (y = 0, offset = 0; y < height; y++) { -#ifdef ORDEREDPSEUDO - dithy = y & 7; - - for (x = 0; x < width; x++, offset++) { - dithx = x & 7; - - r = red[offset]; - g = green[offset]; - b = blue[offset]; - - er = r & (red_bits - 1); - eg = g & (green_bits - 1); - eb = b & (blue_bits - 1); - - r = red_table[r]; - g = green_table[g]; - b = blue_table[b]; - - if ((dither8[dithy][dithx] < er) && (r < red_table[255])) r++; - if ((dither8[dithy][dithx] < eg) && (g < green_table[255])) g++; - if ((dither8[dithy][dithx] < eb) && (b < blue_table[255])) b++; - - pixel = (r * cpccpc) + (g * cpc) + b; - *(pixel_data++) = colors[pixel].pixel; - } - - pixel_data = (ppixel_data += image->bytes_per_line); - } -#else // !ORDEREDPSEUDO - if (y < (height - 1)) { - int i = offset + width; - for (x = 0; x < width; x++, i++) { - *(nrerr + x) = *(red + i); - *(ngerr + x) = *(green + i); - *(nberr + x) = *(blue + i); - } - - *(nrerr + x) = *(red + (--i)); - *(ngerr + x) = *(green + i); - *(nberr + x) = *(blue + i); - } - - for (x = 0; x < width; x++) { - rr = rerr[x]; - gg = gerr[x]; - bb = berr[x]; - - if (rr > 255) rr = 255; else if (rr < 0) rr = 0; - if (gg > 255) gg = 255; else if (gg < 0) gg = 0; - if (bb > 255) bb = 255; else if (bb < 0) bb = 0; - - r = red_table[rr]; - g = green_table[gg]; - b = blue_table[bb]; - - rer = rerr[x] - r*dd; - ger = gerr[x] - g*dd; - ber = berr[x] - b*dd; - - pixel = (r * cpccpc) + (g * cpc) + b; - *pixel_data++ = colors[pixel].pixel; - - r = rer >> 1; - g = ger >> 1; - b = ber >> 1; - rerr[x+1] += r; - gerr[x+1] += g; - berr[x+1] += b; - nrerr[x] += r; - ngerr[x] += g; - nberr[x] += b; - } - - offset += width; - - pixel_data = (ppixel_data += image->bytes_per_line); - - terr = rerr; - rerr = nrerr; - nrerr = terr; - - terr = gerr; - gerr = ngerr; - ngerr = terr; - - terr = berr; - berr = nberr; - nberr = terr; - } - - delete [] rerr; - delete [] gerr; - delete [] berr; - delete [] nrerr; - delete [] ngerr; - delete [] nberr; -#endif // ORDEREDPSUEDO - - } break; - - /* - case StaticGray: - case GrayScale: - for (y = 0, offset = 0; y < height; y++) { - dithy = y & 0x3; - - for (x = 0; x < width; x++, offset++) { - dithx = x & 0x3; - - r = *(red + offset); - g = *(green + offset); - b = *(blue + offset); - - er = r & 0x7; - eg = g & 0x7; - eb = b & 0x7; - - if ((dither[dithy][dithx] < er) && (r < (256 - 8))) - r += 8; - if ((dither[dithy][dithx] < (eg << 1)) && (g < (256 - 4))) - g += 4; - if ((dither[dithy][dithx] < eb) && (b < (256 - 8))) - b += 8; - - r = *(red_table + r); - g = *(green_table + g); - b = *(blue_table + b); - - g = ((r * 30) + (g * 59) + (b * 11)) / 100; - *pixel_data++ = colors[g].pixel; - } - - pixel_data = (ppixel_data += image->bytes_per_line); - } - - break; - */ - - default: - _FB_USES_NLS; - cerr << "TextureRender::renderXImage(): " << - _FBTK_CONSOLETEXT(Error, UnsupportedVisual, "Unsupported visual", "A visual is a technical term in X") << endl; - delete [] d; - XDestroyImage(image); - return (XImage *) 0; - } -} else { // end do dither - - // no dither: switch (control.visual()->c_class) { case StaticColor: case PseudoColor:@@ -714,10 +447,9 @@ delete [] d;
XDestroyImage(image); return (XImage *) 0; } -} -image->data = (char *) d; -return image; + image->data = (char *) d; + return image; }@@ -1840,4 +1572,4 @@ }
} -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/TextureRender.hh
→
src/FbTk/TextureRender.hh
@@ -98,5 +98,5 @@ unsigned int width, height;
unsigned int *xtable, *ytable; }; -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk #endif // FBTK_TEXTURERENDER_HH
M
src/FbTk/Theme.cc
→
src/FbTk/Theme.cc
@@ -117,6 +117,8 @@
bool ThemeManager::load(const string &filename, const string &overlay_filename, int screen_num) { string location = FbTk::StringUtil::expandFilename(filename); + StringUtil::removeTrailingWhitespace(location); + StringUtil::removeFirstWhitespace(location); string prefix = ""; if (FileUtil::isDirectory(filename.c_str())) {@@ -263,4 +265,4 @@ }
} */ -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/Timer.cc
→
src/FbTk/Timer.cc
@@ -287,4 +287,4 @@ assert(timer);
m_timerlist.remove(timer); } -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/Transparent.cc
→
src/FbTk/Transparent.cc
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ m_alpha_pic = 0;
m_alpha = 255; } -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/Transparent.hh
→
src/FbTk/Transparent.hh
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ static bool s_use_composite; ///< whether or not to use Composite
static void init(); }; -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk #endif // FBTK_TRANSPARENT_HH
M
src/FbTk/XftFontImp.cc
→
src/FbTk/XftFontImp.cc
@@ -249,4 +249,4 @@ }
-}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbTk/XmbFontImp.cc
→
src/FbTk/XmbFontImp.cc
@@ -306,5 +306,5 @@ return 0;
return m_setextents->max_ink_extent.height; } -}; // end namespace FbTk +} // end namespace FbTk
M
src/FbWinFrame.cc
→
src/FbWinFrame.cc
@@ -121,7 +121,6 @@ // reparent tab container
if (tabmode == EXTERNAL) { m_label.show(); m_tab_container.setBorderWidth(m_window.borderWidth()); - m_tab_container.setBorderColor(theme()->border().color()); m_tab_container.setEventMask( ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask | ButtonMotionMask | ExposureMask |@@ -487,12 +486,7 @@ m_window.setOpaque(255);
} } - if (m_decoration_mask & DECORM_BORDER && - (theme().focusedTheme()->border().width() != - theme().unfocusedTheme()->border().width() || - theme().focusedTheme()->border().color().pixel() != - theme().unfocusedTheme()->border().color().pixel())) - setBorderWidth(theme()->border().width()); + setBorderWidth(); applyAll(); clearAll();@@ -759,28 +753,6 @@ m_handle.borderWidth());
return true; } -bool FbWinFrame::hideAllDecorations() { - bool changed = false; - changed |= hideHandle(); - changed |= hideTitlebar(); - // resize done by hide* - reconfigure(); - - return changed; -} - -bool FbWinFrame::showAllDecorations() { - bool changed = false; - if (!m_use_handle) - changed |= showHandle(); - if (!m_use_titlebar) - changed |= showTitlebar(); - // resize shouldn't be necessary - reconfigure(); - - return changed; -} - /** Set new event handler for the frame's windows */@@ -871,8 +843,12 @@ // negate gravity
gravityTranslate(grav_x, grav_y, -m_active_gravity, m_active_orig_client_bw, false); m_bevel = theme()->bevelWidth(); - // reconfigure can't set borderwidth, as it doesn't know - // if it's meant to be borderless or not + setBorderWidth(); + + if (m_decoration_mask & DECORM_HANDLE && theme()->handleWidth() != 0) + showHandle(); + else + hideHandle(); unsigned int orig_handle_h = handle().height(); if (m_use_handle && orig_handle_h != theme()->handleWidth())@@ -1434,14 +1410,80 @@ btn->reconfigTheme();
} } -void FbWinFrame::setBorderWidth(unsigned int border_width) { - int bw_changes = 0; +void FbWinFrame::applyDecorations() { + int grav_x=0, grav_y=0; + // negate gravity + gravityTranslate(grav_x, grav_y, -m_active_gravity, m_active_orig_client_bw, + false); + + bool client_move = setBorderWidth(false); + + // tab deocration only affects if we're external + // must do before the setTabMode in case it goes + // to external and is meant to be hidden + if (m_decoration_mask & DECORM_TAB) + client_move |= showTabs(); + else + client_move |= hideTabs(); + + // we rely on frame not doing anything if it is already shown/hidden + if (m_decoration_mask & DECORM_TITLEBAR) { + client_move |= showTitlebar(); + if (m_screen.getDefaultInternalTabs()) + client_move |= setTabMode(INTERNAL); + else + client_move |= setTabMode(EXTERNAL); + } else { + client_move |= hideTitlebar(); + if (m_decoration_mask & DECORM_TAB) + client_move |= setTabMode(EXTERNAL); + } + + if (m_decoration_mask & DECORM_HANDLE) + client_move |= showHandle(); + else + client_move |= hideHandle(); + + // apply gravity once more + gravityTranslate(grav_x, grav_y, m_active_gravity, m_active_orig_client_bw, + false); + + // if the location changes, shift it + if (grav_x != 0 || grav_y != 0) { + move(grav_x + x(), grav_y + y()); + client_move = true; + } + + reconfigure(); + if (client_move) + frameExtentSig().notify(); +} + +bool FbWinFrame::setBorderWidth(bool do_move) { + unsigned int border_width = theme()->border().width(); + unsigned int win_bw = m_decoration_mask & DECORM_BORDER ? border_width : 0; + + if (border_width && + theme()->border().color().pixel() != window().borderColor()) { + window().setBorderColor(theme()->border().color()); + titlebar().setBorderColor(theme()->border().color()); + handle().setBorderColor(theme()->border().color()); + gripLeft().setBorderColor(theme()->border().color()); + gripRight().setBorderColor(theme()->border().color()); + tabcontainer().setBorderColor(theme()->border().color()); + } + + if (border_width == handle().borderWidth() && + win_bw == window().borderWidth()) + return false; int grav_x=0, grav_y=0; // negate gravity - gravityTranslate(grav_x, grav_y, -m_active_gravity, m_active_orig_client_bw, false); - + if (do_move) + gravityTranslate(grav_x, grav_y, -m_active_gravity, + m_active_orig_client_bw, false); + int bw_changes = 0; // we need to change the size of the window // if the border width changes... if (m_use_titlebar)@@ -1449,22 +1491,14 @@ bw_changes += static_cast<signed>(border_width - titlebar().borderWidth());
if (m_use_handle) bw_changes += static_cast<signed>(border_width - handle().borderWidth()); - window().setBorderWidth(border_width); - window().setBorderColor(theme()->border().color()); + window().setBorderWidth(win_bw); setTabMode(NOTSET); titlebar().setBorderWidth(border_width); - titlebar().setBorderColor(theme()->border().color()); - handle().setBorderWidth(border_width); - handle().setBorderColor(theme()->border().color()); - gripLeft().setBorderWidth(border_width); - gripLeft().setBorderColor(theme()->border().color()); - gripRight().setBorderWidth(border_width); - gripRight().setBorderColor(theme()->border().color()); if (bw_changes != 0) resize(width(), height() + bw_changes);@@ -1472,11 +1506,16 @@
if (m_tabmode == EXTERNAL) alignTabs(); - gravityTranslate(grav_x, grav_y, m_active_gravity, m_active_orig_client_bw, false); - // if the location changes, shift it - if (grav_x != 0 || grav_y != 0) - move(grav_x + x(), grav_y + y()); + if (do_move) { + frameExtentSig().notify(); + gravityTranslate(grav_x, grav_y, m_active_gravity, + m_active_orig_client_bw, false); + // if the location changes, shift it + if (grav_x != 0 || grav_y != 0) + move(grav_x + x(), grav_y + y()); + } + return true; } // this function translates its arguments according to win_gravity@@ -1519,44 +1558,30 @@ // These are the amount that the frame is larger than the client window
// Note that the client window's x,y is offset by it's borderWidth, which // is removed by fluxbox, so the gravity needs to account for this change -// unsigned int width_offset = 0; // no side decorations + // these functions already check if the title/handle is used + int bw_diff = client_bw - m_window.borderWidth(); + int height_diff = 2*bw_diff - titlebarHeight() - handleHeight(); + int width_diff = 2*bw_diff; + + if (win_gravity == SouthWestGravity || win_gravity == SouthGravity || + win_gravity == SouthEastGravity) + y_offset = height_diff; + + if (win_gravity == WestGravity || win_gravity == CenterGravity || + win_gravity == EastGravity) + y_offset = height_diff/2; - // these functions already check if the title/handle is used - int height_offset = - titlebarHeight() - handleHeight(); + if (win_gravity == NorthEastGravity || win_gravity == EastGravity || + win_gravity == SouthEastGravity) + x_offset = width_diff; - int bw_diff = client_bw - m_window.borderWidth(); + if (win_gravity == NorthGravity || win_gravity == CenterGravity || + win_gravity == SouthGravity) + x_offset = width_diff/2; - // mostly no X offset, since we don't have extra frame on the sides - switch (win_gravity) { - case NorthEastGravity: - x_offset += bw_diff; - case NorthGravity: - x_offset += bw_diff; - case NorthWestGravity: - // no offset, since the top point is still the same - break; - case SouthEastGravity: - x_offset += bw_diff; - case SouthGravity: - x_offset += bw_diff; - case SouthWestGravity: - // window shifted down by height of titlebar, and the handle - // since that's necessary to get the bottom of the frame - // all the way up - y_offset += 2*bw_diff + height_offset; - break; - case EastGravity: - x_offset += bw_diff; - case CenterGravity: - x_offset += bw_diff; - case WestGravity: - // these centered ones are a little more interesting - y_offset += bw_diff + height_offset/2; - break; - case StaticGravity: - x_offset += bw_diff; - y_offset += -titlebarHeight() + bw_diff; - break; + if (win_gravity == StaticGravity) { + x_offset = bw_diff; + y_offset = bw_diff - titlebarHeight(); } if (invert) {
M
src/FbWinFrame.hh
→
src/FbWinFrame.hh
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
#include "FbTk/FbWindow.hh" #include "FbTk/EventHandler.hh" #include "FbTk/RefCount.hh" -#include "FbTk/Observer.hh" +#include "FbTk/Subject.hh" #include "FbTk/Color.hh" #include "FbTk/XLayerItem.hh" #include "FbTk/TextButton.hh"@@ -186,21 +186,12 @@ /// remove any handler for the windows
void removeEventHandler(); void setDecorationMask(unsigned int mask) { m_decoration_mask = mask; } - // these return true/false for if something changed - bool hideTitlebar(); - bool showTitlebar(); - bool hideTabs(); - bool showTabs(); - bool hideHandle(); - bool showHandle(); - bool hideAllDecorations(); - bool showAllDecorations(); + void applyDecorations(); // this function translates its arguments according to win_gravity // if win_gravity is negative, it does an inverse translation void gravityTranslate(int &x, int &y, int win_gravity, unsigned int client_bw, bool move_frame = false); void setActiveGravity(int gravity, unsigned int orig_client_bw) { m_active_gravity = gravity; m_active_orig_client_bw = orig_client_bw; } - void setBorderWidth(unsigned int borderW); /** @name Event handlers@@ -257,8 +248,8 @@ bool focused() const { return m_focused; }
bool isShaded() const { return m_shaded; } FocusableTheme<FbWinFrameTheme> &theme() const { return m_theme; } /// @return titlebar height - unsigned int titlebarHeight() const { return (m_use_titlebar?m_titlebar.height()+m_window.borderWidth():0); } - unsigned int handleHeight() const { return (m_use_handle?m_handle.height()+m_window.borderWidth():0); } + unsigned int titlebarHeight() const { return (m_use_titlebar?m_titlebar.height()+m_titlebar.borderWidth():0); } + unsigned int handleHeight() const { return (m_use_handle?m_handle.height()+m_handle.borderWidth():0); } /// @return size of button unsigned int buttonHeight() const; bool externalTabMode() const { return m_tabmode == EXTERNAL && m_use_tabs; }@@ -266,6 +257,9 @@
const FbTk::XLayerItem &layerItem() const { return m_layeritem; } FbTk::XLayerItem &layerItem() { return m_layeritem; } + const FbTk::Subject &frameExtentSig() const { return m_frame_extent_sig; } + FbTk::Subject &frameExtentSig() { return m_frame_extent_sig; } + //@} private:@@ -289,6 +283,15 @@ void render(const FbTk::Texture &tex, FbTk::Color &col, Pixmap &pm,
unsigned int width, unsigned int height, FbTk::Orientation orient = FbTk::ROT0); //@} + + // these return true/false for if something changed + bool hideTitlebar(); + bool showTitlebar(); + bool hideTabs(); + bool showTabs(); + bool hideHandle(); + bool showHandle(); + bool setBorderWidth(bool do_move = true); /** @name apply pixmaps depending on focus@@ -332,6 +335,9 @@ FbTk::FbWindow m_grip_right, ///< rightgrip
m_grip_left; ///< left grip FbTk::FbWindow m_clientarea; ///< window that sits behind client window to fill gaps @see setClientWindow //@} + + FbTk::Subject m_frame_extent_sig; + typedef std::vector<FbTk::Button *> ButtonList; ButtonList m_buttons_left, ///< buttons to the left m_buttons_right; ///< buttons to the right
M
src/FbWinFrameTheme.cc
→
src/FbWinFrameTheme.cc
@@ -54,10 +54,10 @@
// create cursors Display *disp = FbTk::App::instance()->display(); m_cursor_move = XCreateFontCursor(disp, XC_fleur); - m_cursor_lower_left_angle = XCreateFontCursor(disp, XC_ll_angle); - m_cursor_lower_right_angle = XCreateFontCursor(disp, XC_lr_angle); - m_cursor_upper_right_angle = XCreateFontCursor(disp, XC_ur_angle); - m_cursor_upper_left_angle = XCreateFontCursor(disp, XC_ul_angle); + m_cursor_lower_left_angle = XCreateFontCursor(disp, XC_bottom_left_corner); + m_cursor_lower_right_angle = XCreateFontCursor(disp, XC_bottom_right_corner); + m_cursor_upper_right_angle = XCreateFontCursor(disp, XC_top_right_corner); + m_cursor_upper_left_angle = XCreateFontCursor(disp, XC_top_left_corner); m_cursor_left_side = XCreateFontCursor(disp, XC_left_side); m_cursor_top_side = XCreateFontCursor(disp, XC_top_side); m_cursor_right_side = XCreateFontCursor(disp, XC_right_side);
M
src/FocusControl.cc
→
src/FocusControl.cc
@@ -168,17 +168,23 @@ }
void FocusControl::goToWindowNumber(const FocusableList &winlist, int num, const ClientPattern *pat) { - Focusables::const_iterator it = winlist.clientList().begin(); - Focusables::const_iterator it_end = winlist.clientList().end(); - for (; it != it_end && num; ++it) { + Focusables list = winlist.clientList(); + if (num < 0) { + list.reverse(); + num = -num; + } + Focusable *win = 0; + Focusables::const_iterator it = list.begin(), it_end = list.end(); + for (; num && it != it_end; ++it) { if (!doSkipWindow(**it, pat) && (*it)->acceptsFocus()) { - num > 0 ? --num : ++num; - if (!num) { - (*it)->focus(); - if ((*it)->fbwindow()) - (*it)->fbwindow()->raise(); - } + --num; + win = *it; } + } + if (win) { + win->focus(); + if (win->fbwindow()) + win->fbwindow()->raise(); } }
M
src/FocusModelMenuItem.hh
→
src/FocusModelMenuItem.hh
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ #ifndef FOCUSMODELMENUITEM_HH
#define FOCUSMODELMENUITEM_HH -#include "FbTk/MenuItem.hh" +#include "FbTk/RadioMenuItem.hh" #include "FbTk/RefCount.hh" namespace FbTk {@@ -33,22 +33,22 @@ }
#include "FocusControl.hh" -class FocusModelMenuItem : public FbTk::MenuItem { +class FocusModelMenuItem : public FbTk::RadioMenuItem { public: FocusModelMenuItem(const FbTk::FbString &label, FocusControl &focus_control, FocusControl::FocusModel model, FbTk::RefCount<FbTk::Command<void> > &cmd): - FbTk::MenuItem(label, cmd), + FbTk::RadioMenuItem(label, cmd), m_focus_control(focus_control), m_focusmodel(model) { setCloseOnClick(false); } - bool isEnabled() const { return m_focus_control.focusModel() != m_focusmodel; } + bool isSelected() const { return m_focus_control.focusModel() == m_focusmodel; } void click(int button, int time, unsigned int mods) { m_focus_control.setFocusModel(m_focusmodel); - FbTk::MenuItem::click(button, time, mods); + FbTk::RadioMenuItem::click(button, time, mods); } private:@@ -56,23 +56,23 @@ FocusControl &m_focus_control;
FocusControl::FocusModel m_focusmodel; }; -class TabFocusModelMenuItem : public FbTk::MenuItem { +class TabFocusModelMenuItem : public FbTk::RadioMenuItem { public: TabFocusModelMenuItem(const FbTk::FbString &label, FocusControl &focus_control, FocusControl::TabFocusModel model, FbTk::RefCount<FbTk::Command<void> > &cmd): - FbTk::MenuItem(label, cmd), + FbTk::RadioMenuItem(label, cmd), m_focus_control(focus_control), m_tabfocusmodel(model) { setCloseOnClick(false); } - bool isEnabled() const { return m_focus_control.tabFocusModel() != m_tabfocusmodel; } + bool isSelected() const { return m_focus_control.tabFocusModel() == m_tabfocusmodel; } void click(int button, int time, unsigned int mods) { m_focus_control.setTabFocusModel(m_tabfocusmodel); - FbTk::MenuItem::click(button, time, mods); + FbTk::RadioMenuItem::click(button, time, mods); } private:
M
src/FocusableList.cc
→
src/FocusableList.cc
@@ -31,6 +31,12 @@ #include "FbTk/StringUtil.hh"
#include <vector> +#ifdef HAVE_CSTRING + #include <cstring> +#else + #include <string.h> +#endif + using std::string; using std::vector;@@ -280,8 +286,17 @@ }
bool FocusableList::contains(const Focusable &win) const { Focusables::const_iterator it = m_list.begin(), it_end = m_list.end(); - it = find(it, it_end, &win); + it = std::find(it, it_end, &win); return (it != it_end); +} + +Focusable *FocusableList::find(const ClientPattern &pat) const { + Focusables::const_iterator it = m_list.begin(), it_end = m_list.end(); + for (; it != it_end; ++it) { + if (pat.match(**it)) + return *it; + } + return 0; } void FocusableList::attachChild(FocusableList &child) const {
M
src/FocusableList.hh
→
src/FocusableList.hh
@@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ #include "ClientPattern.hh"
#include <list> #include <string> +#include <memory> class BScreen; class Focusable;@@ -41,7 +42,7 @@
/// list option bits enum { LIST_GROUPS = 0x01, //< list groups instead of clients - STATIC_ORDER = 0x02, ///< use creation order instead of focused order + STATIC_ORDER = 0x02 ///< use creation order instead of focused order }; FocusableList(BScreen &scr): m_pat(0), m_parent(0), m_screen(scr) { }@@ -69,6 +70,8 @@ /// does the list contain any windows?
bool empty() const { return m_list.empty(); } /// does the list contain the given window? bool contains(const Focusable &win) const; + /// find the first window matching the pattern + Focusable *find(const ClientPattern &pattern) const; /** @name signals
M
src/IconButton.cc
→
src/IconButton.cc
@@ -52,8 +52,10 @@ FbTk::ThemeProxy<IconbarTheme> &unfocused_theme, Focusable &win):
FbTk::TextButton(parent, focused_theme->text().font(), win.title()), m_win(win), m_icon_window(*this, 1, 1, 1, 1, - ExposureMask | ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask), + ExposureMask |EnterWindowMask | LeaveWindowMask | + ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask), m_use_pixmap(true), + m_has_tooltip(false), m_theme(win, focused_theme, unfocused_theme), m_pm(win.screen().imageControl()) {@@ -79,6 +81,16 @@ else
FbTk::TextButton::exposeEvent(event); } +void IconButton::enterNotifyEvent(XCrossingEvent &ev) { + m_has_tooltip = true; + showTooltip(); +} + +void IconButton::leaveNotifyEvent(XCrossingEvent &ev) { + m_has_tooltip = false; + m_win.screen().hideTooltip(); +} + void IconButton::moveResize(int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height) {@@ -96,6 +108,15 @@ if (m_icon_window.width() != FbTk::Button::width() ||
m_icon_window.height() != FbTk::Button::height()) { update(0); // update icon window } +} + +void IconButton::showTooltip() { + int xoffset = 1; + if (m_icon_pixmap.drawable() != 0) + xoffset = m_icon_window.x() + m_icon_window.width() + 1; + + if (FbTk::TextButton::textExceeds(xoffset)) + m_win.screen().showTooltip(m_win.title()); } void IconButton::clear() {@@ -215,6 +236,15 @@ setupWindow();
} else { m_icon_window.clear(); } + // if the title was changed AND the tooltip window is visible AND + // we have had an enter notify event ( without the leave notify ) + // update the text inside it + if (subj == &m_win.titleSig() && + m_has_tooltip && + m_win.screen().tooltipWindow().isVisible()) { + m_win.screen().tooltipWindow().updateText(m_win.title()); + } + } void IconButton::setupWindow() {
M
src/IconButton.hh
→
src/IconButton.hh
@@ -45,6 +45,8 @@ Focusable &window);
virtual ~IconButton(); void exposeEvent(XExposeEvent &event); + void enterNotifyEvent(XCrossingEvent &ce); + void leaveNotifyEvent(XCrossingEvent &ce); void clear(); void clearArea(int x, int y, unsigned int width, unsigned int height,@@ -67,13 +69,16 @@ protected:
void drawText(int x, int y, FbTk::FbDrawable *drawable_override); private: void setupWindow(); + void showTooltip(); Focusable &m_win; FbTk::FbWindow m_icon_window; FbTk::FbPixmap m_icon_pixmap; FbTk::FbPixmap m_icon_mask; bool m_use_pixmap; - + /// whether or not this instance has the tooltip attention + /// i.e if it got enter notify + bool m_has_tooltip; FocusableTheme<IconbarTheme> m_theme; // cached pixmaps FbTk::CachedPixmap m_pm;
M
src/IconbarTool.cc
→
src/IconbarTool.cc
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
#include "FbTk/STLUtil.hh" #include "FbTk/I18n.hh" #include "FbTk/Menu.hh" -#include "FbTk/MenuItem.hh" +#include "FbTk/RadioMenuItem.hh" #include "FbTk/BoolMenuItem.hh" #include "FbTk/RefCount.hh" #include "FbTk/SimpleCommand.hh"@@ -99,18 +99,18 @@ } // end namespace FbTk
namespace { -class ToolbarModeMenuItem : public FbTk::MenuItem { +class ToolbarModeMenuItem : public FbTk::RadioMenuItem { public: ToolbarModeMenuItem(const FbTk::FbString &label, IconbarTool &handler, string mode, FbTk::RefCount<FbTk::Command<void> > &cmd): - FbTk::MenuItem(label, cmd), m_handler(handler), m_mode(mode) { + FbTk::RadioMenuItem(label, cmd), m_handler(handler), m_mode(mode) { setCloseOnClick(false); } - bool isEnabled() const { return m_handler.mode() != m_mode; } + bool isSelected() const { return m_handler.mode() == m_mode; } void click(int button, int time, unsigned int mods) { m_handler.setMode(m_mode); - FbTk::MenuItem::click(button, time, mods); + FbTk::RadioMenuItem::click(button, time, mods); } private:@@ -118,18 +118,18 @@ IconbarTool &m_handler;
string m_mode; }; -class ToolbarAlignMenuItem: public FbTk::MenuItem { +class ToolbarAlignMenuItem: public FbTk::RadioMenuItem { public: ToolbarAlignMenuItem(const FbTk::FbString &label, IconbarTool &handler, FbTk::Container::Alignment mode, FbTk::RefCount<FbTk::Command<void> > &cmd): - FbTk::MenuItem(label, cmd), m_handler(handler), m_mode(mode) { + FbTk::RadioMenuItem(label, cmd), m_handler(handler), m_mode(mode) { setCloseOnClick(false); } - bool isEnabled() const { return m_handler.alignment() != m_mode; } + bool isSelected() const { return m_handler.alignment() == m_mode; } void click(int button, int time, unsigned int mods) { m_handler.setAlignment(m_mode); - FbTk::MenuItem::click(button, time, mods); + FbTk::RadioMenuItem::click(button, time, mods); } private:@@ -214,16 +214,11 @@ class ShowMenu: public FbTk::Command<void> {
public: explicit ShowMenu(FluxboxWindow &win):m_win(win) { } void execute() { - // hide the menu if it's already showing for this FluxboxWindow - if (m_win.menu().isVisible() && FbMenu::window() == &m_win) { - m_win.menu().hide(); - return; - } // get last button pos const XEvent &event = Fluxbox::instance()->lastEvent(); int x = event.xbutton.x_root - (m_win.menu().width() / 2); int y = event.xbutton.y_root - (m_win.menu().height() / 2); - m_win.showMenu(x, y); + m_win.popupMenu(x, y); } private: FluxboxWindow &m_win;
M
src/Keys.cc
→
src/Keys.cc
@@ -170,7 +170,9 @@ }
-Keys::Keys() : next_key(0) { } +Keys::Keys(): next_key(0) { + m_reloader.setReloadCmd(FbTk::RefCount<FbTk::Command<void> >(new FbTk::SimpleCommand<Keys>(*this, &Keys::reload))); +} Keys::~Keys() { ungrabKeys();@@ -255,27 +257,25 @@
/** Load and grab keys TODO: error checking - @return true on success else false */ -bool Keys::load(const char *filename) { +void Keys::reload() { // an intentionally empty file will still have one root mapping bool firstload = m_map.empty(); - if (!filename) { + if (m_filename.empty()) { if (firstload) loadDefaults(); - return false; + return; } FbTk::App::instance()->sync(false); // open the file - ifstream infile(filename); + ifstream infile(m_filename.c_str()); if (!infile) { if (firstload) loadDefaults(); - - return false; // failed to open file + return; // failed to open file } // free memory of previous grabs@@ -301,9 +301,7 @@ current_line<<"): "<<linebuffer<<endl;
} } // end while eof - m_filename = filename; keyMode("default"); - return true; } /**@@ -321,19 +319,6 @@ addBinding("OnDesktop Mouse3 :RootMenu");
keyMode("default"); } -bool Keys::save(const char *filename) const { - //!! - //!! TODO: fix keybinding saving - //!! (we probably need to save key actions - //!! as strings instead of creating new Commands) - - // open file for writing - // ofstream outfile(filename); - // if (!outfile) - return false; - // return true; -} - bool Keys::addBinding(const string &linebuffer) { vector<string> val;@@ -410,6 +395,8 @@ val[argc].length() > 5) {
type = ButtonPress; key = atoi(val[argc].substr(5, val[argc].length()-5).c_str()); + if (strstr(val[argc].c_str(), "top")) + context = ON_DESKTOP; // keycode covers the following three two-byte cases: // 0x - hex // +[1-9] - number between +1 and +9@@ -581,8 +568,10 @@ /**
deletes the tree and load configuration returns true on success else false */ -bool Keys::reconfigure(const char *filename) { - return load(filename); +void Keys::reconfigure() { + m_filename = FbTk::StringUtil::expandFilename(Fluxbox::instance()->getKeysFilename()); + m_reloader.setMainFile(m_filename); + m_reloader.checkReload(); } void Keys::keyMode(const string& keyMode) {
M
src/Keys.hh
→
src/Keys.hh
@@ -23,6 +23,7 @@ #ifndef KEYS_HH
#define KEYS_HH #include "FbTk/NotCopyable.hh" +#include "FbTk/AutoReloadHelper.hh" #include <X11/Xlib.h> #include <string>@@ -57,17 +58,6 @@ explicit Keys();
/// destructor ~Keys(); - /** - Load configuration from file - @return true on success, else false - */ - bool load(const char *filename = 0); - /** - Save keybindings to a file - Note: the file will be overwritten - @return true on success, else false - */ - bool save(const char *filename = 0) const; /// bind a key action from a string /// @return false on failure bool addBinding(const std::string &binding);@@ -83,12 +73,15 @@ void registerWindow(Window win, FbTk::EventHandler &handler, int context);
/// unregister window void unregisterWindow(Window win); + const std::string& filename() const { return m_filename; } /** - Reload configuration from filename - @return true on success, else false + Load configuration from file */ - bool reconfigure(const char *filename); - const std::string& filename() const { return m_filename; } + void reload(); + /** + Reload configuration if keys file has changed + */ + void reconfigure(); void keyMode(const std::string& keyMode); private: class t_key; // helper class to build a 'keytree'@@ -104,13 +97,14 @@ void grabButton(unsigned int button, unsigned int mod, int context);
void ungrabButtons(); void grabWindow(Window win); - // Load default keybindings for when there are errors loading the initial one + // Load default keybindings for when there are errors loading the keys file void loadDefaults(); void setKeyMode(t_key *keyMode); // member variables std::string m_filename; + FbTk::AutoReloadHelper m_reloader; t_key *m_keylist; keyspace_t m_map;
M
src/Layer.hh
→
src/Layer.hh
@@ -25,6 +25,12 @@
#include <string> #include <cstdio> +#ifdef HAVE_CSTRING + #include <cstring> +#else + #include <string.h> +#endif + using std::string; /**@@ -48,7 +54,7 @@ };
explicit Layer(int i) : m_num(i) {}; - static int getNumFromString(string &str) { + static int getNumFromString(const string &str) { int tempnum = 0; if (sscanf(str.c_str(), "%d", &tempnum) == 1) return tempnum;
M
src/LayerMenu.hh
→
src/LayerMenu.hh
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
#include "ToggleMenu.hh" -#include "FbTk/MenuItem.hh" +#include "FbTk/RadioMenuItem.hh" class LayerObject { public:@@ -37,20 +37,20 @@ };
/// this class holds the layermenu items -class LayerMenuItem : public FbTk::MenuItem { +class LayerMenuItem : public FbTk::RadioMenuItem { public: LayerMenuItem(const FbTk::FbString &label, LayerObject *object, int layernum, FbTk::RefCount<FbTk::Command<void> > &cmd): - FbTk::MenuItem(label, cmd), m_object(object), m_layernum(layernum) {} + FbTk::RadioMenuItem(label, cmd), m_object(object), m_layernum(layernum) {} LayerMenuItem(const FbTk::FbString &label, LayerObject *object, int layernum): - FbTk::MenuItem(label), m_object(object), m_layernum(layernum) {} + FbTk::RadioMenuItem(label), m_object(object), m_layernum(layernum) {} - bool isEnabled() const { return m_object->layerNumber() != m_layernum; } + bool isSelected() const { return m_object->layerNumber() == m_layernum; } void click(int button, int time, unsigned int mods) { m_object->moveToLayer(m_layernum); - FbTk::MenuItem::click(button, time, mods); + FbTk::RadioMenuItem::click(button, time, mods); } private:
M
src/Makefile.am
→
src/Makefile.am
@@ -27,7 +27,10 @@ SUBDIRS= FbTk
DEFAULT_MENU=@DEFAULT_MENU@ DEFAULT_STYLE=@DEFAULT_STYLE@ DEFAULT_KEYSFILE=@DEFAULT_KEYS@ +DEFAULT_APPSFILE=@DEFAULT_APPS@ +DEFAULT_OVERLAY=@DEFAULT_OVERLAY@ DEFAULT_INITFILE=@DEFAULT_INIT@ +DEFAULT_WINDOWMENU=@DEFAULT_WINDOWMENU@ PROGRAM_PREFIX=@program_prefix@ PROGRAM_SUFFIX=@program_suffix@@@ -44,7 +47,10 @@ echo ''; \
echo '#define DEFAULTMENU "$(DEFAULT_MENU)"'; \ echo '#define DEFAULTSTYLE "$(DEFAULT_STYLE)"'; \ echo '#define DEFAULTKEYSFILE "$(DEFAULT_KEYSFILE)"'; \ + echo '#define DEFAULT_APPSFILE "$(DEFAULT_APPSFILE)"'; \ + echo '#define DEFAULT_OVERLAY "$(DEFAULT_OVERLAY)"'; \ echo '#define DEFAULT_INITFILE "$(DEFAULT_INITFILE)"'; \ + echo '#define DEFAULT_WINDOWMENU "$(DEFAULT_WINDOWMENU)"'; \ echo '#define PROGRAM_PREFIX "$(PROGRAM_PREFIX:NONE=)"'; \ echo '#define PROGRAM_SUFFIX "$(PROGRAM_SUFFIX:NONE=)"'; \ echo 'std::string realProgramName(std::string name);'; \@@ -102,6 +108,7 @@ Keys.cc Keys.hh main.cc \
RootTheme.hh RootTheme.cc \ FbRootWindow.hh FbRootWindow.cc \ OSDWindow.hh OSDWindow.cc \ + TooltipWindow.hh TooltipWindow.cc \ Screen.cc Screen.hh ScreenResources.cc \ Slit.cc Slit.hh SlitTheme.hh SlitTheme.cc SlitClient.hh SlitClient.cc \ WinButton.hh WinButton.cc \
M
src/MenuCreator.cc
→
src/MenuCreator.cc
@@ -28,6 +28,7 @@ #include "FbTk/CommandParser.hh"
#include "fluxbox.hh" #include "Window.hh" #include "WindowCmd.hh" +#include "WindowMenuAccessor.hh" #include "ClientMenu.hh" #include "WorkspaceMenu.hh"@@ -59,6 +60,7 @@ using std::string;
using std::vector; using std::list; using std::less; +using FbTk::AutoReloadHelper; list<string> MenuCreator::encoding_stack; list<size_t> MenuCreator::stacksize_stack;@@ -68,13 +70,16 @@
namespace { void createStyleMenu(FbTk::Menu &parent, const string &label, - const string &directory) { + AutoReloadHelper *reloader, const string &directory) { // perform shell style ~ home directory expansion string stylesdir(FbTk::StringUtil::expandFilename(directory)); if (!FbTk::FileUtil::isDirectory(stylesdir.c_str())) return; + if (reloader) + reloader->addFile(stylesdir); + FbTk::Directory dir(stylesdir.c_str()); // create a vector of all the filenames in the directory@@ -99,18 +104,21 @@ parent.insert(new StyleMenuItem(filelist[file_index], style));
} // update menu graphics parent.updateMenu(); - Fluxbox::instance()->saveMenuFilename(stylesdir.c_str()); } void createRootCmdMenu(FbTk::Menu &parent, const string &label, - const string &directory, const string &cmd) { + const string &directory, AutoReloadHelper *reloader, + const string &cmd) { // perform shell style ~ home directory expansion string rootcmddir(FbTk::StringUtil::expandFilename(directory)); if (!FbTk::FileUtil::isDirectory(rootcmddir.c_str())) return; + if (reloader) + reloader->addFile(rootcmddir); + FbTk::Directory dir(rootcmddir.c_str()); // create a vector of all the filenames in the directory@@ -134,7 +142,6 @@ parent.insert(new RootCmdMenuItem(filelist[file_index], rootcmd, cmd));
} // update menu graphics parent.updateMenu(); - Fluxbox::instance()->saveMenuFilename(rootcmddir.c_str()); }@@ -172,20 +179,26 @@ }
}; -void translateMenuItem(FbTk::Parser &parse, ParseItem &item, FbTk::StringConvertor &labelconvertor); +void translateMenuItem(FbTk::Parser &parse, ParseItem &item, + FbTk::StringConvertor &labelconvertor, + AutoReloadHelper *reloader); -void parseMenu(FbTk::Parser &pars, FbTk::Menu &menu, FbTk::StringConvertor &label_convertor) { +void parseMenu(FbTk::Parser &pars, FbTk::Menu &menu, + FbTk::StringConvertor &label_convertor, + AutoReloadHelper *reloader) { ParseItem pitem(&menu); while (!pars.eof()) { pitem.load(pars, label_convertor); if (pitem.key() == "end") return; - translateMenuItem(pars, pitem, label_convertor); + translateMenuItem(pars, pitem, label_convertor, reloader); } } -void translateMenuItem(FbTk::Parser &parse, ParseItem &pitem, FbTk::StringConvertor &labelconvertor) { +void translateMenuItem(FbTk::Parser &parse, ParseItem &pitem, + FbTk::StringConvertor &labelconvertor, + AutoReloadHelper *reloader) { if (pitem.menu() == 0) throw string("translateMenuItem: We must have a menu in ParseItem!");@@ -255,13 +268,13 @@
if (FbTk::FileUtil::isRegularFile(thisfile.c_str()) && (filelist[file_index][0] != '.') && (thisfile[thisfile.length() - 1] != '~')) { - MenuCreator::createFromFile(thisfile, menu, false); + MenuCreator::createFromFile(thisfile, menu, reloader, false); } } } else { // inject this file into the current menu - MenuCreator::createFromFile(newfile, menu, false); + MenuCreator::createFromFile(newfile, menu, reloader, false); } safe_counter--;@@ -278,26 +291,22 @@ submenu->setLabel(str_cmd);
else submenu->setLabel(str_label); - parseMenu(parse, *submenu, labelconvertor); + parseMenu(parse, *submenu, labelconvertor, reloader); submenu->updateMenu(); menu.insert(str_label, submenu); - // save to screen list so we can delete it later - BScreen *screen = Fluxbox::instance()->findScreen(screen_number); - if (screen != 0) - screen->saveMenu(*submenu); } // end of submenu else if (str_key == "stylesdir" || str_key == "stylesmenu") { - createStyleMenu(menu, str_label, + createStyleMenu(menu, str_label, reloader, str_key == "stylesmenu" ? str_cmd : str_label); } // end of stylesdir else if (str_key == "themesdir" || str_key == "themesmenu") { - createStyleMenu(menu, str_label, + createStyleMenu(menu, str_label, reloader, str_key == "themesmenu" ? str_cmd : str_label); } // end of themesdir else if (str_key == "wallpapers" || str_key == "wallpapermenu" || str_key == "rootcommands") { - createRootCmdMenu(menu, str_label, str_label, + createRootCmdMenu(menu, str_label, str_label, reloader, str_cmd == "" ? realProgramName("fbsetbg") : str_cmd); } // end of wallpapers else if (str_key == "workspaces") {@@ -312,9 +321,9 @@ } else if (str_key == "encoding") {
MenuCreator::startEncoding(str_cmd); } else if (str_key == "endencoding") { MenuCreator::endEncoding(); - } - else { // ok, if we didn't find any special menu item we try with command parser - // we need to attach command with arguments so command parser can parse it + } else if (!MenuCreator::createWindowMenuItem(str_key, str_label, menu)) { + // if we didn't find any special menu item we try with command parser + // we need to attach command to arguments so command parser can parse it string line = str_key + " " + str_cmd; FbTk::RefCount<FbTk::Command<void> > command(FbTk::CommandParser<void>::instance().parse(line)); if (*command != 0) {@@ -338,30 +347,6 @@ item->setIcon(pitem.icon(), menu.screenNumber());
} } - -void parseWindowMenu(FbTk::Parser &parse, FbTk::Menu &menu, FbTk::StringConvertor &labelconvertor) { - - ParseItem pitem(&menu); - while (!parse.eof()) { - pitem.load(parse, labelconvertor); - if (MenuCreator::createWindowMenuItem(pitem.key(), pitem.label(), menu)) - continue; - - if (pitem.key() == "end") { - return; - } else if (pitem.key() == "submenu") { - FbTk::Menu *submenu = MenuCreator::createMenu(pitem.label(), menu.screenNumber()); - parseWindowMenu(parse, *submenu, labelconvertor); - submenu->updateMenu(); - menu.insert(pitem.label(), submenu); - - } else { // try non window menu specific stuff - translateMenuItem(parse, pitem, labelconvertor); - } - } -} - - bool getStart(FbMenuParser &parser, string &label, FbTk::StringConvertor &labelconvertor) { ParseItem pitem(0); while (!parser.eof()) {@@ -380,12 +365,12 @@ }
}; // end of anonymous namespace -FbTk::Menu *MenuCreator::createMenu(const string &label, int screen_number) { +FbMenu *MenuCreator::createMenu(const string &label, int screen_number) { BScreen *screen = Fluxbox::instance()->findScreen(screen_number); if (screen == 0) return 0; - FbTk::Menu *menu = new FbMenu(screen->menuTheme(), + FbMenu *menu = new FbMenu(screen->menuTheme(), screen->imageControl(), *screen->layerManager().getLayer(Layer::MENU)); if (!label.empty())@@ -394,33 +379,9 @@
return menu; } -FbTk::Menu *MenuCreator::createFromFile(const string &filename, int screen_number, bool require_begin) { - string real_filename = FbTk::StringUtil::expandFilename(filename); - Fluxbox::instance()->saveMenuFilename(real_filename.c_str()); - - FbMenuParser parser(real_filename); - if (!parser.isLoaded()) - return 0; - - startFile(); - string label; - if (require_begin && !getStart(parser, label, m_stringconvertor)) { - endFile(); - return 0; - } - - FbTk::Menu *menu = createMenu(label, screen_number); - if (menu != 0) - parseMenu(parser, *menu, m_stringconvertor); - - endFile(); - - return menu; -} - - bool MenuCreator::createFromFile(const string &filename, - FbTk::Menu &inject_into, bool require_begin) { + FbTk::Menu &inject_into, + AutoReloadHelper *reloader, bool begin) { string real_filename = FbTk::StringUtil::expandFilename(filename); FbMenuParser parser(real_filename);@@ -428,81 +389,34 @@ if (!parser.isLoaded())
return false; startFile(); - string label; - if (require_begin && !getStart(parser, label, m_stringconvertor)) { - endFile(); - return false; + if (begin) { + string label; + if (!getStart(parser, label, m_stringconvertor)) { + endFile(); + return false; + } + inject_into.setLabel(label); } // save menu filename, so we can check if it changes - Fluxbox::instance()->saveMenuFilename(real_filename.c_str()); + if (reloader) + reloader->addFile(real_filename); - parseMenu(parser, inject_into, m_stringconvertor); + parseMenu(parser, inject_into, m_stringconvertor, reloader); endFile(); return true; } - -bool MenuCreator::createWindowMenuFromFile(const string &filename, - FbTk::Menu &inject_into, - bool require_begin) { - string real_filename = FbTk::StringUtil::expandFilename(filename); - FbMenuParser parser(real_filename); - if (!parser.isLoaded()) - return false; - - string label; - - startFile(); - if (require_begin && !getStart(parser, label, m_stringconvertor)) { - endFile(); - return false; - } - - parseWindowMenu(parser, inject_into, m_stringconvertor); - endFile(); - - return true; -} - - -FbTk::Menu *MenuCreator::createMenuType(const string &type, int screen_num) { +FbMenu *MenuCreator::createMenuType(const string &type, int screen_num) { BScreen *screen = Fluxbox::instance()->findScreen(screen_num); if (screen == 0) return 0; - if (type == "iconmenu") { + if (type == "iconmenu") return new ClientMenu(*screen, screen->iconList(), &screen->iconListSig()); - } else if (type == "workspacemenu") { + else if (type == "workspacemenu") return new WorkspaceMenu(*screen); - } else if (type == "windowmenu") { - FbTk::Menu *menu = screen->createMenu(""); - - menu->disableTitle(); // not titlebar - if (screen->windowMenuFilename().empty() || - ! createWindowMenuFromFile(screen->windowMenuFilename(), *menu, true)) { - const char *default_menu[] = { - "shade", - "stick", - "maximize", - "iconify", - "raise", - "lower", - "sendto", - "layer", - "alpha", - "extramenus", - "separator", - "close", - 0 - }; - for (unsigned int i=0; default_menu[i]; ++i) - createWindowMenuItem(default_menu[i], "", *menu); - } - menu->reconfigure(); // update graphics - return menu; - } return 0; }@@ -516,7 +430,7 @@
static MenuContext context; if (type == "shade") { - static WindowAccessor<bool> res(&FluxboxWindow::isShaded, &FluxboxWindow::setShaded, false); + static WindowMenuAccessor<bool> res(&FluxboxWindow::isShaded, &FluxboxWindow::setShaded, false); menu.insert(new FbTk::BoolMenuItem( label.empty()?_FB_XTEXT(Windowmenu, Shade, "Shade", "Shade the window"):label, res));@@ -540,7 +454,7 @@ maximize_item->setCommand(2, maximize_vert_cmd);
maximize_item->setCommand(3, maximize_horiz_cmd); menu.insert(maximize_item); } else if (type == "iconify") { - static WindowAccessor<bool> res(&FluxboxWindow::isIconic, &FluxboxWindow::setIconic, false); + static WindowMenuAccessor<bool> res(&FluxboxWindow::isIconic, &FluxboxWindow::setIconic, false); menu.insert(new FbTk::BoolMenuItem( label.empty() ? _FB_XTEXT(Windowmenu, Iconify,@@ -572,7 +486,7 @@ "Raise", "Raise the window"):
label, raise_cmd); } else if (type == "stick") { - static WindowAccessor<bool> res(&FluxboxWindow::isStuck, &FluxboxWindow::setStuck, false); + static WindowMenuAccessor<bool> res(&FluxboxWindow::isStuck, &FluxboxWindow::setStuck, false); menu.insert(new FbTk::BoolMenuItem( label.empty() ? _FB_XTEXT(Windowmenu, Stick,
M
src/MenuCreator.hh
→
src/MenuCreator.hh
@@ -28,21 +28,21 @@
#include <list> namespace FbTk { +class AutoReloadHelper; class Menu; } +class FbMenu; class FluxboxWindow; class MenuCreator { public: - static FbTk::Menu *createMenu(const std::string &label, int screen_num); - static FbTk::Menu *createFromFile(const std::string &filename, int screen_num, - bool require_begin); - static FbTk::Menu *createMenuType(const std::string &label, int screen_num); - static bool createFromFile(const std::string &filename, FbTk::Menu &inject_into, - bool require_begin); - static bool createWindowMenuFromFile(const std::string &filename, FbTk::Menu &inject_into, - bool require_begin); + static FbMenu *createMenu(const std::string &label, int screen_num); + static FbMenu *createMenuType(const std::string &label, int screen_num); + static bool createFromFile(const std::string &filename, + FbTk::Menu &inject_into, + FbTk::AutoReloadHelper *reloader = NULL, + bool begin = true); static bool createWindowMenuItem(const std::string &type, const std::string &label, FbTk::Menu &inject_into);
M
src/OSDWindow.hh
→
src/OSDWindow.hh
@@ -46,6 +46,13 @@ void showText(const std::string &text);
void hide(); bool isVisible() const { return m_visible; } + BScreen &screen() const { return m_screen; } + FbTk::ThemeProxy<FbWinFrameTheme> &theme() { return m_theme; } +protected: + /// Force visible status, use with care. + void setVisible(bool visible) { + m_visible = visible; + } private: void show();
M
src/Remember.cc
→
src/Remember.cc
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ }
void click(int button, int time, unsigned int mods) { // reconfigure only does stuff if the apps file has changed - Remember::instance().reconfigure(); + Remember::instance().checkReload(); if (WindowCmd<void>::window() != 0) { if (isSelected()) { Remember::instance().forgetAttrib(WindowCmd<void>::window()->winClient(), m_attrib);@@ -281,14 +281,14 @@
Remember *Remember::s_instance = 0; Remember::Remember(): - m_pats(new Patterns()), - m_last_timestamp(0) -{ + m_pats(new Patterns()) { if (s_instance != 0) throw string("Can not create more than one instance of Remember"); s_instance = this; enableUpdate(); + + m_reloader.setReloadCmd(FbTk::RefCount<FbTk::Command<void> >(new FbTk::SimpleCommand<Remember>(*this, &Remember::reload))); reconfigure(); }@@ -411,24 +411,8 @@ app.rememberHead(h);
else had_error = true; } else if (strcasecmp(str_key.c_str(), "Layer") == 0) { - unsigned int l; - if (strcasecmp(str_label.c_str(), "DESKTOP") == 0) { - l = Layer::DESKTOP; - } else if (strcasecmp(str_label.c_str(), "BOTTOM") == 0) { - l = Layer::BOTTOM; - } else if (strcasecmp(str_label.c_str(), "NORMAL") == 0) { - l = Layer::NORMAL; - } else if (strcasecmp(str_label.c_str(), "TOP") == 0) { - l = Layer::TOP; - } else if (strcasecmp(str_label.c_str(), "DOCK") == 0) { - l = Layer::DOCK; - } else if (strcasecmp(str_label.c_str(), "ABOVEDOCK") == 0) { - l = Layer::ABOVE_DOCK; - } else if (strcasecmp(str_label.c_str(), "MENU") == 0) { - l = Layer::MENU; - } else if (!getuint(str_label.c_str(), l)) { - had_error = true; - } + int l = Layer::getNumFromString(str_label); + had_error = (l == -1); if (!had_error) app.rememberLayer(l); } else if (strcasecmp(str_key.c_str(), "Dimensions") == 0) {@@ -579,11 +563,15 @@ }
void Remember::reconfigure() { - string apps_string = FbTk::StringUtil::expandFilename(Fluxbox::instance()->getAppsFilename()); + m_reloader.setMainFile(Fluxbox::instance()->getAppsFilename()); +} + +void Remember::checkReload() { + m_reloader.checkReload(); +} - time_t timestamp = FbTk::FileUtil::getLastStatusChangeTimestamp(apps_string.c_str()); - if (m_last_timestamp > 0 && m_last_timestamp == timestamp) - return; +void Remember::reload() { + string apps_string = FbTk::StringUtil::expandFilename(Fluxbox::instance()->getAppsFilename()); #ifdef DEBUG cerr<<__FILE__<<"("<<__FUNCTION__<<"): Loading apps file ["<<apps_string<<"]"<<endl;@@ -598,7 +586,6 @@ m_pats.reset(new Patterns());
m_startups.clear(); if (!apps_file.fail()) { - m_last_timestamp = timestamp; if (!apps_file.eof()) { string line; int row = 0;@@ -687,7 +674,7 @@ cerr<<__FILE__<<"("<<__FUNCTION__<< ") Empty apps file" << endl;
#endif } } else { - cerr << "apps file failure" << endl; + cerr << "failed to open apps file" << endl; } // Clean up old state@@ -895,11 +882,8 @@ }
apps_file << "[end]" << endl; } apps_file.close(); - - time_t timestamp = FbTk::FileUtil::getLastStatusChangeTimestamp(apps_string.c_str()); - if (timestamp > 0) - m_last_timestamp = timestamp; - + // update timestamp to avoid unnecessary reload + m_reloader.addFile(Fluxbox::instance()->getAppsFilename()); } bool Remember::isRemembered(WinClient &winclient, Attribute attrib) {@@ -978,8 +962,7 @@ case REM_HEAD:
app->rememberHead(win->screen().getHead(win->fbWindow())); break; case REM_DIMENSIONS: - //!! Note: This is odd, why dont we need to substract border width on win->width() ? - app->rememberDimensions(win->normalWidth(), win->normalHeight() - 2 * win->fbWindow().borderWidth()); + app->rememberDimensions(win->normalWidth(), win->normalHeight()); break; case REM_POSITION: { int head = win->screen().getHead(win->fbWindow());@@ -1216,6 +1199,9 @@ // leave windows alone on restart
if (winclient.screen().isRestart()) return; + // check if apps file has changed + checkReload(); + Application *app = find(winclient); if (app == 0) return; // nothing to do@@ -1249,7 +1235,7 @@ return 0;
} void Remember::updateClientClose(WinClient &winclient) { - reconfigure(); // reload if it's changed + checkReload(); // reload if it's changed Application *app = find(winclient); if (app && (app->save_on_close_remember && app->save_on_close)) {
M
src/Remember.hh
→
src/Remember.hh
@@ -29,6 +29,7 @@
#include "AtomHandler.hh" #include "ClientPattern.hh" +#include "FbTk/AutoReloadHelper.hh" #include "FbTk/RefCount.hh" #include <fstream>@@ -223,7 +224,9 @@ Application* find(WinClient &winclient);
Application* add(WinClient &winclient); FluxboxWindow* findGroup(Application *, BScreen &screen); - void reconfigure(); // was load + void reconfigure(); + void checkReload(); + void reload(); void save(); bool isRemembered(WinClient &win, Attribute attrib);@@ -277,7 +280,7 @@
Startups m_startups; static Remember *s_instance; - time_t m_last_timestamp; + FbTk::AutoReloadHelper m_reloader; }; #endif // REMEMBER_HH
M
src/RootTheme.cc
→
src/RootTheme.cc
@@ -150,7 +150,8 @@ RootTheme::RootTheme(FbTk::ImageControl &image_control):
FbTk::Theme(image_control.screenNumber()), m_background(new BackgroundItem(*this, "background", "Background")), m_opgc(RootWindow(FbTk::App::instance()->display(), image_control.screenNumber())), - m_image_ctrl(image_control) { + m_image_ctrl(image_control), + m_first(true) { Display *disp = FbTk::App::instance()->display(); m_opgc.setForeground(WhitePixel(disp, screenNum())^BlackPixel(disp, screenNum()));@@ -183,10 +184,6 @@
if (!m_background->changed()) return; - // style doesn't wish to change the background - if (strstr(m_background->options().c_str(), "none") != 0) - return; - // // Else parse background from style //@@ -197,37 +194,35 @@ // handle background option in style
std::string filename = m_background->filename(); FbTk::StringUtil::removeTrailingWhitespace(filename); FbTk::StringUtil::removeFirstWhitespace(filename); + // if background argument is a file then // parse image options and call image setting // command specified in the resources filename = FbTk::StringUtil::expandFilename(filename); - if (FbTk::FileUtil::isRegularFile(filename.c_str())) { + std::string cmd = realProgramName("fbsetbg") + (m_first ? " -z " : " -Z "); + + // style doesn't wish to change the background + if (strstr(m_background->options().c_str(), "none") != 0) { + if (!m_first) + return; + } else if (FbTk::FileUtil::isRegularFile(filename.c_str())) { // parse options - std::string options = "-F "; if (strstr(m_background->options().c_str(), "tiled") != 0) - options = "-T "; - if (strstr(m_background->options().c_str(), "centered") != 0) - options = "-C "; - if (strstr(m_background->options().c_str(), "aspect") != 0) - options = "-A "; - - // compose wallpaper application "fbsetbg" with argumetns - std::string commandargs = realProgramName("fbsetbg") + " " + options + - filename; - - // call command with options - FbCommands::ExecuteCmd exec(commandargs, screenNum()); - exec.execute(); + cmd += "-t "; + else if (strstr(m_background->options().c_str(), "centered") != 0) + cmd += "-c "; + else if (strstr(m_background->options().c_str(), "aspect") != 0) + cmd += "-a "; + else + cmd += "-f "; + cmd += filename; } else if (FbTk::FileUtil::isDirectory(filename.c_str()) && - strstr(m_background->options().c_str(), "random") != 0) { - std::string commandargs = realProgramName("fbsetbg") + " -R " + - filename; - FbCommands::ExecuteCmd exec(commandargs, screenNum()); - exec.execute(); + strstr(m_background->options().c_str(), "random") != 0) { + cmd += "-r " + filename; } else { // render normal texture with fbsetroot - + cmd += "-b "; // Make sure the color strings are valid, // so we dont pass any `commands` that can be executed@@ -240,23 +235,26 @@ screenNum());
std::string options; if (color_valid) - options += "-foreground '" + m_background->colorString() + "' "; + cmd += "-foreground '" + m_background->colorString() + "' "; if (color_to_valid) - options += "-background '" + m_background->colorToString() + "' "; + cmd += "-background '" + m_background->colorToString() + "' "; if (strstr(m_background->options().c_str(), "mod") != 0) - options += "-mod " + m_background->modX() + " " + m_background->modY(); + cmd += "-mod " + m_background->modX() + " " + m_background->modY(); else if ((*m_background)->type() & FbTk::Texture::SOLID && color_valid) - options += "-solid '" + m_background->colorString() + "' "; - + cmd += "-solid '" + m_background->colorString() + "' "; else if ((*m_background)->type() & FbTk::Texture::GRADIENT) { - options += "-gradient '" + m_background->options() + "'"; + // remove whitespace from the options, since fbsetroot doesn't care + // and dealing with sh and fbsetbg is impossible if we don't + std::string options = m_background->options(); + options = FbTk::StringUtil::replaceString(options, " ", ""); + options = FbTk::StringUtil::replaceString(options, "\t", ""); + cmd += "-gradient " + options; } - - std::string commandargs = realProgramName("fbsetroot") + " " + options; - - FbCommands::ExecuteCmd exec(commandargs, screenNum()); - exec.execute(); } + // call command with options + FbCommands::ExecuteCmd exec(cmd, screenNum()); + m_first = false; + exec.execute(); }
M
src/RootTheme.hh
→
src/RootTheme.hh
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ private:
BackgroundItem *m_background;///< background image/texture FbTk::GContext m_opgc; FbTk::ImageControl &m_image_ctrl; ///< image control for rendering background texture - + bool m_first; }; #endif // ROOTTHEME_HH
M
src/Screen.cc
→
src/Screen.cc
@@ -38,6 +38,7 @@ // menu items
#include "FbTk/BoolMenuItem.hh" #include "FbTk/IntMenuItem.hh" #include "FocusModelMenuItem.hh" +#include "RadioMenuItem.hh" // menus #include "FbMenu.hh"@@ -174,21 +175,21 @@ return -1;
} -class TabPlacementMenuItem: public FbTk::MenuItem { +class TabPlacementMenuItem: public FbTk::RadioMenuItem { public: TabPlacementMenuItem(FbTk::FbString & label, BScreen &screen, FbWinFrame::TabPlacement place, FbTk::RefCount<FbTk::Command<void> > &cmd): - FbTk::MenuItem(label, cmd), + FbTk::RadioMenuItem(label, cmd), m_screen(screen), m_place(place) { setCloseOnClick(false); } - bool isEnabled() const { return m_screen.getTabPlacement() != m_place; } + bool isSelected() const { return m_screen.getTabPlacement() == m_place; } void click(int button, int time, unsigned int mods) { m_screen.saveTabPlacement(m_place); - FbTk::MenuItem::click(button, time, mods); + FbTk::RadioMenuItem::click(button, time, mods); }@@ -264,7 +265,6 @@
BScreen::ScreenResource::ScreenResource(FbTk::ResourceManager &rm, const string &scrname, const string &altscrname): - image_dither(rm, false, scrname+".imageDither", altscrname+".ImageDither"), opaque_move(rm, false, scrname + ".opaqueMove", altscrname+".OpaqueMove"), full_max(rm, false, scrname+".fullMaximization", altscrname+".FullMaximization"), max_ignore_inc(rm, true, scrname+".maxIgnoreIncrement", altscrname+".MaxIgnoreIncrement"),@@ -278,18 +278,19 @@ decorate_transient(rm, true, scrname+".decorateTransient", altscrname+".DecorateTransient"),
default_deco(rm, "NORMAL", scrname+".defaultDeco", altscrname+".DefaultDeco"), rootcommand(rm, "", scrname+".rootCommand", altscrname+".RootCommand"), tab_placement(rm, FbWinFrame::TOPLEFT, scrname+".tab.placement", altscrname+".Tab.Placement"), - windowmenufile(rm, "", scrname+".windowMenu", altscrname+".WindowMenu"), + windowmenufile(rm, Fluxbox::instance()->getDefaultDataFilename("windowmenu"), scrname+".windowMenu", altscrname+".WindowMenu"), typing_delay(rm, 0, scrname+".noFocusWhileTypingDelay", altscrname+".NoFocusWhileTypingDelay"), follow_model(rm, IGNORE_OTHER_WORKSPACES, scrname+".followModel", altscrname+".followModel"), user_follow_model(rm, FOLLOW_ACTIVE_WINDOW, scrname+".userFollowModel", altscrname+".UserFollowModel"), workspaces(rm, 1, scrname+".workspaces", altscrname+".Workspaces"), - edge_snap_threshold(rm, 0, scrname+".edgeSnapThreshold", altscrname+".EdgeSnapThreshold"), + edge_snap_threshold(rm, 10, scrname+".edgeSnapThreshold", altscrname+".EdgeSnapThreshold"), focused_alpha(rm, 255, scrname+".window.focus.alpha", altscrname+".Window.Focus.Alpha"), unfocused_alpha(rm, 255, scrname+".window.unfocus.alpha", altscrname+".Window.Unfocus.Alpha"), menu_alpha(rm, 255, scrname+".menu.alpha", altscrname+".Menu.Alpha"), - menu_delay(rm, 0, scrname + ".menuDelay", altscrname+".MenuDelay"), - menu_delay_close(rm, 0, scrname + ".menuDelayClose", altscrname+".MenuDelayClose"), + menu_delay(rm, 200, scrname + ".menuDelay", altscrname+".MenuDelay"), + menu_delay_close(rm, 200, scrname + ".menuDelayClose", altscrname+".MenuDelayClose"), tab_width(rm, 64, scrname + ".tab.width", altscrname+".Tab.Width"), + tooltip_delay(rm, 500, scrname + ".tooltipDelay", altscrname+".TooltipDelay"), menu_mode(rm, FbTk::MenuTheme::DELAY_OPEN, scrname+".menuMode", altscrname+".MenuMode"), gc_line_width(rm, 1, scrname+".overlay.lineWidth", altscrname+".Overlay.LineWidth"),@@ -341,8 +342,9 @@ m_unfocused_winbutton_theme(new WinButtonTheme(scrn, ".unfocus", ".Unfocus", *m_unfocused_windowtheme)),
m_pressed_winbutton_theme(new WinButtonTheme(scrn, ".pressed", ".Pressed", *m_focused_windowtheme)), m_menutheme(new FbTk::MenuTheme(scrn)), m_root_window(scrn), - m_geom_window(m_root_window, *this, *m_focused_windowtheme), - m_pos_window(m_root_window, *this, *m_focused_windowtheme), + m_geom_window(new OSDWindow(m_root_window, *this, *m_focused_windowtheme)), + m_pos_window(new OSDWindow(m_root_window, *this, *m_focused_windowtheme)), + m_tooltip_window(new TooltipWindow(m_root_window, *this, *m_focused_windowtheme)), m_dummy_window(scrn, -1, -1, 1, 1, 0, true, false, CopyFromParent, InputOnly), resource(rm, screenname, altscreenname),@@ -423,12 +425,14 @@ #endif // HAVE_RANDR
_FB_USES_NLS; +#ifdef DEBUG fprintf(stderr, _FB_CONSOLETEXT(Screen, ManagingScreen, "BScreen::BScreen: managing screen %d " "using visual 0x%lx, depth %d\n", "informational message saying screen number (%d), visual (%lx), and colour depth (%d)").c_str(), screenNumber(), XVisualIDFromVisual(rootWindow().visual()), rootWindow().depth()); +#endif // DEBUG FbTk::EventManager *evm = FbTk::EventManager::instance(); evm->add(*this, rootWindow());@@ -442,7 +446,7 @@ // load this screens resources
fluxbox->load_rc(*this); // setup image cache engine - m_image_control.reset(new FbTk::ImageControl(scrn, true, + m_image_control.reset(new FbTk::ImageControl(scrn, fluxbox->colorsPerChannel(), fluxbox->getCacheLife(), fluxbox->getCacheMax())); imageControl().installRootColormap();@@ -474,14 +478,13 @@ *resource.menu_delay_close = 0;
m_menutheme->setDelayOpen(*resource.menu_delay); m_menutheme->setDelayClose(*resource.menu_delay_close); - - imageControl().setDither(*resource.image_dither); focusedWinFrameTheme()->reconfigSig().attach(this);// for geom window renderGeomWindow(); renderPosWindow(); + m_tooltip_window->setDelay(*resource.tooltip_delay); // setup workspaces and workspace menu int nr_ws = *resource.workspaces;@@ -496,6 +499,15 @@
//!! TODO: we shouldn't do this more than once, but since slit handles their // own resources we must do this. fluxbox->load_rc(*this); + + m_windowmenu.reset(createMenu("")); + m_windowmenu->setInternalMenu(); + m_windowmenu->setReloadHelper(new FbTk::AutoReloadHelper()); + m_windowmenu->reloadHelper()->setReloadCmd(FbTk::RefCount<FbTk::Command<void> >(new FbTk::SimpleCommand<BScreen>(*this, &BScreen::rereadWindowMenu))); + + m_rootmenu.reset(createMenu("")); + m_rootmenu->setReloadHelper(new FbTk::AutoReloadHelper()); + m_rootmenu->reloadHelper()->setReloadCmd(FbTk::RefCount<FbTk::Command<void> >(new FbTk::SimpleCommand<BScreen>(*this, &BScreen::rereadMenu))); m_configmenu.reset(createMenu(_FB_XTEXT(Menu, Configuration, "Configuration", "Title of configuration menu")));@@ -884,8 +896,8 @@ focusControl().cycleFocus(*win_list, pat, reverse);
} -FbTk::Menu *BScreen::createMenu(const string &label) { - FbTk::Menu *menu = new FbMenu(menuTheme(), +FbMenu *BScreen::createMenu(const string &label) { + FbMenu *menu = new FbMenu(menuTheme(), imageControl(), *layerManager().getLayer(Layer::MENU)); if (!label.empty())@@ -893,8 +905,9 @@ menu->setLabel(label);
return menu; } -FbTk::Menu *BScreen::createToggleMenu(const string &label) { - FbTk::Menu *menu = new ToggleMenu(menuTheme(), + +FbMenu *BScreen::createToggleMenu(const string &label) { + FbMenu *menu = new ToggleMenu(menuTheme(), imageControl(), *layerManager().getLayer(Layer::MENU)); if (!label.empty())@@ -907,9 +920,7 @@ void BScreen::addExtraWindowMenu(const FbTk::FbString &label, FbTk::Menu *menu) {
menu->setInternalMenu(); menu->disableTitle(); m_extramenus.push_back(make_pair(label, menu)); - // recreate window menu - m_windowmenu.reset(MenuCreator::createMenuType("windowmenu", screenNumber())); - m_windowmenu->setInternalMenu(); + rereadWindowMenu(); } void BScreen::reconfigure() {@@ -951,21 +962,9 @@ removeLastWorkspace();
} } - // if timestamp hasn't changed, then just a reconfigure is fine - // and that seems to happen somewhere else, anyway - if (fluxbox->menuTimestampsChanged()) { - // all bets are off, so just hide the menu and reset the filenames - fluxbox->clearMenuFilenames(); - m_rootmenu->hide(); - rereadMenu(); - } - - //reconfigure menus - m_workspacemenu->reconfigure(); - m_configmenu->reconfigure(); - // recreate window menu - m_windowmenu.reset(MenuCreator::createMenuType("windowmenu", screenNumber())); - m_windowmenu->setInternalMenu(); + // update menu filenames + m_rootmenu->reloadHelper()->setMainFile(fluxbox->getMenuFilename()); + m_windowmenu->reloadHelper()->setMainFile(windowMenuFilename()); // reconfigure workspaces for_each(m_workspaces_list.begin(),@@ -996,12 +995,6 @@ std::list<Focusable *>::const_iterator it = winlist.begin(),
it_end = winlist.end(); for (; it != it_end; ++it) (*it)->fbwindow()->applyDecorations(); -} - - -void BScreen::rereadMenu() { - initMenu(); - m_rootmenu->reconfigure(); } void BScreen::updateWorkspaceName(unsigned int w) {@@ -1205,7 +1198,7 @@
if (!win) win = FocusControl::focusedFbWindow(); - if (!win || &win->screen() != this) + if (!win || &win->screen() != this || win->isStuck()) return; FbTk::App::instance()->sync(false);@@ -1437,7 +1430,7 @@ if (str->next())
clearStrut(str->next()); int head = str->head() ? str->head() - 1 : 0; /* The number of heads may have changed, be careful. */ - if (head < numHeads()) + if (head < (numHeads() ? numHeads() : 1)) m_head_areas[head]->clearStrut(str); // str is invalid now }@@ -1495,48 +1488,53 @@ }
void BScreen::initMenus() { m_workspacemenu.reset(MenuCreator::createMenuType("workspacemenu", screenNumber())); - m_windowmenu.reset(MenuCreator::createMenuType("windowmenu", screenNumber())); - m_windowmenu->setInternalMenu(); - initMenu(); + m_rootmenu->reloadHelper()->setMainFile(Fluxbox::instance()->getMenuFilename()); + m_windowmenu->reloadHelper()->setMainFile(windowMenuFilename()); } -void BScreen::initMenu() { - - if (m_rootmenu.get()) { - // since all menus in root is submenus in m_rootmenu - // just remove every item in m_rootmenu and then clear m_rootmenu_list - while (m_rootmenu->numberOfItems()) - m_rootmenu->remove(0); - m_rootmenu_list.clear(); +void BScreen::rereadMenu() { - } else - m_rootmenu.reset(createMenu("")); + m_rootmenu->removeAll(); + m_rootmenu->setLabel(""); Fluxbox * const fb = Fluxbox::instance(); - if (!fb->getMenuFilename().empty()) { - m_rootmenu.reset(MenuCreator::createFromFile(fb->getMenuFilename(), - screenNumber(), true)); + if (!fb->getMenuFilename().empty()) + MenuCreator::createFromFile(fb->getMenuFilename(), *m_rootmenu, + m_rootmenu->reloadHelper()); - } - - if (m_rootmenu.get() == 0) { + if (m_rootmenu->numberOfItems() == 0) { _FB_USES_NLS; - m_rootmenu.reset(createMenu(_FB_XTEXT(Menu, DefaultRootMenu, "Fluxbox default menu", "Title of fallback root menu"))); + m_rootmenu->setLabel(_FB_XTEXT(Menu, DefaultRootMenu, "Fluxbox default menu", "Title of fallback root menu")); FbTk::RefCount<FbTk::Command<void> > restart_fb(FbTk::CommandParser<void>::instance().parse("restart")); FbTk::RefCount<FbTk::Command<void> > exit_fb(FbTk::CommandParser<void>::instance().parse("exit")); FbTk::RefCount<FbTk::Command<void> > execute_xterm(FbTk::CommandParser<void>::instance().parse("exec xterm")); m_rootmenu->setInternalMenu(); m_rootmenu->insert("xterm", execute_xterm); + m_rootmenu->insert(_FB_XTEXT(Menu, Reconfigure, "Reconfigure", + "Reload Configuration command")), m_rootmenu->insert(_FB_XTEXT(Menu, Restart, "Restart", "Restart command"), restart_fb); m_rootmenu->insert(_FB_XTEXT(Menu, Exit, "Exit", "Exit command"), exit_fb); } - m_rootmenu->updateMenu(); +} + +const std::string BScreen::windowMenuFilename() const { + if ((*resource.windowmenufile).empty()) + return Fluxbox::instance()->getDefaultDataFilename("windowmenu"); + return *resource.windowmenufile; } +void BScreen::rereadWindowMenu() { + + m_windowmenu->removeAll(); + if (!windowMenuFilename().empty()) + MenuCreator::createFromFile(windowMenuFilename(), *m_windowmenu, + m_windowmenu->reloadHelper()); + +} void BScreen::addConfigMenu(const FbTk::FbString &label, FbTk::Menu &menu) { m_configmenu_list.push_back(make_pair(label, &menu));@@ -1775,9 +1773,6 @@ Configmenus::iterator it_end = m_configmenu_list.end();
for (; it != it_end; ++it) menu.insert(it->first, it->second); - _BOOLITEM(menu, Configmenu, ImageDithering, - "Image Dithering", "Image Dithering", - resource.image_dither, save_and_reconfigure); _BOOLITEM(menu, Configmenu, OpaqueMove, "Opaque Window Moving", "Window Moving with whole window visible (as opposed to outline moving)",@@ -1817,12 +1812,12 @@ return;
char label[256]; sprintf(label, "X:%5d x Y:%5d", x, y); - m_pos_window.showText(label); + m_pos_window->showText(label); } void BScreen::hidePosition() { - m_pos_window.hide(); + m_pos_window->hide(); } // can be negative when base_width/height > min_width/height@@ -1838,12 +1833,23 @@ _FB_XTEXT(Screen, GeometryFormat,
"W: %4d x H: %4d", "Format for width and height window, %4d for width, and %4d for height").c_str(), gx, gy); - m_geom_window.showText(label); + m_geom_window->showText(label); +} + + +void BScreen::showTooltip(const std::string &text) { + if (*resource.tooltip_delay >= 0) + m_tooltip_window->showText(text); +} + +void BScreen::hideTooltip() { + if (*resource.tooltip_delay >= 0) + m_tooltip_window->hide(); } void BScreen::hideGeometry() { - m_geom_window.hide(); + m_geom_window->hide(); } void BScreen::setLayer(FbTk::XLayerItem &item, int layernum) {@@ -1891,14 +1897,14 @@ sprintf(label,
_FB_XTEXT(Screen, GeometrySpacing, "W: %04d x H: %04d", "Representative maximum sized text for width and height dialog").c_str(), 0, 0); - m_geom_window.resize(label); - m_geom_window.reconfigTheme(); + m_geom_window->resize(label); + m_geom_window->reconfigTheme(); } void BScreen::renderPosWindow() { - m_pos_window.resize("0:00000 x 0:00000"); - m_pos_window.reconfigTheme(); + m_pos_window->resize("0:00000 x 0:00000"); + m_pos_window->reconfigTheme(); } void BScreen::updateSize() {
M
src/Screen.hh
→
src/Screen.hh
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ #include "FbRootWindow.hh"
#include "RootTheme.hh" #include "WinButtonTheme.hh" #include "FbWinFrameTheme.hh" -#include "OSDWindow.hh" +#include "TooltipWindow.hh" #include "FbTk/MenuTheme.hh" #include "FbTk/EventHandler.hh"@@ -54,6 +54,7 @@ #include <memory>
#include <map> class ClientPattern; +class FbMenu; class Focusable; class FluxboxWindow; class WinClient;@@ -64,6 +65,8 @@ class Toolbar;
class HeadArea; class FocusControl; class ScreenPlacement; +class TooltipWindow; +class OSDWindow; namespace FbTk { class Menu;@@ -72,6 +75,7 @@ class XLayerItem;
class FbWindow; class Subject; } + /// Handles screen connection, screen clients and workspaces /**@@ -116,15 +120,15 @@ bool getMaxDisableResize() const { return *resource.max_disable_resize; }
bool doShowWindowPos() const { return *resource.show_window_pos; } bool decorateTransient() const { return *resource.decorate_transient; } const std::string &defaultDeco() const { return *resource.default_deco; } - const std::string &windowMenuFilename() const { return *resource.windowmenufile; } + const std::string windowMenuFilename() const; FbTk::ImageControl &imageControl() { return *m_image_control.get(); } // menus - const FbTk::Menu &rootMenu() const { return *m_rootmenu.get(); } - FbTk::Menu &rootMenu() { return *m_rootmenu.get(); } - const FbTk::Menu &configMenu() const { return *m_configmenu.get(); } - FbTk::Menu &configMenu() { return *m_configmenu.get(); } - const FbTk::Menu &windowMenu() const { return *m_windowmenu.get(); } - FbTk::Menu &windowMenu() { return *m_windowmenu.get(); } + const FbMenu &rootMenu() const { return *m_rootmenu.get(); } + FbMenu &rootMenu() { return *m_rootmenu.get(); } + const FbMenu &configMenu() const { return *m_configmenu.get(); } + FbMenu &configMenu() { return *m_configmenu.get(); } + const FbMenu &windowMenu() const { return *m_windowmenu.get(); } + FbMenu &windowMenu() { return *m_windowmenu.get(); } ExtraMenus &extraWindowMenus() { return m_extramenus; } const ExtraMenus &extraWindowMenus() const { return m_extramenus; }@@ -163,9 +167,9 @@ /// @return the current workspace
Workspace *currentWorkspace() { return m_current_workspace; } const Workspace *currentWorkspace() const { return m_current_workspace; } /// @return the workspace menu - const FbTk::Menu &workspaceMenu() const { return *m_workspacemenu.get(); } + const FbMenu &workspaceMenu() const { return *m_workspacemenu.get(); } /// @return the workspace menu - FbTk::Menu &workspaceMenu() { return *m_workspacemenu.get(); } + FbMenu &workspaceMenu() { return *m_workspacemenu.get(); } /// @return focus control handler const FocusControl &focusControl() const { return *m_focus_control; } /// @return focus control handler@@ -248,15 +252,15 @@
/** * Creates an empty menu with specified label * @param label for the menu - * @return create menu + * @return created menu */ - FbTk::Menu *createMenu(const std::string &label); + FbMenu *createMenu(const std::string &label); /** * Creates an empty toggle menu with a specific label * @param label * @return created menu */ - FbTk::Menu *createToggleMenu(const std::string &label); + FbMenu *createToggleMenu(const std::string &label); /** * For extras to add menus.@@ -272,8 +276,6 @@
void saveTabPlacement(FbWinFrame::TabPlacement place) { *resource.tab_placement = place; } void saveWorkspaces(int w) { *resource.workspaces = w; } - - void saveMenu(FbTk::Menu &menu) { m_rootmenu_list.push_back(&menu); } FbTk::ThemeProxy<FbWinFrameTheme> &focusedWinFrameTheme() { return *m_focused_windowtheme.get(); } const FbTk::ThemeProxy<FbWinFrameTheme> &focusedWinFrameTheme() const { return *m_focused_windowtheme.get(); }@@ -382,6 +384,7 @@
void reconfigure(); void reconfigureTabs(); void rereadMenu(); + void rereadWindowMenu(); void shutdown(); /// show position window centered on the screen with "X x Y" text void showPosition(int x, int y);@@ -390,6 +393,13 @@ /// show geomentry with "width x height"-text, not size of window
void showGeometry(int width, int height); void hideGeometry(); + /// @param text the text to be displayed in the tooltip window + void showTooltip(const std::string &text); + /// Hides the tooltip window + void hideTooltip(); + + TooltipWindow& tooltipWindow() { return *m_tooltip_window; } + void setLayer(FbTk::XLayerItem &item, int layernum); // remove? no, items are never removed from their layer until they die@@ -481,7 +491,6 @@ };
private: void setupConfigmenu(FbTk::Menu &menu); - void initMenu(); void renderGeomWindow(); void renderPosWindow();@@ -507,15 +516,13 @@ GC opGC;
std::auto_ptr<FbTk::ImageControl> m_image_control; - std::auto_ptr<FbTk::Menu> m_configmenu, m_rootmenu, m_workspacemenu, m_windowmenu; + std::auto_ptr<FbMenu> m_configmenu, m_rootmenu, m_workspacemenu, m_windowmenu; ExtraMenus m_extramenus; - typedef std::list<FbTk::Menu *> Rootmenus; typedef std::list<std::pair<FbTk::FbString, FbTk::Menu *> > Configmenus; - Rootmenus m_rootmenu_list; Configmenus m_configmenu_list; Icons m_icon_list;@@ -535,14 +542,15 @@ std::auto_ptr<FbTk::MenuTheme> m_menutheme;
std::auto_ptr<RootTheme> m_root_theme; FbRootWindow m_root_window; - OSDWindow m_geom_window, m_pos_window; + std::auto_ptr<OSDWindow> m_geom_window, m_pos_window; + std::auto_ptr<TooltipWindow> m_tooltip_window; FbTk::FbWindow m_dummy_window; struct ScreenResource { ScreenResource(FbTk::ResourceManager &rm, const std::string &scrname, const std::string &altscrname); - FbTk::Resource<bool> image_dither, opaque_move, full_max, + FbTk::Resource<bool> opaque_move, full_max, max_ignore_inc, max_disable_move, max_disable_resize, workspace_warping, show_window_pos, auto_raise, click_raises, decorate_transient;@@ -552,9 +560,9 @@ FbTk::Resource<FbWinFrame::TabPlacement> tab_placement;
FbTk::Resource<std::string> windowmenufile; FbTk::Resource<unsigned int> typing_delay; FbTk::Resource<FollowModel> follow_model, user_follow_model; - bool ordered_dither; FbTk::Resource<int> workspaces, edge_snap_threshold, focused_alpha, - unfocused_alpha, menu_alpha, menu_delay, menu_delay_close, tab_width; + unfocused_alpha, menu_alpha, menu_delay, menu_delay_close, + tab_width, tooltip_delay; FbTk::Resource<FbTk::MenuTheme::MenuMode> menu_mode; FbTk::Resource<int> gc_line_width;
M
src/SendToMenu.cc
→
src/SendToMenu.cc
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
// SendToMenu.cc for Fluxbox -// Copyright (c) 2003 - 2006 Henrik Kinnunen (fluxgen at fluxbox dot org) +// Copyright (c) 2003 - 2008 Henrik Kinnunen (fluxgen at fluxbox dot org) // and Simon Bowden (rathnor at users.sourceforge.net) // // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a@@ -31,6 +31,7 @@ #include "Layer.hh"
#include "FbTk/MultiButtonMenuItem.hh" #include "FbTk/Command.hh" +#include "FbTk/SimpleObserver.hh" class SendToCmd: public FbTk::Command<void> { public:@@ -54,24 +55,21 @@ // listen to:
// workspace count signal // workspace names signal // current workspace signal - screen.workspaceCountSig().attach(this); - screen.workspaceNamesSig().attach(this); - screen.currentWorkspaceSig().attach(this); + m_rebuildObs = makeObserver(*this, &SendToMenu::rebuildMenu); + screen.workspaceCountSig().attach(m_rebuildObs); + screen.workspaceNamesSig().attach(m_rebuildObs); + screen.currentWorkspaceSig().attach(m_rebuildObs); + // no title for this menu, it should be a submenu in the window menu. + disableTitle(); + // setup menu items + rebuildMenu(); +} - disableTitle(); - // build menu - update(0); +SendToMenu::~SendToMenu() { + delete m_rebuildObs; } -void SendToMenu::update(FbTk::Subject *subj) { - if (subj != 0) { - if (subj == &(theme().reconfigSig())) { - // we got reconfig Theme signal, let base menu handle it - FbTk::Menu::update(subj); - return; - } - - } +void SendToMenu::rebuildMenu() { // rebuild menu removeAll();@@ -95,6 +93,7 @@ void SendToMenu::show() {
if (WindowCmd<void>::window() != 0) { for (unsigned int i=0; i < numberOfItems(); ++i) setItemEnabled(i, true); + // update the workspace for the current window setItemEnabled(WindowCmd<void>::window()->workspaceNumber(), false); updateMenu(); }
M
src/SendToMenu.hh
→
src/SendToMenu.hh
@@ -1,5 +1,5 @@
// SendToMenu.hh for Fluxbox -// Copyright (c) 2003 - 2006 Henrik Kinnunen (fluxgen at fluxbox dot org) +// Copyright (c) 2003 - 2008 Henrik Kinnunen (fluxgen at fluxbox dot org) // and Simon Bowden (rathnor at users.sourceforge.net) // // Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a@@ -25,15 +25,28 @@ #define SENDTOMENU_HH
#include "FbMenu.hh" +namespace FbTk { +class Observer; +} + class BScreen; +/** + * Creates the "send to menu". + * Displays all the workspaces for which the current window can be sent to. + */ class SendToMenu:public FbMenu { public: - explicit SendToMenu(BScreen &win); - virtual ~SendToMenu() { } + /// @param screen the screen on which this menu should be created on. + explicit SendToMenu(BScreen &screen); + virtual ~SendToMenu(); + /// @see FbTk::Menu void show(); -protected: - void update(FbTk::Subject *subj); +private: + /// Rebuild the menu from scratch. + void rebuildMenu(); + /// listens to signals that makes this instance need to rebuild menu + FbTk::Observer *m_rebuildObs; }; #endif // SENDTOMENU_HH
M
src/Slit.cc
→
src/Slit.cc
@@ -57,6 +57,7 @@ #include "FbTk/StringUtil.hh"
#include "FbTk/I18n.hh" #include "FbTk/BoolMenuItem.hh" #include "FbTk/IntMenuItem.hh" +#include "FbTk/RadioMenuItem.hh" #ifdef HAVE_SYS_STAT_H #include <sys/types.h>@@ -92,8 +93,7 @@ template<>
void FbTk::Resource<Slit::Placement>::setFromString(const char *strval) { if (strcasecmp(strval, "TopLeft")==0) m_value = Slit::TOPLEFT; - else if (strcasecmp(strval, "LeftCenter")==0 - || strcasecmp(strval, "CenterLeft")==0) + else if (strcasecmp(strval, "LeftCenter")==0) m_value = Slit::LEFTCENTER; else if (strcasecmp(strval, "BottomLeft")==0) m_value = Slit::BOTTOMLEFT;@@ -103,21 +103,18 @@ else if (strcasecmp(strval, "BottomCenter")==0)
m_value = Slit::BOTTOMCENTER; else if (strcasecmp(strval, "TopRight")==0) m_value = Slit::TOPRIGHT; - else if (strcasecmp(strval, "RightCenter")==0 - || strcasecmp(strval, "CenterRight")==0) + else if (strcasecmp(strval, "RightCenter")==0) m_value = Slit::RIGHTCENTER; else if (strcasecmp(strval, "BottomRight")==0) m_value = Slit::BOTTOMRIGHT; - else - setDefaultValue(); -} - -template<> -void FbTk::Resource<Slit::Direction>::setFromString(const char *strval) { - if (strcasecmp(strval, "Vertical") == 0) - m_value = Slit::VERTICAL; - else if (strcasecmp(strval, "Horizontal") == 0) - m_value = Slit::HORIZONTAL; + else if (strcasecmp(strval, "LeftTop")==0) + m_value = Slit::LEFTTOP; + else if (strcasecmp(strval, "LeftBottom")==0) + m_value = Slit::LEFTBOTTOM; + else if (strcasecmp(strval, "RightTop")==0) + m_value = Slit::RIGHTTOP; + else if (strcasecmp(strval, "RightBottom")==0) + m_value = Slit::RIGHTBOTTOM; else setDefaultValue(); }@@ -149,24 +146,23 @@ break;
case Slit::BOTTOMRIGHT: return string("BottomRight"); break; - } - //default string - return string("BottomRight"); -} - -template<> -string FbTk::Resource<Slit::Direction>::getString() const { - switch (m_value) { - case Slit::VERTICAL: - return string("Vertical"); + case Slit::LEFTTOP: + return string("LeftTop"); break; - case Slit::HORIZONTAL: - return string("Horizontal"); + case Slit::RIGHTTOP: + return string("RightTop"); + break; + case Slit::LEFTBOTTOM: + return string("LeftBottom"); + break; + case Slit::RIGHTBOTTOM: + return string("RightBottom"); break; } - // default string - return string("Vertical"); + //default string + return string("RightBottom"); } + } // end namespace FbTk namespace {@@ -201,51 +197,16 @@ Slit& m_slit;
SlitClient &m_client; }; -class SlitDirMenuItem: public FbTk::MenuItem { -public: - SlitDirMenuItem(const FbTk::FbString &label, Slit &slit, FbTk::RefCount<FbTk::Command<void> > &cmd) - :FbTk::MenuItem(label,cmd), - m_slit(slit), - m_label(label) { - setLabel(m_label); // update label - setCloseOnClick(false); - } - - void click(int button, int time, unsigned int mods) { - // toggle direction - if (m_slit.direction() == Slit::HORIZONTAL) - m_slit.setDirection(Slit::VERTICAL); - else - m_slit.setDirection(Slit::HORIZONTAL); - setLabel(m_label); - FbTk::MenuItem::click(button, time, mods); - } - - void setLabel(const FbTk::FbString &label) { - _FB_USES_NLS; - m_label = (label); - string reallabel = m_label + " " + - ( m_slit.direction() == Slit::HORIZONTAL ? - - _FB_XTEXT(Align, Horizontal, "Horizontal", "Horizontal"): - _FB_XTEXT(Align, Vertical, "Vertical", "Vertical")); - FbTk::MenuItem::setLabel(reallabel); - } -private: - Slit &m_slit; - string m_label; -}; - -class PlaceSlitMenuItem: public FbTk::MenuItem { +class PlaceSlitMenuItem: public FbTk::RadioMenuItem { public: PlaceSlitMenuItem(const FbTk::FbString &label, Slit &slit, Slit::Placement place, FbTk::RefCount<FbTk::Command<void> > &cmd): - FbTk::MenuItem(label, cmd), m_slit(slit), m_place(place) { + FbTk::RadioMenuItem(label, cmd), m_slit(slit), m_place(place) { setCloseOnClick(false); } - bool isEnabled() const { return m_slit.placement() != m_place; } + bool isSelected() const { return m_slit.placement() == m_place; } void click(int button, int time, unsigned int mods) { m_slit.setPlacement(m_place); - FbTk::MenuItem::click(button, time, mods); + FbTk::RadioMenuItem::click(button, time, mods); } private: Slit &m_slit;@@ -289,10 +250,8 @@ scr.name() + ".slit.autoHide", scr.altName() + ".Slit.AutoHide"),
// TODO: this resource name must change m_rc_maximize_over(scr.resourceManager(), false, scr.name() + ".slit.maxOver", scr.altName() + ".Slit.MaxOver"), - m_rc_placement(scr.resourceManager(), BOTTOMRIGHT, + m_rc_placement(scr.resourceManager(), RIGHTBOTTOM, scr.name() + ".slit.placement", scr.altName() + ".Slit.Placement"), - m_rc_direction(scr.resourceManager(), VERTICAL, - scr.name() + ".slit.direction", scr.altName() + ".Slit.Direction"), m_rc_alpha(scr.resourceManager(), 255, scr.name() + ".slit.alpha", scr.altName() + ".Slit.Alpha"), m_rc_on_head(scr.resourceManager(), 0,@@ -385,46 +344,40 @@ unsigned int bw = m_slit_theme->borderWidth();
int left = 0, right = 0, top = 0, bottom = 0; switch (placement()) { case TOPLEFT: - if (direction() == HORIZONTAL) - top = height() + 2 * bw; - else - left = width() + 2 * bw; + top = height() + 2 * bw; + break; + case LEFTTOP: + left = width() + 2 * bw; break; case TOPCENTER: - if (direction() == HORIZONTAL) - top = height() + 2 * bw; + top = height() + 2 * bw; break; case TOPRIGHT: - if (direction() == HORIZONTAL) - top = height() + 2 * bw; - else - right = width() + 2 * bw; + top = height() + 2 * bw; + break; + case RIGHTTOP: + right = width() + 2 * bw; break; case BOTTOMLEFT: - if (direction() == HORIZONTAL) - bottom = height() + 2 * bw; - else - left = width() + 2 * bw; + bottom = height() + 2 * bw; + break; + case LEFTBOTTOM: + left = width() + 2 * bw; break; case BOTTOMCENTER: - // would be strange to have it request size on vertical direction - // each time we add a client - if (direction() == HORIZONTAL) - bottom = height() + 2 * bw; + bottom = height() + 2 * bw; break; case BOTTOMRIGHT: - if (direction() == HORIZONTAL) - bottom = height() + 2 * bw; - else - right = width() + 2 * bw; + bottom = height() + 2 * bw; + break; + case RIGHTBOTTOM: + right = width() + 2 * bw; break; case LEFTCENTER: - if (direction() == VERTICAL) - left = width() + 2 * bw; + left = width() + 2 * bw; break; case RIGHTCENTER: - if (direction() == VERTICAL) - right = width() + 2 * bw; + right = width() + 2 * bw; break; }@@ -550,11 +503,6 @@ saveClientList();
} -void Slit::setDirection(Direction dir) { - *m_rc_direction = dir; - reconfigure(); -} - void Slit::setPlacement(Placement place) { *m_rc_placement = place; reconfigure();@@ -635,11 +583,15 @@ int num_windows = 0;
const int bevel_width = theme()->bevelWidth(); // determine width or height increase bool height_inc = false; - switch (direction()) { - case VERTICAL: + switch (placement()) { + case LEFTTOP: + case RIGHTTOP: + case LEFTCENTER: + case RIGHTCENTER: + case LEFTBOTTOM: + case RIGHTBOTTOM: height_inc = true; - break; - case HORIZONTAL: // already false + default: break; }@@ -723,19 +675,10 @@ else
show(); int x = 0, y = 0; - height_inc = false; - switch (direction()) { - case VERTICAL: - x = 0; + if (height_inc) y = bevel_width; - height_inc = true; - break; - - case HORIZONTAL: + else x = bevel_width; - y = 0; - break; - } client_it = m_client_list.begin(); for (; client_it != client_it_end; ++client_it) {@@ -825,90 +768,86 @@ switch (placement()) {
case TOPLEFT: frame.x = head_x; frame.y = head_y; - if (direction() == VERTICAL) { - frame.x_hidden = bevel_width - - border_width - frame.width; - frame.y_hidden = head_y; - } else { - frame.x_hidden = head_x; - frame.y_hidden = bevel_width - - border_width - frame.height; - } + frame.x_hidden = head_x; + frame.y_hidden = bevel_width - border_width - frame.height; + break; + + case LEFTTOP: + frame.x = head_x; + frame.y = head_y; + frame.x_hidden = bevel_width - border_width - frame.width; + frame.y_hidden = head_y; break; case LEFTCENTER: frame.x = head_x; frame.y = head_y + (head_h - frame.height) / 2; - frame.x_hidden = head_x + bevel_width - - border_width - frame.width; + frame.x_hidden = head_x + bevel_width - border_width - frame.width; frame.y_hidden = frame.y; break; case BOTTOMLEFT: frame.x = head_x; frame.y = head_y + head_h - frame.height - border_width*2; - if (direction() == VERTICAL) { - frame.x_hidden = head_x + bevel_width - - border_width - frame.width; - frame.y_hidden = frame.y; - } else { - frame.x_hidden = head_x; - frame.y_hidden = head_y + head_h - - bevel_width - border_width; - } + frame.x_hidden = head_x; + frame.y_hidden = head_y + head_h - bevel_width - border_width; + break; + + case LEFTBOTTOM: + frame.x = head_x; + frame.y = head_y + head_h - frame.height - border_width*2; + frame.x_hidden = head_x + bevel_width - border_width - frame.width; + frame.y_hidden = frame.y; break; case TOPCENTER: frame.x = head_x + ((head_w - frame.width) / 2); frame.y = head_y; frame.x_hidden = frame.x; - frame.y_hidden = head_y + bevel_width - - border_width - frame.height; + frame.y_hidden = head_y + bevel_width - border_width - frame.height; break; case BOTTOMCENTER: frame.x = head_x + ((head_w - frame.width) / 2); frame.y = head_y + head_h - frame.height - border_width*2; frame.x_hidden = frame.x; - frame.y_hidden = head_y + head_h - - bevel_width - border_width; + frame.y_hidden = head_y + head_h - bevel_width - border_width; break; case TOPRIGHT: frame.x = head_x + head_w - frame.width - border_width*2; frame.y = head_y; - if (direction() == VERTICAL) { - frame.x_hidden = head_x + head_w - - bevel_width - border_width; - frame.y_hidden = head_y; - } else { - frame.x_hidden = frame.x; - frame.y_hidden = head_y + bevel_width - - border_width - frame.height; - } + frame.x_hidden = frame.x; + frame.y_hidden = head_y + bevel_width - border_width - frame.height; + break; + + case RIGHTTOP: + frame.x = head_x + head_w - frame.width - border_width*2; + frame.y = head_y; + frame.x_hidden = head_x + head_w - bevel_width - border_width; + frame.y_hidden = head_y; break; case RIGHTCENTER: - default: frame.x = head_x + head_w - frame.width - border_width*2; frame.y = head_y + ((head_h - frame.height) / 2); - frame.x_hidden = head_x + head_w - - bevel_width - border_width; + frame.x_hidden = head_x + head_w - bevel_width - border_width; frame.y_hidden = frame.y; break; case BOTTOMRIGHT: frame.x = head_x + head_w - frame.width - border_width*2; frame.y = head_y + head_h - frame.height - border_width*2; - if (direction() == VERTICAL) { - frame.x_hidden = head_x + head_w - - bevel_width - border_width; - frame.y_hidden = frame.y; - } else { - frame.x_hidden = frame.x; - frame.y_hidden = head_y + head_h - - bevel_width - border_width; - } + frame.x_hidden = frame.x; + frame.y_hidden = head_y + head_h - bevel_width - border_width; + break; + + case RIGHTBOTTOM: + default: + frame.x = head_x + head_w - frame.width - border_width*2; + frame.y = head_y + head_h - frame.height - border_width*2; + frame.x_hidden = head_x + head_w - bevel_width - border_width; + frame.y_hidden = frame.y; break; }@@ -1291,9 +1230,6 @@ alpha_menuitem->setCommand(set_alpha_cmd);
m_slitmenu.insert(alpha_menuitem); - m_slitmenu.insert(new SlitDirMenuItem(_FB_XTEXT(Slit, Direction, "Slit Direction", "Orientation of slit"), - *this, - save_and_reconfigure)); m_slitmenu.insert(_FB_XTEXT(Slit, ClientsMenu, "Clients", "Slit client menu"), &m_clientlist_menu); m_slitmenu.updateMenu();@@ -1310,18 +1246,24 @@ Placements place_menu;
// menu is 3 wide, 5 down place_menu.push_back(PlacementP(_FB_XTEXT(Align, TopLeft, "Top Left", "Top Left"), Slit::TOPLEFT)); + place_menu.push_back(PlacementP(_FB_XTEXT(Align, LeftTop, "Left Top", "Left Top"), Slit::LEFTTOP)); place_menu.push_back(PlacementP(_FB_XTEXT(Align, LeftCenter, "Left Center", "Left Center"), Slit::LEFTCENTER)); + place_menu.push_back(PlacementP(_FB_XTEXT(Align, LeftBottom, "Left Bottom", "Left Bottom"), Slit::LEFTBOTTOM)); place_menu.push_back(PlacementP(_FB_XTEXT(Align, BottomLeft, "Bottom Left", "Bottom Left"), Slit::BOTTOMLEFT)); place_menu.push_back(PlacementP(_FB_XTEXT(Align, TopCenter, "Top Center", "Top Center"), Slit::TOPCENTER)); place_menu.push_back(PlacementP("", Slit::TOPLEFT)); + place_menu.push_back(PlacementP("", Slit::TOPLEFT)); + place_menu.push_back(PlacementP("", Slit::TOPLEFT)); place_menu.push_back(PlacementP(_FB_XTEXT(Align, BottomCenter, "Bottom Center", "Bottom Center"), Slit::BOTTOMCENTER)); place_menu.push_back(PlacementP(_FB_XTEXT(Align, TopRight, "Top Right", "Top Right"), Slit::TOPRIGHT)); + place_menu.push_back(PlacementP(_FB_XTEXT(Align, RightTop, "Right Top", "Right Top"), Slit::RIGHTTOP)); place_menu.push_back(PlacementP(_FB_XTEXT(Align, RightCenter, "Right Center", "Right Center"), Slit::RIGHTCENTER)); + place_menu.push_back(PlacementP(_FB_XTEXT(Align, RightBottom, "Right Bottom", "Right Bottom"), Slit::RIGHTBOTTOM)); place_menu.push_back(PlacementP(_FB_XTEXT(Align, BottomRight, "Bottom Right", "Bottom Right"), Slit::BOTTOMRIGHT)); // create items in sub menu - for (size_t i=0; i<9; ++i) { + for (size_t i=0; i<15; ++i) { const FbTk::FbString &str = place_menu.front().first; Slit::Placement placement = place_menu.front().second;
M
src/Slit.hh
→
src/Slit.hh
@@ -55,21 +55,22 @@ class Slit: public FbTk::EventHandler, public FbTk::Observer, public LayerObject {
public: typedef std::list<SlitClient *> SlitClients; /** - Client alignment - */ - enum Direction { VERTICAL = 1, HORIZONTAL }; - /** Placement on screen */ - enum Placement { TOPLEFT = 1, LEFTCENTER, BOTTOMLEFT, TOPCENTER, BOTTOMCENTER, - TOPRIGHT, RIGHTCENTER, BOTTOMRIGHT }; + enum Placement { + // top and bottom placement + TOPLEFT = 1, TOPCENTER, TOPRIGHT, + BOTTOMLEFT, BOTTOMCENTER, BOTTOMRIGHT, + // left and right placement + LEFTBOTTOM, LEFTCENTER, LEFTTOP, + RIGHTBOTTOM, RIGHTCENTER, RIGHTTOP + }; Slit(BScreen &screen, FbTk::XLayer &layer, const char *filename = 0); virtual ~Slit(); void show() { frame.window.show(); m_visible = true; } void hide() { frame.window.hide(); m_visible = false; } - void setDirection(Direction dir); void setPlacement(Placement place); void addClient(Window clientwin); void removeClient(Window clientwin, bool remap = true);@@ -113,7 +114,6 @@
bool isHidden() const { return m_hidden; } bool acceptKdeDockapp() const { return *m_rc_kde_dockapp; } bool doAutoHide() const { return *m_rc_auto_hide; } - Direction direction() const { return *m_rc_direction; } Placement placement() const { return *m_rc_placement; } int getOnHead() const { return *m_rc_on_head; } void saveOnHead(int head);@@ -178,7 +178,6 @@ Strut *m_strut;
FbTk::Resource<bool> m_rc_kde_dockapp, m_rc_auto_hide, m_rc_maximize_over; FbTk::Resource<Slit::Placement> m_rc_placement; - FbTk::Resource<Slit::Direction> m_rc_direction; FbTk::Resource<int> m_rc_alpha, m_rc_on_head; FbTk::Resource<class Layer> m_rc_layernum; };
M
src/StyleMenuItem.cc
→
src/StyleMenuItem.cc
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
#include "FbTk/StringUtil.hh" StyleMenuItem::StyleMenuItem(const FbTk::FbString &label, const std::string &filename): - FbTk::MenuItem(label), + FbTk::RadioMenuItem(label), m_filename(filename) { // perform shell style ~ home directory expansion // and insert style
M
src/StyleMenuItem.hh
→
src/StyleMenuItem.hh
@@ -23,9 +23,9 @@
#ifndef STYLEMENUITEM_HH #define STYLEMENUITEM_HH -#include "FbTk/MenuItem.hh" +#include "FbTk/RadioMenuItem.hh" -class StyleMenuItem: public FbTk::MenuItem { +class StyleMenuItem: public FbTk::RadioMenuItem { public: StyleMenuItem(const FbTk::FbString &label, const std::string &filename); bool isSelected() const;
M
src/SystemTray.cc
→
src/SystemTray.cc
@@ -30,6 +30,7 @@ #include "fluxbox.hh"
#include "WinClient.hh" #include "Screen.hh" #include "ButtonTheme.hh" +#include "SimpleObserver.hh" #include <X11/Xutil.h> #include <X11/Xatom.h>@@ -155,7 +156,7 @@ SystemTray &m_tray;
}; SystemTray::SystemTray(const FbTk::FbWindow& parent, - FbTk::ThemeProxy<ButtonTheme> &theme, BScreen& screen): + FbTk::ThemeProxy<ToolTheme> &theme, BScreen& screen): ToolbarItem(ToolbarItem::FIXED), m_window(parent, 0, 0, 1, 1, ExposureMask | ButtonPressMask | ButtonReleaseMask | SubstructureNotifyMask | SubstructureRedirectMask),@@ -166,8 +167,10 @@ m_selection_owner(m_window, 0, 0, 1, 1, SubstructureNotifyMask, false, false, CopyFromParent, InputOnly) {
FbTk::EventManager::instance()->add(*this, m_window); FbTk::EventManager::instance()->add(*this, m_selection_owner); - m_theme->reconfigSig().attach(this); - screen.bgChangeSig().attach(this); + // setup signals + m_observer.reset(makeObserver(*this, &SystemTray::update)); + m_theme->reconfigSig().attach(m_observer.get()); + screen.bgChangeSig().attach(m_observer.get()); Fluxbox* fluxbox = Fluxbox::instance(); Display *disp = fluxbox->display();@@ -216,7 +219,7 @@ ce.xclient.data.l[4] = 0l; // selection specific data
XSendEvent(disp, root_window, false, StructureNotifyMask, &ce); - update(0); + update(); } SystemTray::~SystemTray() {@@ -276,7 +279,7 @@ }
void SystemTray::show() { - update(0); + update(); m_window.show(); }@@ -470,7 +473,7 @@ FbTk::translateSize(orientation(), w_rot0, h_rot0);
unsigned int trayw = m_num_visible_clients*h_rot0 + bw, trayh = h_rot0; FbTk::translateSize(orientation(), trayw, trayh); resize(trayw, trayh); - update(0); + update(); // move and resize clients ClientList::iterator client_it = m_clients.begin();@@ -529,7 +532,7 @@ m_num_visible_clients++;
rearrangeClients(); } -void SystemTray::update(FbTk::Subject* subject) { +void SystemTray::update() { if (!m_theme->texture().usePixmap()) { m_window.setBackgroundColor(m_theme->texture().color());
M
src/SystemTray.hh
→
src/SystemTray.hh
@@ -25,11 +25,12 @@
#include "FbTk/FbWindow.hh" #include "FbTk/EventHandler.hh" -#include "FbTk/Observer.hh" +#include "ToolTheme.hh" #include "ToolbarItem.hh" #include <list> +#include <memory> class BScreen; class ButtonTheme;@@ -38,13 +39,14 @@ class AtomHandler;
namespace FbTk { template <class T> class ThemeProxy; +class Observer; } -class SystemTray: public ToolbarItem, public FbTk::EventHandler, public FbTk::Observer { +class SystemTray: public ToolbarItem, public FbTk::EventHandler { public: explicit SystemTray(const FbTk::FbWindow &parent, - FbTk::ThemeProxy<ButtonTheme> &theme, BScreen& screen); + FbTk::ThemeProxy<ToolTheme> &theme, BScreen& screen); virtual ~SystemTray(); void move(int x, int y);@@ -70,8 +72,13 @@
int numClients() const { return m_clients.size(); } const FbTk::FbWindow &window() const { return m_window; } - void renderTheme(unsigned char alpha) { m_window.setAlpha(alpha); update(0); } - void updateSizing() {} + void renderTheme(unsigned char alpha) { + m_window.setBorderWidth(m_theme->border().width()); + m_window.setBorderColor(m_theme->border().color()); + m_window.setAlpha(alpha); + update(); + } + void updateSizing() { m_window.setBorderWidth(m_theme->border().width()); } void parentMoved() { m_window.parentMoved(); }@@ -79,7 +86,7 @@ static Atom getXEmbedInfoAtom();
private: - void update(FbTk::Subject *subj); + void update(); typedef std::list<TrayWindow *> ClientList; ClientList::iterator findClient(Window win);@@ -90,7 +97,7 @@ void hideClient(TrayWindow *traywin, bool destroyed = false);
void showClient(TrayWindow *traywin); FbTk::FbWindow m_window; - FbTk::ThemeProxy<ButtonTheme> &m_theme; + FbTk::ThemeProxy<ToolTheme> &m_theme; BScreen& m_screen; Pixmap m_pixmap;@@ -102,7 +109,7 @@
// gaim/pidgin seems to barf if the selection is not an independent window. // I suspect it's an interacton with parent relationship and gdk window caching. FbTk::FbWindow m_selection_owner; - + std::auto_ptr<FbTk::Observer> m_observer; }; #endif // SYSTEMTRAY_HH
M
src/ToolFactory.cc
→
src/ToolFactory.cc
@@ -120,8 +120,7 @@ item = new ButtonTool(win, ToolbarItem::SQUARE,
dynamic_cast<ButtonTheme &>(*m_button_theme), screen().imageControl()); - } else if (name == "nextwindow" || - name == "prevwindow") { + } else { FbTk::RefCount<FbTk::Command<void> > cmd(FbTk::CommandParser<void>::instance().parse(name)); if (*cmd == 0) // we need a command
M
src/Toolbar.cc
→
src/Toolbar.cc
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ #include "FbTk/Transparent.hh"
#include "FbTk/BoolMenuItem.hh" #include "FbTk/IntMenuItem.hh" #include "FbTk/Shape.hh" - +#include "FbTk/SimpleObserver.hh" // use GNU extensions #ifndef _GNU_SOURCE@@ -156,16 +156,22 @@ }
} // end namespace FbTk namespace { -class SetToolbarPlacementCmd: public FbTk::Command<void> { + +class PlaceToolbarMenuItem: public FbTk::RadioMenuItem { public: - SetToolbarPlacementCmd(Toolbar &tbar, Toolbar::Placement place):m_tbar(tbar), m_place(place) { } - void execute() { - m_tbar.setPlacement(m_place); - m_tbar.reconfigure(); + PlaceToolbarMenuItem(const FbTk::FbString &label, Toolbar &toolbar, + Toolbar::Placement place): + FbTk::RadioMenuItem(label), m_toolbar(toolbar), m_place(place) { + setCloseOnClick(false); + } + bool isSelected() const { return m_toolbar.placement() == m_place; } + void click(int button, int time, unsigned int mods) { + m_toolbar.setPlacement(m_place); + m_toolbar.reconfigure(); Fluxbox::instance()->save_rc(); } private: - Toolbar &m_tbar; + Toolbar &m_toolbar; Toolbar::Placement m_place; };@@ -240,11 +246,15 @@ scrn.name() + ".toolbar.tools", scrn.altName() + ".Toolbar.Tools"),
m_shape(new FbTk::Shape(frame.window, 0)), m_resize_lock(false) { _FB_USES_NLS; + // NOTE: first subject is always the rearrangeItem ! + m_observers.push_back(makeObserver(*this, &Toolbar::rearrangeItems)); // we need to get notified when the theme is reloaded - m_theme.reconfigSig().attach(this); + m_observers.push_back(makeObserver(*this, &Toolbar::reconfigure)); + m_theme.reconfigSig().attach(m_observers.back()); + screen().reconfigureSig().attach(m_observers.back()); // get this on antialias change // listen to screen size changes - screen().resizeSig().attach(this); - screen().reconfigureSig().attach(this); // get this on antialias change + screen().resizeSig().attach(m_observers.back()); + moveToLayer((*m_rc_layernum).getNum());@@ -370,6 +380,7 @@ m_layeritem.lower();
} void Toolbar::reconfigure() { + updateVisibleState(); if (!doAutoHide() && isHidden())@@ -426,7 +437,8 @@ ToolbarItem *item = m_tool_factory.create(*item_it, frame.window, *this);
if (item == 0) continue; m_item_list.push_back(item); - item->resizeSig().attach(this); + // attach to first observer ( which must be rearrangeItems ) + item->resizeSig().attach(m_observers[0]); } // show all items@@ -515,6 +527,11 @@ // we're done with all resizing and stuff now we can request a new
// area to be reserved on screen updateStrut(); +#ifdef XINERAMA + if (m_xineramaheadmenu) + m_xineramaheadmenu->reloadHeads(); +#endif // XINERAMA + }@@ -567,10 +584,16 @@ }
} void Toolbar::leaveNotifyEvent(XCrossingEvent &event) { - // still inside? + + // in autoHide mode we'll receive a leaveNotifyEvent when activating + // the toolbar. so check if we are still inside the toolbar area. + // event.subwindow gets != None if we really left the window (eg the Slit + // was entered ontop of the toolbar) if (event.x_root > x() && event.x_root <= (int)(x() + width()) && - event.y_root > y() && event.y_root <= (int)(y() + height())) + event.y_root > y() && event.y_root <= (int)(y() + height()) && + event.subwindow == None ) { return; + } Fluxbox::instance()->keys()->doAction(event.type, event.state, 0, Keys::ON_TOOLBAR);@@ -605,22 +628,6 @@ event.xconfigure.window != window().window()) {
rearrangeItems(); } */ -} - -void Toolbar::update(FbTk::Subject *subj) { - - // either screen reconfigured, theme was reloaded - // or a tool resized itself - - if (typeid(*subj) == typeid(ToolbarItem::ToolbarItemSubject)) - rearrangeItems(); - else - reconfigure(); - -#ifdef XINERAMA - if (subj == &m_screen.resizeSig() && m_xineramaheadmenu) - m_xineramaheadmenu->reloadHeads(); -#endif // XINERAMA } void Toolbar::setPlacement(Toolbar::Placement where) {@@ -908,11 +915,10 @@
if (str == "") { placementMenu().insert(""); placementMenu().setItemEnabled(i, false); - } else { - RefCommand setplace(new SetToolbarPlacementCmd(*this, placement)); - placementMenu().insert(str, setplace); + } else + placementMenu().insert(new PlaceToolbarMenuItem(str, *this, + placement)); - } place_menu.pop_front(); } }
M
src/Toolbar.hh
→
src/Toolbar.hh
@@ -37,7 +37,6 @@ #endif // XINERAMA
#include "FbTk/Timer.hh" #include "FbTk/Resource.hh" -#include "FbTk/Observer.hh" #include "FbTk/XLayer.hh" #include "FbTk/XLayerItem.hh" #include "FbTk/EventHandler.hh"@@ -57,17 +56,18 @@ }
/// The toolbar. /// Handles iconbar, workspace name view and clock view -class Toolbar: public FbTk::EventHandler, public FbTk::Observer, public LayerObject { +class Toolbar: public FbTk::EventHandler, + public LayerObject { public: /// Toolbar placement on the screen - enum Placement{ + enum Placement { // top and bottom placement - TOPLEFT = 1, BOTTOMLEFT, TOPCENTER, - BOTTOMCENTER, TOPRIGHT, BOTTOMRIGHT, + TOPLEFT = 1, TOPCENTER, TOPRIGHT, + BOTTOMLEFT, BOTTOMCENTER, BOTTOMRIGHT, // left and right placement - LEFTCENTER, LEFTBOTTOM, LEFTTOP, - RIGHTCENTER, RIGHTBOTTOM, RIGHTTOP + LEFTBOTTOM, LEFTCENTER, LEFTTOP, + RIGHTBOTTOM, RIGHTCENTER, RIGHTTOP }; /// Create a toolbar on the screen with specific width@@ -98,8 +98,6 @@ //@}
void reconfigure(); void setPlacement(Placement where); - - void update(FbTk::Subject *subj); int layerNumber() const { return const_cast<FbTk::XLayerItem &>(m_layeritem).getLayerNum(); }@@ -193,6 +191,8 @@ typedef std::list<std::string> StringList;
StringList m_tools; bool m_resize_lock; ///< to lock rearrangeItems or not + /// observers for various signals + std::vector<FbTk::Observer*> m_observers; };
A
src/TooltipWindow.cc
@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+// TooltipWindow.hh +// Copyright (c) 2008 Fluxbox Team (fluxgen at fluxbox dot org) +// +// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a +// copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), +// to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation +// the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, +// and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the +// Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +// +// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +// all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +// +// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +// THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING +// FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER +// DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + + +#include "TooltipWindow.hh" +#include "Screen.hh" +#include "FbWinFrameTheme.hh" + + +TooltipWindow::TooltipWindow(const FbTk::FbWindow &parent, BScreen &screen, + FbTk::ThemeProxy<FbWinFrameTheme> &theme): + OSDWindow(parent, screen, theme), + m_delay(-1) { + + FbTk::RefCount<FbTk::Command<void> > + raisecmd(new FbTk::SimpleCommand<TooltipWindow>(*this, + &TooltipWindow::raiseTooltip)); + m_timer.setCommand(raisecmd); + m_timer.fireOnce(true); + +} + +void TooltipWindow::showText(const std::string &text) { + + m_lastText = text; + if (m_delay == 0) + raiseTooltip(); + else + m_timer.start(); + +} + +void TooltipWindow::raiseTooltip() { + + if (m_lastText.empty()) + return; + + resize(m_lastText); + reconfigTheme(); + int h = theme()->font().height() + theme()->bevelWidth() * 2; + int w = theme()->font().textWidth(m_lastText, m_lastText.size()) + theme()->bevelWidth() * 2; + + Window root_ret; // not used + Window window_ret; // not used + int rx = 0, ry = 0; + int wx, wy; // not used + unsigned int mask; // not used + + XQueryPointer(display(), screen().rootWindow().window(), + &root_ret, &window_ret, &rx, &ry, &wx, &wy, &mask); + + int head = screen().getHead(rx, ry); + int head_top = screen().getHeadY(head); + int head_left = screen().getHeadX(head); + int head_right = head_left + screen().getHeadWidth(head); + + // center the mouse horizontally + rx -= w/2; + int yoffset = 10; + if (ry - yoffset - h >= head_top) + ry -= yoffset + h; + else + ry += yoffset; + + // check that we are not out of screen + if (rx + w > head_right) + rx = head_right - w; + if (rx < head_left) + rx = head_left; + + moveResize(rx,ry,w, h); + + show(); + clear(); + theme()->font().drawText(*this, screen().screenNumber(), + theme()->iconbarTheme().text().textGC(), + m_lastText, m_lastText.size(), + theme()->bevelWidth(), + theme()->bevelWidth() + theme()->font().ascent()); +} + +void TooltipWindow::updateText(const std::string &text) { + m_lastText = text; + raiseTooltip(); +} + +void TooltipWindow::show() { + if (isVisible()) + return; + setVisible(true); + raise(); + FbTk::FbWindow::show(); +} + +void TooltipWindow::hide() { + m_timer.stop(); + OSDWindow::hide(); +}
A
src/TooltipWindow.hh
@@ -0,0 +1,65 @@
+// TooltipWindow.hh +// Copyright (c) 2008 Fluxbox Team (fluxgen at fluxbox dot org) +// +// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a +// copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), +// to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation +// the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, +// and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the +// Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +// +// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +// all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +// +// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +// THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING +// FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER +// DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + +#ifndef TOOLTIPWINDOW_HH +#define TOOLTIPWINDOW_HH + +#include "OSDWindow.hh" +#include "FbTk/Command.hh" +#include "FbTk/RefCount.hh" +#include "FbTk/Timer.hh" +#include "FbTk/SimpleCommand.hh" + +/** + * Displays a tooltip window + */ +class TooltipWindow : public OSDWindow { +public: + TooltipWindow(const FbTk::FbWindow &parent, BScreen &screen, + FbTk::ThemeProxy<FbWinFrameTheme> &theme); + /** + * Sets the text in the window and starts the display timer. + * @param text the text to show in the window. + */ + void showText(const std::string &text); + /// updates the text directly without any delay + void updateText(const std::string &text); + + /// Sets the delay before the window pops up + void setDelay(int delay) { + m_delay = delay; + m_timer.setTimeout(delay); + } + + void hide(); + + +private: + void raiseTooltip(); + void show(); + int m_delay; ///< delay time for the timer + std::string m_lastText; ///< last text to be displayed + FbTk::Timer m_timer; ///< delay timer before the tooltip will show +}; + + + +#endif // TOOLTIPWINDOW_HH_
M
src/WinButtonTheme.cc
→
src/WinButtonTheme.cc
@@ -48,7 +48,8 @@ m_title_pm(*this, "window.title" + (extra.empty() ? std::string(".focus")
: extra) + ".pixmap", "Window.Title" + (extra.empty() ? std::string(".Focus") : altextra) + ".Pixmap"), - m_stick_pm(*this, "window.stick.pixmap", "Window.Stick.Pixmap"), + m_stick_pm(*this, "window.stick" + extra + ".pixmap", + "Window.Stick" + altextra + ".Pixmap"), m_stuck_pm(*this, "window.stuck" + extra + ".pixmap", "Window.Stuck" + altextra + ".Pixmap"), m_frame_theme(frame_theme) {
M
src/WinClient.cc
→
src/WinClient.cc
@@ -83,6 +83,7 @@ send_focus_message(false),
send_close_message(false), m_win_gravity(0), m_title_override(false), + m_icon_override(false), m_window_type(Focusable::TYPE_NORMAL), m_mwm_hint(0), m_strut(0) {
M
src/Window.cc
→
src/Window.cc
@@ -303,6 +303,7 @@ m_parent(client.screen().rootWindow()),
m_resize_corner(RIGHTBOTTOM) { m_theme.reconfigSig().attach(this); + m_frame.frameExtentSig().attach(this); init();@@ -325,6 +326,8 @@
FluxboxWindow::~FluxboxWindow() { if (WindowCmd<void>::window() == this) WindowCmd<void>::setWindow(0); + if (FbMenu::window() == this) + FbMenu::setWindow(0); if ( Fluxbox::instance()->keys() != 0 ) { Fluxbox::instance()->keys()-> unregisterWindow(frame().window().window());@@ -500,12 +503,13 @@
} else setOnHead(screen().getCurrHead()); + // we must do this now, or else resizing may not work properly + applyDecorations(); + Fluxbox::instance()->attachSignals(*this); // this window is managed, we are now allowed to modify actual state m_initialized = true; - - applyDecorations(true); restoreAttributes();@@ -600,7 +604,7 @@ struct timeval now;
gettimeofday(&now, NULL); m_creation_time = now.tv_sec; - sendConfigureNotify(); + frame().frameExtentSig().notify(); setupWindow();@@ -2150,11 +2154,11 @@ /**
Show the window menu at pos mx, my */ void FluxboxWindow::showMenu(int menu_x, int menu_y) { - // move menu directly under titlebar + menu().reloadHelper()->checkReload(); int head = screen().getHead(menu_x, menu_y); - // but not off the screen + // move menu directly under titlebar but not off the screen if (menu_y < static_cast<signed>(screen().maxTop(head))) menu_y = screen().maxTop(head); else if (menu_y + menu().height() >= screen().maxBottom(head))@@ -2172,25 +2176,28 @@ menu().raise();
menu().grabInputFocus(); } +void FluxboxWindow::popupMenu(int x, int y) { + // hide menu if it was opened for this window before + if (menu().isVisible() && FbMenu::window() == this) { + menu().hide(); + return; + } + + menu().disableTitle(); + + showMenu(x, y); +} + /** Moves the menu to last button press position and shows it, if it's already visible it'll be hidden */ void FluxboxWindow::popupMenu() { - // hide menu if it was opened for this window before - if (menu().isVisible() && FbMenu::window() == this) { - menu().hide(); - return; - } - - menu().disableTitle(); - int menu_y = frame().titlebar().height() + frame().titlebar().borderWidth(); - if (!decorations.titlebar) // if we don't have any titlebar - menu_y = 0; if (m_last_button_x < x() || m_last_button_x > x() + static_cast<signed>(width())) m_last_button_x = x(); - showMenu(m_last_button_x, menu_y + frame().y()); + + popupMenu(m_last_button_x, frame().titlebarHeight() + frame().y()); }@@ -3008,74 +3015,16 @@ }
} else if (subj == &m_theme.reconfigSig()) { frame().reconfigure(); reconfigTheme(); + } else if (m_initialized && subj == &m_frame.frameExtentSig()) { + Fluxbox::instance()->updateFrameExtents(*this); + sendConfigureNotify(); } } // commit current decoration values to actual displayed things -void FluxboxWindow::applyDecorations(bool initial) { - frame().clientArea().setBorderWidth(0); // client area bordered by other things - - unsigned int border_width = 0; - if (decorations.border) - border_width = frame().theme()->border().width(); - - bool client_move = false; - - // borderWidth setting handles its own gravity - if (initial || frame().window().borderWidth() != border_width) { - client_move = true; - frame().setBorderWidth(border_width); - } - - int grav_x=0, grav_y=0; - // negate gravity - frame().gravityTranslate(grav_x, grav_y, -m_client->gravity(), m_client->old_bw, false); - - // tab deocration only affects if we're external - // must do before the setTabMode in case it goes - // to external and is meant to be hidden - if (decorations.tab) - client_move |= frame().showTabs(); - else - client_move |= frame().hideTabs(); - - // we rely on frame not doing anything if it is already shown/hidden - if (decorations.titlebar) { - bool change = frame().showTitlebar(); - client_move |= change; - if (screen().getDefaultInternalTabs()) { - client_move |= frame().setTabMode(FbWinFrame::INTERNAL); - } else { - client_move |= frame().setTabMode(FbWinFrame::EXTERNAL); - } - } else { - client_move |= frame().hideTitlebar(); - if (decorations.tab) - client_move |= frame().setTabMode(FbWinFrame::EXTERNAL); - } - - if (decorations.handle) { - client_move |= frame().showHandle(); - } else - client_move |= frame().hideHandle(); - - // apply gravity once more - frame().gravityTranslate(grav_x, grav_y, m_client->gravity(), m_client->old_bw, false); - - // if the location changes, shift it - if (grav_x != 0 || grav_y != 0) { - move(grav_x + frame().x(), grav_y + frame().y()); - client_move = true; - } - +void FluxboxWindow::applyDecorations() { frame().setDecorationMask(decorationMask()); - frame().reconfigure(); - if (client_move) - Fluxbox::instance()->updateFrameExtents(*this); - - if (!initial && client_move) - sendConfigureNotify(); - + frame().applyDecorations(); } void FluxboxWindow::toggleDecoration() {@@ -3699,7 +3648,7 @@ const FbTk::FbWindow &FluxboxWindow::fbWindow() const {
return frame().window(); } -FbTk::Menu &FluxboxWindow::menu() { +FbMenu &FluxboxWindow::menu() { return screen().windowMenu(); }@@ -3711,7 +3660,7 @@ const FbTk::PixmapWithMask &FluxboxWindow::icon() const {
return (m_client ? m_client->icon() : m_icon); } -const FbTk::Menu &FluxboxWindow::menu() const { +const FbMenu &FluxboxWindow::menu() const { return screen().windowMenu(); }@@ -3751,25 +3700,25 @@ return (m_client && m_client->isTransient());
} int FluxboxWindow::normalX() const { - if (maximized & MAX_HORZ) + if (maximized & MAX_HORZ || fullscreen) return m_old_pos_x; return x(); } int FluxboxWindow::normalY() const { - if (maximized & MAX_VERT) + if (maximized & MAX_VERT || fullscreen) return m_old_pos_y; return y(); } unsigned int FluxboxWindow::normalWidth() const { - if (maximized & MAX_HORZ) + if (maximized & MAX_HORZ || fullscreen) return m_old_width; return width(); } unsigned int FluxboxWindow::normalHeight() const { - if (maximized & MAX_VERT) + if (maximized & MAX_VERT || fullscreen) return m_old_height; if (shaded) return frame().normalHeight();@@ -3779,13 +3728,7 @@
int FluxboxWindow::initialState() const { return m_client->initial_state; } void FluxboxWindow::fixsize(int *user_w, int *user_h, bool maximizing) { - int titlebar_height = (decorations.titlebar ? - frame().titlebar().height() + - frame().titlebar().borderWidth() : 0); - int handle_height = (decorations.handle ? - frame().handle().height() + - frame().handle().borderWidth() : 0); - int decoration_height = titlebar_height + handle_height; + int decoration_height = frame().titlebarHeight() + frame().handleHeight(); // dx is new width = current width + difference between new and old x values //int dx = frame().width() + frame().x() - m_last_resize_x;@@ -3818,8 +3761,8 @@ unsigned int height, unsigned int width) {
client.moveResize(x, y, frame().clientArea().width(), frame().clientArea().height()); - client.sendConfigureNotify(frame().x() + frame().clientArea().x(), - frame().y() + frame().clientArea().y(), + client.sendConfigureNotify(frame().x() + frame().clientArea().x() + frame().window().borderWidth(), + frame().y() + frame().clientArea().y() + frame().window().borderWidth(), frame().clientArea().width(), frame().clientArea().height()); }@@ -4069,13 +4012,6 @@ * Client windows need to be made the same size and location as
* the frame's client area. */ void FluxboxWindow::reconfigTheme() { - - m_frame.setBorderWidth(decorations.border ? - frame().theme()->border().width() : 0); - if (decorations.handle && frame().theme()->handleWidth() != 0) - frame().showHandle(); - else - frame().hideHandle(); ClientList::iterator it = clientList().begin(); ClientList::iterator it_end = clientList().end();
M
src/Window.hh
→
src/Window.hh
@@ -47,13 +47,13 @@ class FbWinFrameTheme;
class BScreen; class FbWinFrame; class FocusControl; +class FbMenu; namespace FbTk { class TextButton; class MenuTheme; class ImageControl; class XLayer; -class Menu; } /// Creates the window frame and handles any window event for it@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ ATTRIB_OMNIPRESENT = 0x08, ///< omnipresent (sticky)
ATTRIB_WORKSPACE = 0x10, ///< workspace ATTRIB_STACK = 0x20, ///< stack ATTRIB_DECORATION = 0x40, ///< decorations - ATTRIB_HIDDEN = 0x80, ///< hidden + ATTRIB_HIDDEN = 0x80 ///< hidden }; /**@@ -323,6 +323,12 @@ * @param mx position
* @param my position */ void showMenu(int mx, int my); + + /** popup window menu at specific location + * @param x + * @param y + */ + void popupMenu(int x, int y); // popup menu on last button press position void popupMenu();@@ -351,7 +357,7 @@
/// handle Subject notifications void update(FbTk::Subject *subj); - void applyDecorations(bool initial = false); + void applyDecorations(); void toggleDecoration(); unsigned int decorationMask() const;@@ -433,8 +439,8 @@
FbTk::FbWindow &fbWindow(); const FbTk::FbWindow &fbWindow() const; - FbTk::Menu &menu(); - const FbTk::Menu &menu() const; + FbMenu &menu(); + const FbMenu &menu() const; const FbTk::FbWindow &parent() const { return m_parent; } FbTk::FbWindow &parent() { return m_parent; }
M
src/WindowCmd.hh
→
src/WindowCmd.hh
@@ -63,49 +63,4 @@ private:
Action m_action; }; -/// accesses values in current window -template <typename Ret, typename Def=Ret> -class WindowAccessor: public FbTk::Accessor<Ret> { -public: - typedef Ret (FluxboxWindow:: *Getter)() const; - typedef void (FluxboxWindow:: *Setter)(Ret); - WindowAccessor(Getter g, Setter s, Def def): - m_getter(g), m_setter(s), m_def(def) { } - - operator Ret() const { - FluxboxWindow *fbwin = WindowCmd<void>::window(); - return fbwin ? (fbwin->*m_getter)() : m_def; - } - FbTk::Accessor<Ret> &operator =(const Ret &val) { - FluxboxWindow *fbwin = WindowCmd<void>::window(); - if (fbwin) - (fbwin->*m_setter)(val); - return *this; - } - -private: - Getter m_getter; - Setter m_setter; - Def m_def; -}; - -/// same as above but only reads -template <typename Ret, typename Def=Ret> -class ConstWindowAccessor: public FbTk::Accessor<Ret> { -public: - typedef Ret (FluxboxWindow:: *Getter)() const; - ConstWindowAccessor(Getter g, Def def): - m_getter(g), m_def(def) { } - - operator Ret() const { - FluxboxWindow *fbwin = WindowCmd<void>::window(); - return fbwin ? (fbwin->*m_getter)() : m_def; - } - FbTk::Accessor<Ret> &operator =(const Ret &val) { return *this; } - -private: - Getter m_getter; - Def m_def; -}; - #endif // WINDOWCMD_HH
A
src/WindowMenuAccessor.hh
@@ -0,0 +1,74 @@
+// WindowMenuAccessor.hh +// Copyright (c) 2008 Fluxbox Team (fluxgen at fluxbox dot org) +// +// Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a +// copy of this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), +// to deal in the Software without restriction, including without limitation +// the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, +// and/or sell copies of the Software, and to permit persons to whom the +// Software is furnished to do so, subject to the following conditions: +// +// The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in +// all copies or substantial portions of the Software. +// +// THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR +// IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, +// FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL +// THE AUTHORS OR COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER +// LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING +// FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER +// DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE. + +#ifndef WINDOW_MENU_ACCESSOR_HH +#define WINDOW_MENU_ACCESSOR_HH + +#include "FbTk/Accessor.hh" + +#include "FbMenu.hh" + +/// accesses values in current window +template <typename Ret, typename Def=Ret> +class WindowMenuAccessor: public FbTk::Accessor<Ret> { +public: + typedef Ret (FluxboxWindow:: *Getter)() const; + typedef void (FluxboxWindow:: *Setter)(Ret); + WindowMenuAccessor(Getter g, Setter s, Def def): + m_getter(g), m_setter(s), m_def(def) { } + + operator Ret() const { + FluxboxWindow *fbwin = FbMenu::window(); + return fbwin ? (fbwin->*m_getter)() : m_def; + } + FbTk::Accessor<Ret> &operator =(const Ret &val) { + FluxboxWindow *fbwin = FbMenu::window(); + if (fbwin) + (fbwin->*m_setter)(val); + return *this; + } + +private: + Getter m_getter; + Setter m_setter; + Def m_def; +}; + +/// same as above but only reads +template <typename Ret, typename Def=Ret> +class ConstWindowMenuAccessor: public FbTk::Accessor<Ret> { +public: + typedef Ret (FluxboxWindow:: *Getter)() const; + ConstWindowMenuAccessor(Getter g, Def def): + m_getter(g), m_def(def) { } + + operator Ret() const { + FluxboxWindow *fbwin = FbMenu::window(); + return fbwin ? (fbwin->*m_getter)() : m_def; + } + FbTk::Accessor<Ret> &operator =(const Ret &val) { return *this; } + +private: + Getter m_getter; + Def m_def; +}; + +#endif // WINDOW_MENU_ACCESSOR_HH
M
src/WorkspaceCmd.cc
→
src/WorkspaceCmd.cc
@@ -173,7 +173,8 @@ return new PrevWindowCmd(opts, pat);
else if (command == "prevgroup") { opts |= FocusableList::LIST_GROUPS; return new PrevWindowCmd(opts, pat); - } + } else if (command == "arrangewindows") + return new ArrangeWindowsCmd(pat); return 0; }@@ -182,6 +183,7 @@ REGISTER_COMMAND_PARSER(nextwindow, parseWindowList, void);
REGISTER_COMMAND_PARSER(nextgroup, parseWindowList, void); REGISTER_COMMAND_PARSER(prevwindow, parseWindowList, void); REGISTER_COMMAND_PARSER(prevgroup, parseWindowList, void); +REGISTER_COMMAND_PARSER(arrangewindows, parseWindowList, void); }; // end anonymous namespace@@ -353,8 +355,6 @@ screen->changeWorkspaceID(actual);
} } -REGISTER_COMMAND(arrangewindows, ArrangeWindowsCmd, void); - /** try to arrange the windows on the current workspace in a 'clever' way. we take the shaded-windows and put them ontop of the workspace and put the@@ -366,9 +366,8 @@ if (screen == 0)
return; Workspace *space = screen->currentWorkspace(); - size_t win_count = space->windowList().size(); - if (win_count == 0) + if (space->windowList().empty()) return; // TODO: choice between@@ -382,19 +381,18 @@ Workspace::Windows normal_windows;
Workspace::Windows shaded_windows; for(win = space->windowList().begin(); win != space->windowList().end(); win++) { int winhead = screen->getHead((*win)->fbWindow()); - if (winhead == head || winhead == 0) { - if (!(*win)->isShaded()) - normal_windows.push_back(*win); - else + if ((winhead == head || winhead == 0) && m_pat.match(**win)) { + if ((*win)->isShaded()) shaded_windows.push_back(*win); + else + normal_windows.push_back(*win); } } // to arrange only shaded windows is a bit pointless imho (mathias) - if (normal_windows.size() == 0) + size_t win_count = normal_windows.size(); + if (win_count == 0) return; - - win_count = normal_windows.size(); const unsigned int max_width = screen->maxRight(head) - screen->maxLeft(head); unsigned int max_height = screen->maxBottom(head) - screen->maxTop(head);@@ -486,12 +484,27 @@ BScreen *screen = Fluxbox::instance()->mouseScreen();
if (screen == 0) return; + unsigned int count = 0; Workspace::Windows windows(screen->currentWorkspace()->windowList()); Workspace::Windows::iterator it = windows.begin(), it_end = windows.end(); for (; it != it_end; ++it) { - if ((*it)->getWindowType() != Focusable::TYPE_DESKTOP) + if ((*it)->getWindowType() != Focusable::TYPE_DESKTOP) { (*it)->iconify(); + count++; + } + } + + if (count == 0) { + BScreen::Icons icon_list = screen->iconList(); + BScreen::Icons::iterator icon_it = icon_list.begin(); + BScreen::Icons::iterator itend = icon_list.end(); + unsigned int space = screen->currentWorkspaceID(); + + for (; icon_it != itend; ++icon_it) { + if ((*icon_it)->isStuck() || (*icon_it)->workspaceNumber() == space) + (*icon_it)->deiconify(); + } } }
M
src/WorkspaceCmd.hh
→
src/WorkspaceCmd.hh
@@ -170,7 +170,10 @@
/// arranges windows in current workspace to rows and columns class ArrangeWindowsCmd: public FbTk::Command<void> { public: + ArrangeWindowsCmd(std::string &pat): m_pat(pat.c_str()) { } void execute(); +private: + const ClientPattern m_pat; }; class ShowDesktopCmd: public FbTk::Command<void> {
M
src/Xinerama.hh
→
src/Xinerama.hh
@@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ #include "Screen.hh"
#include "FbTk/RefCount.hh" #include "FbTk/SimpleCommand.hh" -#include "FbTk/MenuItem.hh" +#include "FbTk/RadioMenuItem.hh" // provides a generic way for giving an object a xinerama head menu // The object must have two functions:@@ -38,18 +38,18 @@ // void setOnHead(int)
/// this class holds the xinerama items template <typename ItemType> -class XineramaHeadMenuItem : public FbTk::MenuItem { +class XineramaHeadMenuItem : public FbTk::RadioMenuItem { public: XineramaHeadMenuItem(const FbTk::FbString &label, ItemType &object, int headnum, FbTk::RefCount<FbTk::Command<void> > &cmd): - FbTk::MenuItem(label,cmd), m_object(object), m_headnum(headnum) {} + FbTk::RadioMenuItem(label,cmd), m_object(object), m_headnum(headnum) {} XineramaHeadMenuItem(const FbTk::FbString &label, ItemType &object, int headnum): - FbTk::MenuItem(label), m_object(object), m_headnum(headnum) {} + FbTk::RadioMenuItem(label), m_object(object), m_headnum(headnum) {} - bool isEnabled() const { return m_object.getOnHead() != m_headnum; } + bool isSelected() const { return m_object.getOnHead() == m_headnum; } void click(int button, int time, unsigned int mods) { m_object.saveOnHead(m_headnum); - FbTk::MenuItem::click(button, time, mods); + FbTk::RadioMenuItem::click(button, time, mods); } private:
M
src/Xutil.cc
→
src/Xutil.cc
@@ -29,7 +29,14 @@ #include <X11/Xutil.h>
#include <X11/Xatom.h> #include <iostream> +#ifdef HAVE_CSTRING + #include <cstring> +#else + #include <string.h> +#endif + using std::string; +using std::strlen; #ifdef DEBUG using std::cerr;@@ -135,5 +142,5 @@
return class_name; } -}; // end namespace Xutil +} // end namespace Xutil
M
src/Xutil.hh
→
src/Xutil.hh
@@ -34,6 +34,6 @@ std::string getWMClassName(Window win);
std::string getWMClassClass(Window win); -}; // end namespace Xutil +} // end namespace Xutil #endif // XUTIL_HH
M
src/fluxbox.cc
→
src/fluxbox.cc
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@
// Create keybindings handler and load keys file // Note: this needs to be done before creating screens m_key.reset(new Keys); - m_key->load(StringUtil::expandFilename(*m_rc_keyfile).c_str()); + m_key->reconfigure(); vector<int> screens; int i;@@ -399,7 +399,7 @@
//XSynchronize(disp, False); sync(false); - m_reconfigure_wait = m_reread_menu_wait = false; + m_reconfigure_wait = false; m_resourcemanager.unlock(); ungrab();@@ -437,8 +437,6 @@ it++) {
delete (*it).first; } m_atomhandler.clear(); - - clearMenuFilenames(); }@@ -523,13 +521,16 @@ home directory
*/ void Fluxbox::setupConfigFiles() { - bool create_init = false, create_keys = false, create_menu = false; + bool create_init = false, create_keys = false, create_menu = false, + create_apps = false, create_overlay = false, create_windowmenu = false; - string dirname = getenv("HOME") + string("/.") + m_RC_PATH + "/"; - string init_file, keys_file, menu_file, slitlist_file; - init_file = dirname + m_RC_INIT_FILE; - keys_file = dirname + "keys"; - menu_file = dirname + "menu"; + string dirname = getDefaultDataFilename(""); + string init_file = getDefaultDataFilename(m_RC_INIT_FILE); + string keys_file = getDefaultDataFilename("keys"); + string menu_file = getDefaultDataFilename("menu"); + string apps_file = getDefaultDataFilename("apps"); + string overlay_file = getDefaultDataFilename("overlay"); + string windowmenu_file = getDefaultDataFilename("windowmenu"); struct stat buf;@@ -543,6 +544,12 @@ if (stat(keys_file.c_str(), &buf))
create_keys = true; if (stat(menu_file.c_str(), &buf)) create_menu = true; + if (stat(apps_file.c_str(), &buf)) + create_apps = true; + if (stat(overlay_file.c_str(), &buf)) + create_overlay = true; + if (stat(windowmenu_file.c_str(), &buf)) + create_windowmenu = true; } else { #ifdef DEBUG@@ -560,7 +567,8 @@ return;
} //mark creation of files - create_init = create_keys = create_menu = true; + create_init = create_keys = create_menu = create_apps = create_overlay = + create_windowmenu = true; }@@ -572,11 +580,22 @@ // copy menu configuration
if (create_menu) FbTk::FileUtil::copyFile(DEFAULTMENU, menu_file.c_str()); + // copy apps file + if (create_apps) + FbTk::FileUtil::copyFile(DEFAULT_APPSFILE, apps_file.c_str()); + + // copy overlay file + if (create_overlay) + FbTk::FileUtil::copyFile(DEFAULT_OVERLAY, overlay_file.c_str()); + // copy init file if (create_init) FbTk::FileUtil::copyFile(DEFAULT_INITFILE, init_file.c_str()); -#define CONFIG_VERSION 7 + if (create_windowmenu) + FbTk::FileUtil::copyFile(DEFAULT_WINDOWMENU, windowmenu_file.c_str()); + +#define CONFIG_VERSION 9 FbTk::Resource<int> config_version(m_resourcemanager, 0, "session.configVersion", "Session.ConfigVersion"); if (*config_version < CONFIG_VERSION) {@@ -737,7 +756,7 @@ || e->xmapping.request == MappingModifier) {
XRefreshKeyboardMapping(&e->xmapping); FbTk::KeyUtil::instance().init(); // reinitialise the key utils // reconfigure keys (if the mapping changes, they don't otherwise update - m_key->reconfigure(StringUtil::expandFilename(*m_rc_keyfile).c_str()); + m_key->reload(); } break; case CreateNotify:@@ -1305,18 +1324,14 @@ }
/// @return filename of resource file string Fluxbox::getRcFilename() { - - if (m_rc_file.empty()) { // set default filename - string defaultfile(getenv("HOME") + string("/.") + m_RC_PATH + string("/") + m_RC_INIT_FILE); - return defaultfile; - } - + if (m_rc_file.empty()) + return getDefaultDataFilename(m_RC_INIT_FILE); return m_rc_file; } /// Provides default filename of data file -void Fluxbox::getDefaultDataFilename(const char *name, string &filename) const { - filename = string(getenv("HOME") + string("/.") + m_RC_PATH + string("/") + name); +string Fluxbox::getDefaultDataFilename(const char *name) const { + return (getenv("HOME") + string("/.") + m_RC_PATH + string("/") + name); } /// loads resources@@ -1345,8 +1360,7 @@
if (!m_rc_slitlistfile->empty()) { *m_rc_slitlistfile = StringUtil::expandFilename(*m_rc_slitlistfile); } else { - string filename; - getDefaultDataFilename("slitlist", filename); + string filename = getDefaultDataFilename("slitlist"); m_rc_slitlistfile.setFromString(filename.c_str()); }@@ -1429,7 +1443,7 @@ // reconfigure all screens
for_each(m_screen_list.begin(), m_screen_list.end(), mem_fun(&BScreen::reconfigure)); //reconfigure keys - m_key->reconfigure(StringUtil::expandFilename(*m_rc_keyfile).c_str()); + m_key->reconfigure(); // and atomhandlers for (AtomHandlerContainerIt it= m_atomhandler.begin();@@ -1453,92 +1467,11 @@
return *it; } -bool Fluxbox::menuTimestampsChanged() const { - list<MenuTimestamp *>::const_iterator it = m_menu_timestamps.begin(); - list<MenuTimestamp *>::const_iterator it_end = m_menu_timestamps.end(); - for (; it != it_end; ++it) { - - time_t timestamp = FbTk::FileUtil::getLastStatusChangeTimestamp((*it)->filename.c_str()); - - if (timestamp >= 0) { - if (timestamp != (*it)->timestamp) - return true; - } else - return true; - } - - // no timestamp changed - return false; -} - -void Fluxbox::rereadMenu(bool show_after_reread) { - m_reread_menu_wait = true; - m_show_menu_after_reread = show_after_reread; - m_reconfig_timer.start(); -} - - -void Fluxbox::real_rereadMenu() { - - clearMenuFilenames(); - - for_each(m_screen_list.begin(), - m_screen_list.end(), - mem_fun(&BScreen::rereadMenu)); - - if(m_show_menu_after_reread) { - - FbCommands::ShowRootMenuCmd showcmd; - showcmd.execute(); - - m_show_menu_after_reread = false; - } -} - -void Fluxbox::saveMenuFilename(const char *filename) { - if (filename == 0) - return; - - bool found = false; - - list<MenuTimestamp *>::iterator it = m_menu_timestamps.begin(); - list<MenuTimestamp *>::iterator it_end = m_menu_timestamps.end(); - for (; it != it_end; ++it) { - if ((*it)->filename == filename) { - found = true; - break; - } - } - - if (! found) { - time_t timestamp = FbTk::FileUtil::getLastStatusChangeTimestamp(filename); - - if (timestamp >= 0) { - MenuTimestamp *ts = new MenuTimestamp; - - ts->filename = filename; - ts->timestamp = timestamp; - - m_menu_timestamps.push_back(ts); - } - } -} - -void Fluxbox::clearMenuFilenames() { - while(!m_menu_timestamps.empty()) { - delete m_menu_timestamps.back(); - m_menu_timestamps.pop_back(); - } -} - void Fluxbox::timed_reconfigure() { if (m_reconfigure_wait) real_reconfigure(); - if (m_reread_menu_wait) - real_rereadMenu(); - - m_reconfigure_wait = m_reread_menu_wait = false; + m_reconfigure_wait = false; } void Fluxbox::revertFocus() {
M
src/fluxbox.hh
→
src/fluxbox.hh
@@ -120,6 +120,7 @@
const std::string &getMenuFilename() const { return *m_rc_menufile; } const std::string &getSlitlistFilename() const { return *m_rc_slitlistfile; } const std::string &getAppsFilename() const { return *m_rc_appsfile; } + const std::string &getKeysFilename() const { return *m_rc_keyfile; } int colorsPerChannel() const { return *m_rc_colors_per_channel; } int getTabsPadding() const { return *m_rc_tabs_padding; }@@ -136,8 +137,6 @@
void shutdown(); void load_rc(BScreen &scr); void saveStyleFilename(const char *val) { m_rc_stylefile = (val == 0 ? "" : val); } - void saveMenuFilename(const char *); - void clearMenuFilenames(); void saveWindowSearch(Window win, WinClient *winclient); // some windows relate to the group, not the client, so we record separately // searchWindow on these windows will give the active client in the group@@ -149,8 +148,6 @@ void removeWindowSearchGroup(Window win);
void removeGroupSearch(Window win); void restart(const char *command = 0); void reconfigure(); - void rereadMenu(bool show_after_reread = false); - /// reloads the menus if the timestamps changed /// handle any system signal sent to the application void handleSignal(int signum);@@ -176,11 +173,9 @@
typedef std::list<BScreen *> ScreenList; const ScreenList screenList() const { return m_screen_list; } - /// @return whether the timestamps on the menu changed - bool menuTimestampsChanged() const; bool haveShape() const { return m_have_shape; } int shapeEventbase() const { return m_shape_eventbase; } - void getDefaultDataFilename(const char *name, std::string &) const; + std::string getDefaultDataFilename(const char *name) const; // screen mouse was in at last key event BScreen *mouseScreen() { return m_mousescreen; } // screen of window that last key event (i.e. focused window) went to@@ -190,18 +185,9 @@
AttentionNoticeHandler &attentionHandler() { return m_attention_handler; } private: - - typedef struct MenuTimestamp { - std::string filename; - time_t timestamp; - } MenuTimestamp; - - - std::string getRcFilename(); void load_rc(); - void real_rereadMenu(); void real_reconfigure(); void handleEvent(XEvent *xe);@@ -242,7 +228,6 @@ // The group leader (which may not be mapped, so may not have a WinClient)
// will have it's window being the group index std::multimap<Window, WinClient *> m_group_search; - std::list<MenuTimestamp *> m_menu_timestamps; ScreenList m_screen_list; FluxboxWindow *m_masked_window;@@ -251,7 +236,7 @@ BScreen *m_mousescreen, *m_keyscreen;
Atom m_fluxbox_pid; - bool m_reconfigure_wait, m_reread_menu_wait; + bool m_reconfigure_wait; Time m_last_time; Window m_masked; std::string m_rc_file; ///< resource filename@@ -279,7 +264,6 @@
bool m_starting; bool m_restarting; bool m_shutdown; - bool m_show_menu_after_reread; int m_server_grabs; int m_randr_event_type; ///< the type number of randr event int m_shape_eventbase; ///< event base for shape events
M
src/main.cc
→
src/main.cc
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@ #include "defaults.hh"
#include "FbTk/Theme.hh" #include "FbTk/I18n.hh" -#include "FbTk/StringUtil.hh" +#include "FbTk/CommandParser.hh" #ifdef HAVE_CONFIG_H #include "config.h"@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ perror("putenv()");
} } else if (arg == "-version" || arg == "-v") { // print current version string - cout << "Fluxbox " << __fluxbox_version << " : (c) 2001-2007 Fluxbox Team " << endl << endl; + cout << "Fluxbox " << __fluxbox_version << " : (c) 2001-2008 Fluxbox Team " << endl << endl; exit(EXIT_SUCCESS); } else if (arg == "-log") { if (++i >= argc) {@@ -239,14 +239,22 @@ "-screen <all|int,int,int>\trun on specified screens only.\n"
"-rc <string>\t\t\tuse alternate resource file.\n" "-version\t\t\tdisplay version and exit.\n" "-info\t\t\t\tdisplay some useful information.\n" + "-list-commands\t\t\tlist all valid key commands.\n" "-log <filename>\t\t\tlog output to file.\n" "-help\t\t\t\tdisplay this help text and exit.\n\n", "Main usage string. Please lay it out nicely. There is one %s that is given the version").c_str(), - __fluxbox_version, "2001-2007"); + __fluxbox_version, "2001-2008"); exit(EXIT_SUCCESS); } else if (arg == "-info" || arg == "-i") { showInfo(cout); + exit(EXIT_SUCCESS); + } else if (arg == "-list-commands") { + FbTk::CommandParser<void>::CreatorMap cmap = FbTk::CommandParser<void>::instance().creatorMap(); + FbTk::CommandParser<void>::CreatorMap::const_iterator it = cmap.begin(); + const FbTk::CommandParser<void>::CreatorMap::const_iterator it_end = cmap.end(); + for (; it != it_end; ++it) + cout << it->first << endl; exit(EXIT_SUCCESS); } else if (arg == "-verbose") { FbTk::ThemeManager::instance().setVerbose(true);
M
util/Makefile.am
→
util/Makefile.am
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ fbsetroot.o: fbsetroot.cc ../config.h $(srcdir)/fbsetroot.hh \
$(top_srcdir)/src/FbRootWindow.hh $(top_srcdir)/src/FbAtoms.hh fluxbox-update_configs.o: fluxbox-update_configs.cc ../config.h \ - $(top_srcdir)/src/defaults.hh + $(top_builddir)/src/defaults.hh fluxbox-remote.o: fluxbox-remote.cc
M
util/fbsetbg
→
util/fbsetbg
@@ -155,14 +155,14 @@ remembercommand() {
grep -vs "|${DISPLAY}$" ${lastwallpaper} > ${lastwallpaper}.tmp mv -f ${lastwallpaper}.tmp ${lastwallpaper} if [ "$option" = fbsetroot ]; then - echo $option"|$wallpaper|"$DISPLAY >> $lastwallpaper + echo $option"|$wallpaper|$style|"$DISPLAY >> $lastwallpaper return fi # Make dir/../../path/file.jpg work case $wallpaper in # no spaces allowed between the varname and '|' - /*) echo $option $option2"|$wallpaper|"$DISPLAY >> $lastwallpaper ;; - *) echo $option $option2"|$PWD/$wallpaper|"$DISPLAY >> $lastwallpaper ;; + /*) echo $option $option2"|$wallpaper|$style|"$DISPLAY >> $lastwallpaper ;; + *) echo $option $option2"|$PWD/$wallpaper|$style|"$DISPLAY >> $lastwallpaper ;; esac }@@ -252,13 +252,11 @@ shift ;;
-b) option=fbsetroot shift wallpaper=$* - use_fbsetroot break ;; -B) option=fbsetroot shift wallpaper=$* remember=false - use_fbsetroot break ;; -r) option2=$option option=random@@ -285,15 +283,36 @@ if [ -z "$wallpaper" ]; then
message "No previous wallpaper recorded for display ${DISPLAY}" exit 1 fi - if [ "$option" = "fbsetroot" ]; then - use_fbsetroot - fi else message "No previous wallpaper recorded for display ${DISPLAY}" exit 1 fi remember=false break ;; + -z) + if [ -r "$lastwallpaper" ]; then + option=`grep "|${DISPLAY}$" $lastwallpaper|cut -d'|' -f1` + option2=`echo $option|cut -d' ' -f2` + option=`echo $option|cut -d' ' -f1` + style=`grep "|${DISPLAY}$" $lastwallpaper|cut -d'|' -f3` + wallpaper=`grep "|${DISPLAY}$" $lastwallpaper|cut -d'|' -f2` + if [ -z "$wallpaper" ]; then + option=`grep "|${DISPLAY}.0$" $lastwallpaper|cut -d'|' -f1` + option2=`echo $option|cut -d' ' -f2` + option=`echo $option|cut -d' ' -f1` + style=`grep "|${DISPLAY}.0$" $lastwallpaper|cut -d'|' -f3` + wallpaper=`grep "|${DISPLAY}.0$" $lastwallpaper|cut -d'|' -f2` + fi + fi + if [ "$style" != "style" -a -n "$wallpaper" ]; then + remember=false + break + fi + style="style" + shift ;; + -Z) + style="style" + shift ;; -p) display_tips ; exit 0 ;; -h) display_help ; exit 0 ;; --)@@ -322,6 +341,10 @@ break
fi ;; esac done + +if [ "$option" = "fbsetroot" ]; then + use_fbsetroot +fi # Find the default wallpapersetter if [ "$setterfromcommandline" != true ]; then
M
util/fluxbox-update_configs.cc
→
util/fluxbox-update_configs.cc
@@ -48,6 +48,7 @@ #include <iostream>
#include <fstream> #include <set> #include <map> +#include <cstdlib> #include <list> using std::cout;@@ -59,6 +60,8 @@ using std::ofstream;
using std::set; using std::map; using std::list; +using std::exit; +using std::getenv; string read_file(string filename); void write_file(string filename, string &contents);@@ -279,13 +282,45 @@ if (old_version < 7) { // added StartTabbing command
string whole_keyfile = read_file(keyfilename); string new_keyfile = ""; // let's put our new keybindings first, so they're easy to find - new_keyfile += "# start tabbing windows together\n"; + new_keyfile += "!mouse actions added by fluxbox-update_configs\n"; new_keyfile += "OnTitlebar Mouse2 :StartTabbing\n\n"; new_keyfile += whole_keyfile; // don't forget user's old keybindings write_file(keyfilename, new_keyfile); new_version = 7; + } + + if (old_version < 8) { // disable icons in tabs for backwards compatibility + FbTk::Resource<bool> *show = + new FbTk::Resource<bool>(rm, false, + "session.screen0.tabs.usePixmap", + "Session.Screen0.Tabs.UsePixmap"); + if (!*show) // only change if the setting didn't already exist + *show = false; + new_version = 8; + } + + if (old_version < 9) { // change format of slit placement menu + FbTk::Resource<string> *placement = + new FbTk::Resource<string>(rm, "BottomRight", + "session.screen0.slit.placement", + "Session.Screen0.Slit.Placement"); + FbTk::Resource<string> *direction = + new FbTk::Resource<string>(rm, "Vertical", + "session.screen0.slit.direction", + "Session.Screen0.Slit.Direction"); + if (strcasecmp((**direction).c_str(), "vertical") == 0) { + if (strcasecmp((**placement).c_str(), "BottomRight") == 0) + *placement = "RightBottom"; + else if (strcasecmp((**placement).c_str(), "BottomLeft") == 0) + *placement = "LeftBottom"; + else if (strcasecmp((**placement).c_str(), "TopRight") == 0) + *placement = "RightTop"; + else if (strcasecmp((**placement).c_str(), "TopLeft") == 0) + *placement = "LeftTop"; + } + new_version = 9; } return new_version;
M
util/startfluxbox.in
→
util/startfluxbox.in
@@ -33,40 +33,14 @@ mkdir -p "$fluxdir/backgrounds" "$fluxdir/styles" "$fluxdir/pixmaps"
fi if [ ! -r "$startup" ]; then ( cat << EOF +#!/bin/sh +# # fluxbox startup-script: # # Lines starting with a '#' are ignored. -# You can set your favourite wallpaper here if you don't want -# to do it from your style. -# -# fbsetbg -f $HOME/pictures/wallpaper.png -# -# This sets a black background - -@pkgbindir@/@pkgprefix@fbsetroot@pkgsuffix@ -solid black - -# This shows the fluxbox-splash-screen -# @pkgprefix@fbsetbg@pkgsuffix@ -C @pkgdatadir@/splash.jpg - -# Other examples. Check man xset for details. -# -# Turn off beeps: -# xset -b -# -# Increase the keyboard repeat-rate: -# xset r rate 195 35 -# -# Your own fonts-dir: -# xset +fp "$HOME/.fonts" -# -# Your favourite mouse cursor: -# xsetroot -cursor_name right_ptr -# # Change your keymap: -# xmodmap "$HOME/.Xmodmap" - - +xmodmap "$HOME/.Xmodmap" # Applications you want to run with fluxbox. # MAKE SURE THAT APPS THAT KEEP RUNNING HAVE AN ''&'' AT THE END.@@ -79,9 +53,9 @@
# And last but not least we start fluxbox. # Because it is the last app you have to run it with ''exec'' before it. -exec @pkgbindir@/@pkgprefix@fluxbox@pkgsuffix@ +exec @pkgprefix@fluxbox@pkgsuffix@ # or if you want to keep a log: -# exec @pkgbindir@/@pkgprefix@fluxbox@pkgsuffix@ -log "$fluxdir/log" +# exec @pkgprefix@fluxbox@pkgsuffix@ -log "$fluxdir/log" EOF ) > "$startup" fi